Joint Report to Congress, July 31, 2007; Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act, 62036-62104 [07-5385]
Download as PDF
62036
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
FEDERAL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
EXAMINATION COUNCIL
Joint Report to Congress, July 31,
2007; Economic Growth and
Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act
Federal Financial Institutions
Examination Council.
ACTION: Notice.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: Pursuant to section 2222 of
the Economic Growth and Regulatory
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996
(EGRPRA), the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council
(FFIEC) is publishing a report entitled
‘‘Joint Report to Congress, July 31, 2007,
Economic Growth and Regulatory
Paperwork Reduction Act’’ prepared by
its constituent agencies: The Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve
System (Board), the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the
National Credit Union Association
(NCUA), the Office of the Comptroller of
the Currency (OCC), and the Office of
Thrift Supervision (OTS) (collectively,
the Agencies).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
OCC: Heidi Thomas, Special Counsel,
Legislative and Regulatory Activities
Division, (202) 874–5090; or Lee Walzer,
Counsel, Legislative and Regulatory
Activities Division, (202) 874–5090,
Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency, 250 E Street, SW.,
Washington, DC 20219.
Board: Patricia A. Robinson, Assistant
General Counsel, (202) 452–3005; or
Michael J. O’Rourke, Counsel, (202)
452–3288; or Alexander Speidel,
Attorney, (202) 872–7589, Legal
Division; or John C. Wood, Counsel,
Division of Consumer and Community
Affairs, (202) 452–2412; or Kevin H.
Wilson, Supervisory Financial Analyst,
Division of Banking Supervision and
Regulation, (202) 452–2362, Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, 20th Street and Constitution
Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20551.
For users of Telecommunication Device
for the Deaf (TDD) only, contact (202)
263–4869.
FDIC: Steven D. Fritts, Associate
Director, Division of Supervision and
Consumer Protection, (202) 898–3723;
or Ruth R. Amberg, Senior Counsel,
Legal Division, (202) 898–3736; or
Susan van den Toorn, Counsel, Legal
Division, (202) 898–8707, Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th
Street, NW., Washington, DC 20429.
OTS: Karen Osterloh, Special
Counsel, Regulations and Legislation
Division, (202) 906–6639; or Josephine
Battle, Program Analyst, Operation Risk,
Supervision Policy, (202) 906–6870,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G
Street, NW., Washington, DC 20552.
NCUA: Ross P. Kendall, Staff
Attorney, Office of the General Counsel,
(703) 518–6562, National Credit Union
Administration, 1775 Duke Street,
Alexandria, VA 22314–3428.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: EGRPRA
requires the FFIEC and the Agencies to
conduct a decennial review of
regulations, using notice and comment
procedures, to identify outdated or
otherwise unnecessary regulatory
requirements imposed on insured
depository institutions. 12 U.S.C.
3311(a)–(c). The FFIEC and the
Agencies have completed this review
and comment process.
EGRPRA also requires the FFIEC or
the appropriate agency to publish in the
Federal Register a summary of
comments that identifies the significant
issues raised and comments on these
issues; and to eliminate unnecessary
regulations to the extent that such
action is appropriate. 12 U.S.C. 3311(d).
The FFIEC also must submit a report to
Congress that includes a summary of the
significant issues raised and the relative
merits of these issues, and an analysis
of whether the appropriate agency is
able to address the regulatory burdens
associated with these issues by
regulation or whether the burdens must
be addressed by legislative action. 12
U.S.C. 3311(e). The attached report
fulfills these requirements for the
recently completed review of
regulations. The text of the Joint Report
to Congress, July 31, 2007, Economic
Growth and Regulatory Paperwork
Reduction Act, follows:
Preface 1
Prudent regulations are absolutely
essential to maintain rigorous safety and
soundness standards for the financial
services industry, to protect important
consumer rights, and to assure a levelplaying field in the industry. As a
regulator, I clearly understand the need
for well-crafted regulation.
However, outdated, unnecessary or
unduly burdensome regulations divert
precious resources that financial
institutions might otherwise devote to
making more loans and providing
additional services for countless
individuals, businesses, nonprofit
organizations, and others in their
communities. Over the years, Congress
passed a variety of laws to deal with
problems that have cropped up and the
regulators adopted numerous
regulations to implement those laws. In
1 John M. Reich, Director of the Office of Thrift
Supervision and the leader of the interagency
EGRPRA program, wrote this Preface.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
fact, over the past 17 years, the federal
bank, thrift, and credit union regulators
have adopted more than 900 rules.
Accumulated regulation has reached a
tipping point for many community
banks and has become an important
causal factor in recent years in
accelerating industry consolidation.
In passing the Economic Growth and
Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of
1996 (EGRPRA), Congress clearly
recognized the need to eliminate any
unnecessary regulatory burden. That is
why Congress directed the Federal
Financial Institutions Examination
Council and its member agencies to
review all existing regulations and
eliminate (or recommend statutory
changes that are needed to eliminate)
any regulatory requirements that are
outdated, unnecessary, or unduly
burdensome.
As this comprehensive report makes
clear, the agencies have worked
diligently to satisfy the requirements of
EGRPRA. Over a three-year period
ending December 31, 2006, the agencies
sought public comment on more than
130 regulations, carefully analyzed
those comments (as indicated in this
report), and proposed changes to their
regulations to eliminate burden
wherever possible.
In addition to obtaining formal,
written comments on all of our
regulations, the federal banking agencies
hosted a total of 16 outreach sessions
around the country involving more than
500 participants in an effort to obtain
direct input from bankers,
representatives of consumer/community
groups, and many other interested
parties on the most pressing regulatory
burden issues.
Besides reviewing all of our existing
regulations in an effort to eliminate
unnecessary burdens, the federal
banking agencies worked together to
minimize burdens resulting from new
regulations and current policy
statements as they were being adopted.
We also reviewed many internal
policies in an effort to streamline
existing processes and procedures.
Finally, we have sought to communicate
our regulatory requirements, policies
and procedures more clearly to our
constituencies to make them easier to
understand.
On the legislative front, the federal
banking agencies worked together,
preparing and reviewing numerous
legislative proposals to reduce
regulatory burden, testifying before
Congress on several occasions about the
need for regulatory burden relief, and
providing technical assistance to the
staff of the Senate Banking Committee
and the House Financial Services
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
Committee on their regulatory relief
bills. Congress ultimately passed, and
the President signed into law, the
Financial Services Regulatory Relief Act
of 2006. As part of this process, the
agencies, representatives of the
industry, and consumer and community
groups were asked to provide positions
on the many legislative proposals that
were submitted to Congress. The 2006
Act included a number of important
regulatory relief provisions.
Financial institutions of all sizes
suffer under the weight of unnecessary
regulatory burden, but smaller
community banks unquestionably bear a
disproportionate share of the burden
due to their more limited resources.
While it is difficult to accurately
measure the impact regulatory burden
has played in industry consolidation,
numerous anecdotal comments from
bankers across the country as well as
from investment bankers who arrange
merger and acquisition transactions
indicate it has become a significant
factor. Accordingly, I am deeply
concerned about the future of our local
communities and the approximately
8,000 community banks under $1
billion in assets that represent 93
percent of the industry in terms of total
number of institutions but whose share
of industry assets has declined to
approximately 12.5 percent, and whose
share of industry profits have declined
to approximately 11.2 percent (as of
December 31, 2006).
Community banks play a vital role in
the economic wellbeing of countless
individuals, neighborhoods, businesses
and organizations throughout our
country, often serving as the economic
lifeblood of their communities. Many of
the CEOs of these institutions are
concerned about their ability to
profitably compete in the future, unless
there is a slowdown in the growth of
new banking regulations.
Ultimately, a significant amount of
the costs of regulation are borne by
consumers, resulting in higher fees and
interest rates. If financial services are
going to continue to be affordable, and
in fact if we are going to be successful
in bringing more of the unbanked into
the mainstream, constant vigilance will
be required to avoid the increasing costs
resulting from the burden of
accumulated regulations.
With every new regulation or policy
imposed on the industry, I think it is
important for Congress and the agencies
to consider the regulatory burden
aspects and to minimize those burdens
to the extent possible. I want to take this
opportunity to thank my colleagues at
each of the agencies for their active
support and participation on this
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
interagency project. The staffs at each of
the agencies devoted much time and
energy to make sure we met not only the
letter of the EGRPRA law, but the spirit
as well. We look forward to continuing
to work with Congress on these
important issues and continuing to use
the valuable information about
regulatory burden issues that was
shared with the agencies by the many
participants in the EGRPRA process.
I. Joint Agency Report
A. Introduction
This report describes the actions by
the Federal Financial Institutions
Examination Council (FFIEC) and each
of its member agencies: The Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve
System (the Board), Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC), National
Credit Union Administration (NCUA),
Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency (OCC), and Office of Thrift
Supervision (OTS), hereinafter ‘‘the
Agencies,’’ 2 to fulfill the requirements
of the Economic Growth and Regulatory
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996
(EGRPRA). Section 2222 of EGRPRA
requires the Agencies to:
• Conduct a decennial review of their
regulations, using notice and comment
procedures, in order to identify those
that impose unnecessary regulatory
burden on insured depository
institutions;
• Publish in the Federal Register a
summary of comments received during
the review, together with the Agencies’
identification and response to
significant issues raised by the
commenters;
• Eliminate any unnecessary
regulations, if appropriate; and
• Submit a report to Congress that
discusses the issues raised by the
commenters and makes
recommendations for legislative action,
as appropriate.
The Agencies have completed the first
decennial review of their regulations.
This report to Congress includes both
the Agencies’ comment summary and
their discussion and analysis of
significant issues identified during the
EGRPRA review process. The report also
describes legislative initiatives that
would further reduce unnecessary
regulatory burden on insured depository
institutions, including, in some cases,
references to current initiatives being
considered by Congress. Separately, the
Agencies have published in the Federal
Register a summary of comments
received, together with the Agencies’
62037
identification and response to
significant issues raised by the
commenters. Finally, since the
inception of the EGRPRA review
process in 2003, the Agencies have
individually and collectively started a
number of burden-reducing initiatives.
This report describes those
accomplishments.
Throughout the EGRPRA process,
NCUA participated in the planning and
comment solicitation process with the
federal banking agencies. Because of the
unique circumstances of federally
insured credit unions and their
members, however, NCUA established
its own regulatory categories and
publication schedule and published its
notices separately. NCUA’s notices were
consistent and comparable with those
published by the federal banking
agencies, except on issues unique to
credit unions. In keeping with this
separate approach, the discussion of
NCUA’s regulatory burden reduction
efforts and analysis of significant issues
is set out separately in Part II of this
report. The summary of comments
received by NCUA is contained in
Appendix II–B.
The Agencies’ EGRPRA-mandated
review coincided with work in the
109th Congress on regulatory relief
legislation. Each Agency presented
testimony to congressional oversight
committees about priorities for
regulatory burden relief and described
the burden-reducing impact of
legislative proposals that were under
consideration by Congress. The
Agencies’ ongoing work on the EGRPRA
review laid the foundation for them to
achieve consensus on a variety of
burden-reducing legislative proposals. A
number of these proposals were enacted
as part of the Financial Services
Regulatory Relief Act of 2006 (FSRRA),
which was signed into law on October
13, 2006.3 Appendix I–A of this report
highlights key burden-reducing
provisions included in that legislation.
B. The Federal Banking Agencies’
EGRPRA Review Process
1. Overview of the EGRPRA Review
Process
Consistent with the requirements of
EGRPRA, the federal banking agencies
first categorized their regulations, and
then published them for comment at
regular intervals, asking commenters to
identify for each of the categories
regulations that were outdated,
unnecessary or unduly burdensome.4
3 Pub.
2 In
2006, the State Liaison Committee, which
represents state bank and credit union regulators,
was added to the FFIEC as a voting member.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
L. 109–351.
noted above, the NCUA developed its own
categories of regulations and published its notices
4 As
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
Continued
01NON2
62038
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
The 131 regulations were divided into
12 categories, listed below
alphabetically:
• Applications and Reporting
• Banking Operations
• Capital
• Community Reinvestment Act
• Consumer Protection
• Directors, Officers and Employees
• International Operations
• Money Laundering
• Powers and Activities
• Rules of Procedure
• Safety and Soundness
• Securities
Semiannually, the federal banking
agencies published different categories
of regulations. The first Federal Register
notice was published on June 16, 2003.
It sought comment on the agencies’
overall regulatory review plan as well as
the following initial three categories of
regulations for comment: Applications
and Reporting; Powers and Activities;
and International Operations.5 The
federal banking agencies requested
public comment about the proposed
categories of regulation, the placement
of the rules within each category and
the agencies’ overall plan for reviewing
all of their regulations.
The federal banking agencies adjusted
the proposed publication schedule due
to concerns raised that the consumer
regulation category encompassed so
many different regulations that it would
prove too burdensome to respond
adequately within the comment period
timeframe. As a result, the agencies
divided that category into two notices
with smaller groups of regulations for
review and comment.
There were a total of six Federal
Register notices, each issued at
approximately six-month intervals with
comment periods of 90 days. In
response to these comment requests, the
agencies received more than 850 letters
from bankers, consumer and community
groups, trade associations and other
interested parties.
There were numerous
recommendations to reduce regulatory
burden or otherwise improve existing
regulations. Each recommendation was
carefully reviewed and analyzed by the
staffs of the appropriate federal banking
agency or agencies to determine
whether proposals to change specific
regulations were appropriate.
To further promote public input, the
federal banking agencies also coseparately from the bank regulatory agencies.
Details relating to its regulatory categories and its
burden reduction efforts are set out Part II of this
report. The summary of comments received by
NCUA is attached as Appendix II–B of this report.
5 68 FR 35589.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
sponsored 10 outreach sessions for
bankers, as well as 3 outreach sessions
for consumer and community groups, in
cities around the country. The agencies
then sponsored three joint banker and
consumer/community group focus
meetings in an effort to develop greater
consensus among the parties on
legislative proposals to reduce
regulatory burden. (Please refer to
Appendix I–B for a more complete
discussion of the federal banking
agencies’ EGRPRA review process as
well as a table indicating the timing and
categories of regulations that were
published for comment as part of the
EGRPRA process.)
2. Significant Issues Arising From the
EGRPRA Review and the Federal
Banking Agencies’ Responses
Section 2222 of EGRPRA requires a
summary of the significant issues raised
by the public comments and the
Agencies’ responses and comments on
the merits of such issues and analysis of
whether the Agencies are able to
address the issues by regulation or
whether legislation is required. Several
significant issues received substantial
federal banking agency support and
were successfully included in the
FSRRA during the 109th Congress.
Below is a summary of the significant
issues and relevant comments received
by the federal banking agencies together
with the banking agencies’
recommendations.
a. Bank Secrecy Act/Currency
Transaction Report
Issues:
(1) Should the $10,000 Currency
Transaction Report (CTR) threshold be
increased to some higher level?
(2) Can the CTR forms be simplified
to require less information on each
form?
(3) Should the existing CTR
exemption process be revised to make it
less burdensome on the industry, such
as by adopting a ‘‘seasoned customer’’
exemption?
Context: The $10,000 threshold for
filing CTRs has not changed since the
requirement was first established by the
Department of the Treasury some 30
years ago. Financial institutions are
required to report currency transactions
in excess of $10,000. These reports are
filed pursuant to requirements
implemented in rules issued by the
Department of the Treasury and are filed
with the Internal Revenue Service. In
addition to the appropriate federal
supervisory agency for the financial
institution (including the Board, FDIC,
OCC, and OTS), the Financial Crimes
Enforcement Network (FinCEN), Federal
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and other
federal law enforcement agencies use
CTR data. The FBI and other law
enforcement bodies have stated that
CTR requirements serve as an
impediment to criminal attempts to
legitimize the proceeds of a crime.
Moreover, they serve as a key source of
information about the physical transfer
of currency, at the point of the
transaction.
Comments: Many of the written and
oral comments received during the
EGRPRA process reflected widespread
concern that the reports’ effectiveness
had become degraded over time,
because ever-larger numbers of
transactions met or surpassed the
threshold, resulting in growing numbers
of CTR filings. Many commenters and
participants in the outreach meetings
expressed concern that, with the
increased number of CTR filings, the
federal banking and law enforcement
agencies were not able to make effective
use of the information being provided.
Commenters noted that the low
threshold for CTR filings created more
regulatory burden for banks. One
commenter noted that certain policies
such as requiring banks to continue
filing for exempt status for transactions
between themselves were unnecessary.
Several commenters raised concerns
about the burdens associated generally
with the CTR process and the utility of
the information that depository
institutions must provide. To ease some
of this burden, commenters urged the
adoption of a broader ‘‘seasoned
customer’’ exemption, as well as other
reforms in the CTR process. The federal
banking agencies received several
comments about the difficulties of
obtaining a CTR exemption under
current procedures. Some bankers
contended that it was easier for a bank
to file a Suspicious Activity Report
(SAR) than to undertake the
determination that a customer qualified
for an exemption from the CTR filing
requirement. One commenter suggested
that the Agencies grant exemptions
through a one-time filing (and eliminate
the yearly filing requirement).
Although the federal banking agencies
received extensive comments on the
burdens associated with the CTR filing
process, there were no concrete
suggestions as to what types of
information were unnecessary in the
context of a CTR filing. One commenter
suggested that lowering the threshold
would reduce duplicative paperwork
burden, while another noted that the
process of requesting an exemption from
CTR reporting was too complicated.
Another commenter suggested replacing
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
daily CTR filings with monthly cash
transaction reporting.
Current Initiatives: Congress recently
enacted legislation that requires the
Government Accountability Office
(GAO) to conduct a study of the CTR
process. Section 1001 of the FSRRA
requires the Comptroller General of the
United States to conduct a study and
submit a report to Congress within 15
months of enactment of the legislation
on the volume of CTRs filed. The
FSRRA also requires the Comptroller
General to evaluate, on the basis of
actual filing data, patterns of CTRs filed
by depository institutions of various
sizes and locations. The study, which
will cover a period of three calendar
years before the legislation was enacted,
will identify whether, and the extent to
which, CTR filing rules are burdensome
and can or should be modified to reduce
burden without harming the usefulness
of such filing rules to federal, state, and
local anti-terrorism, law enforcement,
and regulatory operations.
The study will examine the:
1. Extent to which financial
institutions are taking advantage of the
exemption system available;
2. Types of depository institutions
using the exemption system, and the
extent to which the exemption system is
used;
3. Difficulties that limit the
willingness or ability of depository
institutions to reduce their CTR
reporting burden by taking advantage of
the exemption system;
4. Extent to which bank examination
problems have limited the use of the
exemption system;
5. Ways to improve the use of the
exemption system, including making
the exemption system mandatory so as
to reduce the volume of CTRs
unnecessarily filed;
6. Usefulness of CTR for law
enforcement, in light of advances in
information technology;
7. Impact that various changes in the
exemption system would have on the
usefulness of CTR; and
8. Changes that could be made to the
exemption system without affecting the
usefulness of CTR.
The study is to contain
recommendations, if appropriate, for
changes in the exemption system that
would reflect a reduction in
unnecessary costs to depository
institutions, assuming a reasonably full
implementation of the exemption
system, without reducing the usefulness
of the CTR filing system to antiterrorism, law enforcement, and
regulatory operations.
The GAO produced a report in April
2006 that looked at Bank Secrecy Act
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
(BSA) enforcement and made three
recommendations to improve
coordination among FinCEN and the
federal banking agencies:
1. As emerging risks in the money
laundering and terrorist financing area
are identified, the federal banking
agencies and FinCEN should work
together to ensure that these are
effectively communicated to both
examiners and the industry through
updates of the interagency examination
manual and other guidance, as
appropriate;
2. To supplement the analysis of
shared data on BSA violations, FinCEN
and the federal banking agencies should
periodically meet to review the analyses
and determine whether additional
guidance to examiners is needed; and
3. In light of the different terminology
the federal banking agencies use to
classify BSA noncompliance, FinCEN
and the federal banking agencies should
jointly assess the feasibility of
developing a uniform classification
system for BSA violations.6
The federal banking agencies have
undertaken several initiatives that
address the GAO’s recommendations to
improve coordination among the
agencies and FinCEN regarding BSA
enforcement, including the measures
outlined below.
Under the auspices of the FFIEC BSA/
Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Working
Group, the federal banking agencies,
FinCEN, and the Conference of State
Bank Supervisors (CSBS) continue to
meet monthly to address all facets
related to BSA/AML policy,
examination consistency, training, and
issues associated with BSA compliance.
Under the auspices of their General
Counsels, the federal banking agencies
have developed and published an
Interagency Statement on Enforcement
of BSA/AML Requirements to help
ensure consistency among the agencies
in BSA enforcement activities.7 The
federal banking agencies and FinCEN
also work together to issue appropriate
guidance to financial institutions on
how to meet BSA/AML compliance
requirements. One example of a joint
product is the FFIEC BSA/AML
Examination Manual that was issued to
ensure consistency in BSA/AML
examinations by providing a uniform set
6 See ‘‘Bank Secrecy Act: Opportunities Exist for
FinCEN and the Banking Regulators to Further
Strengthen the Framework for Consistent BSA
Oversight,’’ Report to the Committee on Banking,
Housing and Urban Affairs, U.S. Senate, U.S.
Government Accountability Office, at pages 19–20
(April 2006).
7 See Interagency Statement on Enforcement of
Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering
Requirements, July 19, 2007.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62039
of examination procedures. The manual
is a compilation of existing regulatory
requirements, supervisory expectations,
and sound practices in the BSA/AML
area. The manual provides substantial
guidance to institutions in establishing
and administering their BSA/AML
programs and is updated to incorporate
emerging risks in the money laundering
and terrorist financing area, as deemed
appropriate by the federal banking
agencies in consultation with FinCEN.8
In addition, the federal banking agencies
have individually and jointly held
frequent outreach sessions for the
industry to discuss such guidance and
emerging issues.
Finally, as part of the legislative
process leading up to the enactment of
the FSRRA, Congress considered, but
did not enact, other statutory proposals
for CTR relief. The current Congress also
is continuing to consider such
initiatives and a bill to provide for a
seasoned customer exemption from CTR
filing (H.R. 323, the Seasoned Customer
CTR Exemption Act of 2007) passed the
House of Representatives on January 23,
2007. This is similar to a provision
passed by the House in 2006.
The federal banking agencies continue
to work with FinCEN, as the
administrator of the BSA, to effectively
oversee anti-money laundering
compliance and ensure the safety and
soundness of the financial institutions
they regulate and to find ways to
achieve these goals while eliminating
unnecessary regulation. Recently,
Secretary of the Treasury Paulson
announced a Treasury initiative to
administer the BSA in a more efficient
and effective manner. The federal
banking agencies will continue their
close coordination with FinCEN to
improve its communications with the
industry. Moreover, the agencies will
continue to work with Congress to
analyze proposed legislative changes
and provide recommendations and
comments as requested.
Recommendation: The Board, FDIC,
OCC, and OTS appreciate the comments
received concerning the CTR exemption
process. The federal banking agencies
believe that any changes must be
carefully balanced with the critical
needs of law enforcement for necessary
information to combat money
laundering, terrorist financing, and
other financial crimes. Any changes to
the exemption process must not
jeopardize or detract from law
8 The FFIEC BSA/AML Examination Manual was
issued in 2005 and revised in 2006; further
revisions are underway for issuance in August
2007.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62040
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
enforcement’s mission.9 The federal
banking agencies further believe that, in
light of the attention and study given to
this issue by Congress and in other
forums, it would be premature to adopt
changes in this area before the reports
and recommendations are complete.
Therefore, the agencies are not
recommending any changes at this time
but may do so once the GAO finalizes
its report.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
b. Anti-Money Laundering/Suspicious
Activity Report
Issue: Should the federal banking
agencies, together with FinCEN, revise
or adopt policies relating to SARs to
help reduce the number of defensive
SARs that are being filed?
Context: Financial institutions must
report known or suspected criminal
activity, at specified dollar thresholds,
or transactions over $5,000 that they
suspect involve money laundering or
attempts to evade the BSA. SARs play
an important role in combating money
laundering and other financial crimes.
Comments: Many commenters stated
that SAR filing requirements were
burdensome and costly. Some
commenters complained that they filed
numerous SARs and rarely, if ever,
heard back from law enforcement. They
questioned whether they were simply
filing these forms into a ‘‘black hole.’’
One commenter noted that SAR filings
make CTR filings redundant.
Commenters complained both in writing
and during the EGRPRA bankers’
outreach meetings that the filing of
SARs and the development of an
effective SAR monitoring system add to
compliance costs for banks and imposed
a significant regulatory burden on them.
Current Initiatives: The federal
banking agencies, in cooperation with
FinCEN, seek to pursue effective SAR
policies that contribute to efforts to
track money laundering transactions
while minimizing burden on regulated
institutions that must file such reports.
The federal banking agencies believe it
is important to provide clear guidance
9 The FBI has advised that to dramatically alter
currency transaction reporting requirements—
without careful, independent study—could be
devastating and a significant setback to
investigative and intelligence efforts relative to both
the global war on terrorism and traditional criminal
activities. Statement of Michael Morehart Section
Chief, Terrorist Financing Operations,
Counterterrorism Division, Federal Bureau of
Investigation, before the Senate Committee on
Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs, April 4, 2006;
see also, Statement of Kevin Delli-Colli, Deputy
Assistant Director, Financial & Trade Investigations
Division, Office of Investigations, U.S. Immigration
and Customs Enforcement, Department of
Homeland Security, before the Senate Committee
on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs, April 4,
2006.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
to financial institutions on all SAR
filing issues and will continue to work
with FinCEN to do so.10 In considering
what further changes to make to SAR
policies, it is important to closely
coordinate with law enforcement so as
not to undermine efforts to combat
money laundering and curtail other
illicit financial transactions.
As noted in the GAO’s 2006 report on
BSA oversight by the federal banking
agencies, all of the Agencies have
implemented extensive BSA/AML
training for examiners, including joint
training through the FFIEC.11 The
federal banking agencies have also
stepped up their hiring of examiners to
meet the need for greater BSA/AML
compliance. The extensive training
federal banking agencies have
implemented has resulted in greater
examiner expertise on BSA/AML
matters.
In addition, the Department of the
Treasury Inspector General directed
FinCEN to undertake a SAR data quality
review, which FinCEN subsequently
shared with the federal banking
agencies. The federal banking agencies
indicated at the time that they found the
analysis of the SAR filings to be useful
in enabling financial institutions to
address relevant problems or issues.
FinCEN has publicly indicated that
there is no evidence to suggest that the
SAR filings include significant numbers
of ‘‘defensively filed’’ SARs; rather,
reviews show useful and properly filed
reports.12
Recommendation: The federal
banking agencies, along with FinCEN,
seek to pursue effective SAR policies
that contribute to efforts to track
suspicious transactions while
minimizing burden on regulated
institutions that are required to file such
reports. It is important to provide clear
guidance to financial institutions on all
SAR filing issues and to continue to
work with FinCEN to do so. In
considering what further changes to
make to SAR policies, the Agencies
believe that it is important to coordinate
closely with law enforcement so as not
to undermine efforts to combat money
laundering and curtail other illicit
financial transactions.
10 For example, in 2007 FinCEN issued tips for
SAR form preparation and filing that addressed a
variety of issues, including what constitutes
supporting documentation for a SAR. See ‘‘SAR
Activity Review, Trends, Tips & Issues,’’ Issue 11,
May 2007.
11 See footnote 6, pages 50–59.
12 See the prepared remarks of Robert W. Werner,
Director, FinCEN, before the American Bankers
Association/American Bar Association Money
Laundering Enforcement Conference, October 9,
2006, available on FinCEN’s Web site (https://
www.fincen.gov/werner_statement_10092006.html.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
c. Patriot Act
Issues:
(1) Can the federal banking agencies
provide greater guidance as to the types
of identification that are acceptable
under a bank’s Customer Identification
Program (CIP)?
(2) Can the recordkeeping
requirements under the Uniting and
Strengthening America by Providing
Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept
and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 200113
(PATRIOT Act) be revised to reduce
burden?
Context: Department of the Treasury
and federal banking agency regulations
require depository institutions to obtain
identification information from
customers as a condition to opening/
maintaining account relationships.14
The regulation requires every depository
institution to have a written CIP. The
CIP must include risk-based procedures
to enable the depository institution to
form a reasonable belief that it knows
the true identity of each customer. With
respect to individuals, the regulation
requires institutions to obtain, at a
minimum, the name, date of birth, and
address of the prospective customer, as
well as an identification number, such
as a tax identification number (for a U.S.
person) or, in the case of a non-U.S.
person, a tax ID number, passport
number and country of issuance, alien
registration number, or the number and
country of any other identification
number evidencing nationality or
residence and containing a photograph
of the individual or similar safeguard.
For entities such as a corporation, the
institution must also obtain a principal
place of business, local office, or other
physical location from the business
applicant. The CIP must also contain
procedures for verifying that the
customer does not appear on a
designated government list of terrorists
or terrorist organizations. However, to
date, the government has not designated
such a list for purposes of CIP
compliance.
The CIP regulations further require
institutions to verify the identity of
customers within a ‘‘reasonable time’’
after an account is opened. Institutions
may conduct such verification through
documents, non-documentary methods,
or some combination of the two. An
institution’s CIP likewise must address
situations where the institution is
unable to verify a customer’s identity.
Comments: During the EGRPRA
process, the federal banking agencies
received extensive comments
13 Pub.
14 See
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
L. No. 107–56, October 26, 2001.
generally 31 CFR 103.121.
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
concerning the CIP under the PATRIOT
Act. Many commenters noted the
burden that the requirements impose on
institutions and asserted that these
requirements can cause inconvenience,
even for long-time customers of a
financial institution. Commenters had a
number of suggestions for improved
guidance, including: (1) Amending the
definition of ‘‘established customer’’ to
clarify that it refers to a customer from
whom the bank has already obtained the
information required by 31 CFR
103.121(b)(2)(i); (2) providing greater
clarity about the types of identification
that are acceptable; and (3) amending
the definition of ‘‘non-U.S. persons’’ to
refer only to foreign citizens who are not
U.S. resident aliens.
The purpose of the CIP requirements
is to aid in addressing both money
laundering and terrorist financing. It can
be crucial to have good records about
the identity of customers in order to
help prosecute cases involving money
laundering or terrorist financing.
Existing rules already contain detailed
guidance about the types of
identification that can be used to satisfy
the requirements of the PATRIOT Act.
In addition, the CIP does not apply to
existing customers of the financial
institution provided that the financial
institution has a reasonable belief that it
knows the true identity of the person.
With respect to recordkeeping
requirements, the regulations issued
pursuant to section 326 of the PATRIOT
Act require institutions to keep records
of their efforts to verify the identity of
customers for five years after the
account is closed. Many institutions
commented during the EGRPRA process
that this recordkeeping requirement was
burdensome.
Current Initiatives: The federal
banking agencies have worked in close
collaboration with FinCEN in an effort
to ensure that the requirements imposed
by the PATRIOT Act are appropriate
and necessary, and the agencies will
continue to work with FinCEN to
enhance the effectiveness of the Act’s
requirements while looking for ways to
reduce the burden on financial
institutions. For example, the federal
banking agencies together with
securities and futures industry
regulators have worked to provide
additional guidance on the application
of the CIP rule. This guidance, in the
form of frequently asked questions, has
been updated as necessary to respond to
industry questions and can be found on
FinCEN’s Web site (https://
www.fincen.gov/faqsfinalciprule.pdf).
The guidance that applies to depository
institutions is also incorporated into the
FFIEC BSA/AML Examination Manual.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
Recommendation: While the federal
banking agencies jointly issued the
regulations at 31 CFR 103.121 with the
Department of the Treasury, the
agencies cannot unilaterally revise the
regulation. While the agencies regularly
discuss PATRIOT Act issues with their
counterparts in FinCEN and the
Department of the Treasury, the
authority to amend many of the
recordkeeping rules required under the
PATRIOT Act is solely within the
jurisdiction of the Department of the
Treasury. Nonetheless, the comments
will be a helpful contribution to the
discussion of the issues.
d. Interest on Demand Deposits
(Regulation Q) and NOW Account
Eligibility
Issues:
(1) Should the prohibition against
payment of interest on demand deposits
be eliminated?
(2) Should the NOW account
eligibility rules be liberalized?
Context: The prohibition against
payment of interest on demand deposits
is a statutory prohibition and an
amendment enacted by Congress would
be necessary to repeal the prohibition.
Section 19(i) of the Federal Reserve Act
provides that no bank that is a member
of the Federal Reserve System may,
directly or indirectly, by any device
whatsoever pay any interest on any
demand deposit. Similar statutory
provisions apply to non-member banks
and to thrift institutions. The Board’s
Regulation Q implements section 19(i)
and specifies what constitutes ‘‘interest’’
for purposes of section 19(i). As a
practical matter, the effect of section
19(i) is to prevent corporations and forprofit entities from holding interestbearing checking accounts. This is
because federal law separately permits
individuals and non-profit organizations
to have interest-bearing checking
accounts, known as ‘‘negotiable order of
withdrawal,’’ or NOW, accounts. (See 12
U.S.C. 1832.)
Comments: Several commenters
suggested that the prohibition against
the payment of interest on demand
deposits be eliminated. One commenter
stated that, if the statutory prohibition
against payment of interest on demand
deposits were repealed, the Board
should allow a two-year phase-in
period, during which depository
institutions could offer MMDAs (savings
deposits) with the capacity to make up
to 24 preauthorized or automatic
transfers per month to another
transaction account.
Current Initiatives: For the past
several years, Congress has considered,
but not enacted, legislation that would
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62041
repeal the prohibition in section 19(i)
against the payment of interest on
demand deposits. Some of this
legislation also would have made
certain changes with respect to NOW
accounts.
Recommendation: The federal
banking agencies support legislation
that would repeal the prohibition
against payment of interest on demand
deposits in section 19(i) and related
statutes. Such legislation would allow
corporate and for-profit entities,
including small businesses, to have the
extra earning potential of interestbearing checking accounts and would
eliminate a restriction that currently
distorts the pricing of checking accounts
and associated bank services. The
federal banking agencies, however, do
not have a joint position at this time on
whether to expand NOW account
eligibility and, as such, are making no
joint recommendation with respect to
this issue. We will continue to work
with Congress on these important
matters.
e. Home Mortgage Disclosure Act
(Regulation C)
Issues:
(1) Should the tests for coverage of
financial institutions be changed to
exempt more institutions from the
reporting requirements of the Home
Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA)? If so,
how?
(2) Should revisions be made to the
data that are required to be reported
under HMDA, such as revising the
reporting requirements for higher-priced
loans?
Context: The purpose of HMDA is to
provide the public with mortgage
lending data to help determine whether
financial institutions are serving the
housing needs of their communities,
assist public officials in distributing
public sector investment so as to attract
private investment to areas where it is
needed, and to assist in identifying
possible discriminatory lending patterns
and enforcing antidiscrimination
statutes. HMDA requires banks, savings
associations and credit unions that
make ‘‘federally related mortgage
loans,’’ as defined by the Board, to
report data about their mortgage lending
if they have total assets that exceed an
asset threshold that is now set by statute
(indexed for inflation in 2007 at $36
million) and a home or branch office in
a metropolitan statistical area. Board
Regulation C, which implements
HMDA, clarifies that these institutions
are subject to HMDA reporting for a
given year if, in the preceding calendar
year, they made at least one ‘‘federally
related mortgage loan,’’ which is
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62042
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
defined to be a home purchase loan or
refinancing of a home purchase loan (1)
made by an institution that is federally
insured or regulated or (2) insured,
guaranteed, or supplemented by a
federal agency or (3) intended for sale to
Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Each
federal banking agency enforces the
requirements of HMDA with respect to
the institutions for which such agency
is the primary federal supervisor.
Comments: Commenters have
suggested revising the coverage tests for
HMDA reporting requirements so that
fewer institutions are subject to
reporting, such as by raising the
statutory asset test or exempting
institutions that make only a de minimis
number of mortgage loans in a year.
Commenters asserted these changes
could be made within the framework of
HMDA, which provides the Board
authority to make exceptions to the
statute’s requirements in certain
circumstances. Moreover, the Board
could also recommend that Congress
consider making changes in the
coverage tests that are not now
authorized under HMDA.
Current Initiatives: With respect to
whether revisions should be made to the
data reporting requirements under
HMDA, such as revising the reporting
requirements for higher-priced loans,
the Board completed a multi-year
review of Regulation C in 2002. As part
of this process, the Board considered
numerous comments from the public on
additional data to be reported under
HMDA relating to the pricing of loans
and ways to improve and streamline the
data collection and reporting
requirements of Regulation C. As a
result of the review, the Board made
several changes to HMDA reporting
requirements, including adding
reporting requirements for higher-priced
loans. In determining whether to add
each new data requirement, the Board
carefully weighed what data would be
most beneficial in improving HMDA
analysis against the operational/
compliance costs to industry in
collecting the data. The revisions to
Regulation C became effective on
January 1, 2004.
Recommendation: Any expansion of
the coverage tests that results in fewer
institutions subject to HMDA reporting
requirements would warrant a careful
analysis that would include weighing
the benefits of reduced reporting for
institutions against the loss of HMDA
data. The more financial institutions
that are exempted from HMDA data
reporting requirements, the more
difficult it would be for the federal
banking agencies, other government
officials and interested parties to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
monitor and analyze aggregate trends in
mortgage lending, and compare the
mortgage lending of particular
institutions to the mortgage lending of
all other lenders in a given geographic
area or product market. It would also be
more difficult for supervisors to identify
institutions, loan products, or
geographic markets that show
disparities in the disposition of loan
applicants by race, ethnicity or other
characteristics and that require further
investigation under the fair lending
laws.
It has been two years since
institutions began reporting and
disclosing data relating to the new
reporting items. With so few years of
reporting data available, it is too early
to assess the effectiveness of the new
data items and consider how the
reporting requirements could be
changed. Any changes would have to
take into account both the burden on
financial institutions and the benefits of
the new data to policymakers and the
public. The Board and other federal
banking agencies will, however,
carefully consider these issues after
more experience has been gained with
the new reporting requirements. Several
statutory changes to HMDA reporting
were considered by Congress as part of
its consideration of the FSRRA,
including proposals to expand the
HMDA exemptions. While the federal
banking agencies took differing
positions on these proposals, all of the
agencies recognize that any statutory
changes to HMDA reporting must be
carefully balanced to ensure that
consumer protection and access to
HMDA data for appropriate consumer
purposes are not diminished.
f. Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z)
Issues:
(1) Should the consumer disclosures
required under the Truth in Lending Act
(TILA), as well as those required under
the Real Estate Settlement Procedures
Act of 1974 (RESPA), be simplified in
an effort to make them more
understandable?
(2) Should the statutory right of
rescission be eliminated for all homesecured lending or for certain
transactions (such as refinancings with
new creditors where no new money is
provided or refinancings involving
‘‘sophisticated borrowers’’)?
Alternatively, should consumers be able
to more freely waive their three-day
right of rescission for home-secured
lending?
Consumer Loan Disclosures
Context: Ensuring that consumer
disclosures, including those in mortgage
transactions covered by TILA and
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
RESPA, are effective and
understandable is important in carrying
out the purposes of the statutes. The
volume of paperwork in such
transactions has increased greatly due in
part to reasons other than the required
disclosures, such as liability-protection
concerns of lenders. Nevertheless, it is
essential to review the disclosure
requirements periodically to consider
whether disclosures are achieving their
intended purposes. The Board’s
Regulation Z implements TILA, and
each Agency enforces the requirements
of TILA with respect to the institutions
for which such agency is the primary
federal supervisor.15
Comments: Regulation Z was one of
the most heavily commented-upon
regulations during the EGRPRA review
process. A general comment from many
industry commenters was that
consumers are frustrated and confused
by the volume and complexity of
documents involved in obtaining a loan
(especially a mortgage loan), including
the TILA and RESPA disclosures. Some
commenters acknowledged that the
increased volume and complexity of
loan documents also stemmed from
lenders’ attempts to address liability
concerns. Many commenters requested
that the required loan disclosures be
provided in a manner that would
facilitate consumer understanding of the
loan terms. (For a more complete
summary of the comments received, see
the discussion of comments received for
TILA/Regulation Z in Appendix I–C of
this report.)
Current Initiatives: The Board is
conducting a multi-stage review of
Regulation Z, which implements TILA.
In 2004, the Board issued an advance
notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR)
requesting public comment on all
aspects of the regulation’s provisions
affecting open-end (revolving) credit
accounts, other than home-secured
accounts, including ways to simplify,
reduce or improve the disclosures
provided under TILA.16 The next stage
of the review is expected to be a review
of the disclosures for mortgage loan
transactions (both open-end and closedend) as well as other closed-end credit,
such as automobile loans. The multistage review will consider revisions to
the disclosures required under TILA to
ensure that disclosures are provided to
consumers on a timely basis and in a
form that is readily understandable.
Recommendation: The federal
banking agencies have all testified
15 See Part II of this report for a discussion of
comments submitted by credit unions to NCUA on
this topic.
16 See 69 FR 70925, December 8, 2004.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
before Congress on the need to simplify
and streamline consumer loan
disclosures. Among other things, the
Board’s review will consider ways to
address concerns about information
overload, which can adversely affect
how meaningful disclosures are to
consumers. The Board will use
extensive consumer testing to determine
what information is useful to consumers
to address concerns about information
overload. After the Board’s review and
regulatory changes are in place, the
agencies will consider what, if any,
legislative changes may be necessary.
Revisions to the Right of Rescission
Context: Under TILA, consumers
generally have three days after closing
to rescind a loan secured by a principal
residence. Among other things, the right
of rescission does not apply to a loan to
purchase or build a principal residence
or a consolidation or refinancing with
the same lender that already holds the
mortgage on the residence and in which
no new advances are being made to the
consumer. The statute authorizes the
Board to permit consumers to waive this
right, but only to meet bona fide
personal financial emergencies (see 15
U.S.C. 1635(d); 12 CFR 226.15(e) and
226.23(e)).
The right of rescission is intended to
provide consumers a meaningful
opportunity to fully review the
documents given to them at a loan
closing and determine if they want to
put their home at risk under the
repayment terms described in the
documents. Thus, substantial revision to
the statutory three-day right of
rescission, either through allowing
waivers more freely or exempting the
requirement for some or all homesecured loans, would require careful
study. Currently, consumers are
presented with a substantial amount of
documents at closing, and the final cost
disclosures provided at closing may
differ materially from earlier cost
disclosures provided to the consumer.
Under these circumstances, consumers
may benefit by having the opportunity
to review the terms and conditions of
the loan after the loan closing. The
three-day right of rescission is
particularly important, and the ability to
freely waive that right may potentially
be more problematic, for loan products
and borrowers who are more susceptible
to predatory lending practices.
The three-day right of rescission plays
an important role in protecting
consumers, and this may be the case
even in refinancings with new creditors
where no additional funds are
advanced. Refinancings occur for many
reasons and may have terms that place
the consumer’s home more at risk. For
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
example, to obtain a lower initial
monthly payment, a consumer may
refinance a 30-year fixed-rate, homesecured loan with a loan that has an
adjustable rate, that provides for
interest-only payments or a balloon
payment, or that has a longer loan term.
Depending on the consumer’s
circumstances, these changes may place
the consumer’s home more at risk or
otherwise be less favorable to the
consumer. If their refinancing is with a
new creditor, consumers can use the
three-day rescission period to review
the terms of these loans. Therefore, even
in a refinancing with no new funds
advanced, the right to rescind a
transaction with a new creditor can be
important to consumers. Issues
concerning the right of rescission will
be considered in the course of the
Regulation Z review discussed above.
Comments: Many industry
commenters contended that the right of
rescission was an unnecessary and
burdensome requirement, and they
suggested either eliminating the right of
rescission or allowing consumers to
waive the right more freely than under
the current rule (which requires a bona
fide personal emergency).
Representatives of consumer and
community groups called the right of
rescission one of the most important
consumer protections and urged the
regulators not to weaken or eliminate
that right.
Recommendation: The Board will
consider issues concerning the right of
rescission in the course of the
Regulation Z review discussed above. In
addition, in 2006 Congress considered
regulatory burden relief proposals and
ultimately enacted the FSRRA. At that
time, suggestions were made to include
amendments to TILA that would expand
the circumstances under which a
consumer could waive the three-day
right of rescission. All of the federal
banking agencies opposed or expressed
concern about waiving this important
consumer protection right without
adequate safeguards to ensure that
consumers are protected from the
abuses that may occur from expanding
the waiver authority.
g. Regulation O
Issue: While the FSRRA eliminated
certain Regulation O reporting
requirements, several commenters also
asked whether the insider lending limits
should be increased to parallel those
permitted under some state laws.
Context: Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of
the Federal Reserve Act impose various
restrictions on extensions of credit by a
member bank to its insiders. By statute,
these restrictions also apply to
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62043
nonmember state banks and savings
associations. The Board’s Regulation O
implements sections 22(g) and 22(h) of
the Federal Reserve Act for member
banks. Regulation O governs any
extension of credit by a member bank to
an executive officer, director, or
principal shareholder of (1) the member
bank, (2) a holding company of which
the member bank is a subsidiary, or (3)
any other subsidiary of that holding
company. Regulation O also applies to
any extension of credit by a member
bank to a company controlled by such
a person and a political or campaign
committee that benefits or is controlled
by such a person. Each federal banking
agency enforces the requirements of
Regulation O with respect to the
institutions for which such agency is the
primary federal supervisor.
Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve
Act specifically prohibits a member
bank from making extensions of credit
to an executive officer of the bank (other
than certain mortgage loans and
educational loans) that exceed ‘‘an
amount prescribed in a regulation of the
member bank’s appropriate federal
banking agency.’’ Regulation O
currently limits the amount of such
‘‘other purpose’’ loans to $100,000.
Comments: A number of industry
commenters requested a review of
Regulation O reporting and threshold
requirements because they view them as
overly burdensome and somewhat
ambiguous, with outdated dollar
amounts that need updating to reflect
today’s economy.
Recommendation: The federal
banking agencies currently have the
statutory authority to raise the limit on
‘‘other purpose’’ loans for institutions
under their supervision if the federal
banking agencies were to determine that
such action was consistent with safety
and soundness. In this regard, the Board
plans to consult with the other agencies
on a proposal to increase the Regulation
O limit on other purpose loans as part
of its upcoming comprehensive review
of Regulation O.
h. Corporate Governance/SarbanesOxley Act of 2002
Issues:
(1) Should banks that are not publicly
traded and that have less than $1 billion
in assets be exempt from the SarbanesOxley Act of 200217 (SOX)?
(2) Should banks that comply with
part 363 of the FDIC’s rules be exempt
from section 404 of SOX?18
(3) Should the exemption for
compliance with the external
17 Pub.
18 15
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
L. 107–204, July 30, 2002.
U.S.C. 7262.
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62044
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
independent audit and internal control
requirements of 12 CFR 363 be raised
from $500 million to $1 billion?
Context: SOX was enacted to improve
corporate governance and financial
management of public companies in
order to better protect investors and
restore investor confidence in such
companies. Section 404 of SOX applies
directly to public companies only,
including insured depository
institutions and their parent holding
companies that are public companies,
and indirectly to institutions that are
subsidiaries of holding companies that
are public companies. Section 404 of
SOX does not apply to institutions that
are not ‘‘publicly traded,’’ such as
nonpublic companies or subsidiaries of
nonpublic companies. Section 404 of
SOX requires the management and
external auditors of all public
companies to assess the effectiveness of
internal controls over the company’s
financial reporting.
Part 363 of the FDIC’s regulations
establishes annual audit and reporting
requirements for all insured depository
institutions with $500 million or more
in total assets. Part 363 requires all
insured depository institutions with
$500 million or more to have an annual
audit of their financial statements
conducted by an independent public
accountant (external auditor). Part 363
also requires that the management and
external auditors of institutions with $1
billion or more in total assets attest to
internal controls over financial
reporting. To be considered
‘‘independent,’’ Guideline 14 to part
363, which was adopted by the FDIC in
1993, states that the external auditor
‘‘should be in compliance with the
[American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants’] Code of Professional
Conduct and meet the independence
requirements and interpretations of the
[Securities and Exchange Commission]
and its staff.’’ Title II of SOX imposed
additional auditor independence
requirements on external auditors of
public companies, which the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC) has
implemented through rulemaking. Thus,
the external auditors of nonpublic
institutions that are subject to part 363
are expected to comply with SOX’s
auditor independence requirements and
the SEC’s implementing rules.
Comments: Some commenters
focused on the increased burden and
costs imposed on public companies by
SOX, particularly publicly traded
community banks. Several commenters
recommended requiring such banks to
comply only with part 363 and not with
SOX section 404. Other commenters
were concerned about the burden
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
placed on banks to comply with the
auditor independence requirements in
SOX under the FDIC’s rules for those
banks that are not publicly traded and
have less than $1 billion in assets. These
commenters believed that such
requirements make it difficult for banks
in small communities to find
professionals to help comply with the
requirements.
Current Initiatives: On March 5, 2003,
the FDIC issued Financial Institution
Letter (FIL) 17–2003 to provide
guidance to institutions about selected
provisions of SOX, including the actions
the FDIC encourages institutions to take
to ensure sound corporate governance.
On May 6, 2003, the Board, OCC, and
OTS collectively issued similar
guidance entitled ‘‘Statement on
Application of Recent Corporate
Governance Initiatives to Non-Public
Banking Organizations.’’ None of the
federal banking agencies established any
new mandates for nonpublic
institutions as a result of SOX.19 In the
2003 guidance, the federal banking
agencies encouraged nonpublic
institutions to follow the sound
corporate governance practices that the
Agencies have long endorsed. In
addition, the federal banking agencies
encouraged all nonpublic institutions to
periodically review their policies and
procedures relating to corporate
governance and auditing matters. These
reviews should ensure that policies and
procedures are consistent with
applicable law, regulations, and
supervisory guidance and appropriate to
the institution’s size, operations, and
resources.
Recommendations:
Banks That Are Not Publicly Traded
and Have Less Than $1 Billion in
Assets. As discussed above, SOX
generally does not apply to banks of any
size that are not publicly traded or
owned by a publicly traded company.
Because SOX did not impose any new
mandates on nonpublic institutions that
have less than $1 billion in assets, the
federal banking agencies do not believe
any action on this matter is necessary.
Relationship between Part 363 of the
FDIC’s Rules and Section 404 of SOX.
The SEC rules implementing the section
404 requirements took effect at year-end
2004 for ‘‘accelerated filers,’’ i.e.,
generally, public companies whose
common equity has an aggregate market
value of at least $75 million, but these
19 The auditor independence provisions of part
363, which dated back to 1993 and envisioned
auditor compliance with the SEC’s independence
requirements as they might change from time to
time, did not constitute a new mandate for
nonpublic institutions with $500 million or more in
total assets.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
rules will not take effect until 2007 for
public companies that are ‘‘nonaccelerated filers.’’ Section 404 does not
explicitly authorize the SEC to exempt
any public companies from its internal
control requirements.
Section 36 of the FDI Act, which was
enacted more than 10 years before SOX,
imposes annual audit and reporting
requirements on certain insured
depository institutions. These
requirements, as implemented by part
363 of the FDIC’s regulations, include
assessments of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting
by management and external auditors.
Section 36 of the FDI Act authorizes the
FDIC to set the size threshold at which
institutions become subject to the audit
and reporting requirements of section
36, provided the threshold is not less
than $150 million in assets. In
November 2005, the FDIC, after
consulting with the other federal
banking agencies, amended part 363 to
require internal control assessments by
management and external auditors only
of insured depository institutions, both
public and nonpublic, with $1 billion or
more in total assets.
Part 363 applies to insured depository
institutions, but section 404 applies to
public companies, which, in most cases,
is the parent holding company of a
depository institution rather than the
depository institution itself. If certain
conditions are met, part 363 permits an
institution to satisfy the requirement for
internal control assessments by
management and external auditors at
the holding company level. However,
when satisfied at the holding company
level, part 363 provides that the internal
control assessments need only cover
‘‘the relevant activities and operations
of those subsidiary institutions within
the scope’’ of the regulation, such as
those subsidiary depository institutions
with $1 billion or more in total assets.
In contrast, internal control assessments
performed under section 404 must cover
the entire consolidated organization,
including any insured depository
institution subsidiaries with less than
$1 billion in total assets and
subsidiaries that are not depository
institutions.
The FDIC and the other federal
banking agencies have no authority to
exempt institutions that comply with
the internal control requirements of part
363 from the internal control
requirements of section 404, which the
SEC administers. Legislation that
amends section 404 would be needed to
create such an exemption (unless the
SEC were to determine that it had the
authority to do so). Moreover, in
considering whether or how to craft
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
such an exemption, one would need to
recognize and take into account the fact
that part 363 internal control
assessments by management and
external auditors are required to be
performed only by insured depository
institutions and not on a consolidated
basis at the parent holding company
level. In connection with consideration
of proposals to be included in the
FSRRA, one proposal would have
exempted financial institutions with
assets of less than $1 billion from
section 404 if subject to section 36 of the
FDI Act. The federal banking agencies
had differing views on the advisability
of such an amendment and will
continue to work with Congress to look
for ways to reduce burden while
ensuring that adequate internal control
requirements are in place.
Furthermore, because insured
institutions with less than $1 billion in
total assets that are public companies, or
subsidiaries of public companies, are
not subject to the part 363 internal
control requirements, such institutions
would not benefit from an exemption
from the section 404 internal control
requirements that would apply to
institutions that comply with the part
363 internal control requirements.
Asset Threshold for the External
Independent Audit and Internal Control
Requirements of 12 CFR 363. Part 363
of the FDIC’s regulations, which
implements the annual audit and
reporting requirements of section 36 of
the FDI Act, requires each insured
depository institution with $500 million
or more in total assets to have an annual
audit of its financial statements by an
independent public accountant
(external auditor). Section 36 and part
363 also require assessments of the
effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting by an institution’s
management and external auditor. In
November 2005, the FDIC’s Board of
Directors amended part 363 to raise the
asset size threshold for these internal
control assessments from $500 million
to $1 billion.
In developing its proposal to amend
the asset size threshold for internal
control assessments to $1 billion in
2005, the FDIC, in consultation with the
other federal banking agencies,
considered whether the threshold
should also be increased for the audited
financial statement requirement in part
363. The longstanding policy of each of
the federal banking agencies has been to
encourage all insured depository
institutions, regardless of size or charter,
to have an annual audit of their
financial statements performed by an
independent public accountant. When
auditing financial statements, the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
institution’s external auditor must
obtain an understanding of internal
control, including assessing control risk,
and must report certain matters
regarding internal control to the
institution’s audit committee. The FDIC
and other agencies concluded that
raising the asset size threshold for
audited financial statements under part
363 would not be consistent with the
objective of section 36, such as early
identification of needed improvements
in financial management. In this regard,
the FDIC decided that relieving
institutions with between $500 million
and $1 billion in total assets from the
internal control assessment requirement
of part 363 while retaining the financial
statement audit requirement for all
insured institutions with $500 million
or more in assets would continue to
accomplish the objective of section 36
in an appropriate manner.
Therefore, the FDIC does not
currently plan to raise the asset size
threshold for the financial statement
audit requirement in part 363 from $500
million to $1 billion.
i. Flood Insurance
Issues: Should the flood insurance
requirements be reduced to cover fewer
loans such as by increasing the smallloan exemption threshold (currently
$5,000), or exempting loans on certain
properties without residences such as
properties with only barns, storage
sheds, or dilapidated, non-residence
structures?
Context: Under the National Flood
Insurance Act, as amended, federally
regulated lenders may not make,
increase, extend, or renew any loan
secured by a building or mobile home
located or to be located in a special
flood hazard area in which flood
insurance is available under the Act
unless the building or mobile home and
any personal property securing the loan
is covered by adequate flood insurance
for the term of the loan. These
requirements do not apply to property
securing any loan with an original
principal balance of $5,000 or less and
a repayment term of one year or less.
Comments: During the EGRPRA
process, a number of commenters
suggested that the statutory exception
for requiring flood insurance for small
loans be raised from its current level of
$5,000. Commenters also asserted that
flood insurance should not be required
for certain types of properties such as
properties with barns, storage sheds or
dilapidated structures.
Current Initiatives: Congress has been
working on legislation to reform the
National Flood Insurance Program
(NFIP) to address the weaknesses in the
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62045
program that became more apparent
from hurricane disasters that severely
impacted the United States in the last
few years. HR 4973 passed the House of
Representatives during the 109th
Congress and was under consideration
by the Senate when the 109th Congress
adjourned. This bill would have:
• Increased penalties for
noncompliance with flood insurance
requirements,
• Increased the maximum coverage
limits,
• Allowed for greater premium
increases,
• Increased the Federal Emergency
Management Agency’s (FEMA)
borrowing authority, and
• Directed FEMA to establish an
ongoing program to review, update, and
maintain flood maps and elevation
standards.
This legislation has been reintroduced in the 110th Congress.
Recommendation: The federal
banking agencies believe that Congress
should consider the suggested changes
to the flood insurance requirements as
part of the continuing efforts of
Congress to comprehensively reform the
NFIP to address several critical issues.
The agencies will continue to work with
Congress as appropriate to review and
provide comments on legislative
proposals to amend the NFIP.
j. Expedited Funds Availability
(Regulation CC)
Issues:
(1) Should the general availability
schedules for local and nonlocal checks
be reviewed to determine if they are still
appropriate?
(2) Should the maximum hold period
for some items that currently receive
next-day availability, particularly
official bank checks and government
checks, be extended to prevent fraud?
(3) Should the parameters of the large
deposit, new account, and reasonable
cause exceptions be adjusted?
Context: Under the Expedited Funds
Availability Act (EFA Act) as
implemented by the Board’s Regulation
CC, a bank generally must make an
amount deposited by check available for
withdrawal on the first, second, or fifth
business day after deposit, depending
on the characteristics of the deposit.
Under the next-day availability
provision, deposits by cashier’s checks,
teller’s checks, and certified checks
(collectively, official bank checks) and
by U.S. Postal Service (USPS) money
orders, Treasury checks, and other types
of checks drawn on units of federal or
state government (collectively,
government checks) typically are
entitled to next-day availability if
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62046
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
deposited in the payee’s account by the
payee in person to a bank employee. If
a check is not subject to the next-day
availability provision, its general
availability is determined under the
availability schedule for local and
nonlocal checks. Local checks typically
are entitled to availability no later than
the second business day after deposit
and nonlocal checks typically are
entitled to availability no later than the
fifth business day after deposit. The
next-day availability schedule and the
local/nonlocal schedule (collectively,
the generally applicable availability
schedule) thus establish the maximum
time that banks generally may wait
before making a deposit available for
withdrawal (the generally applicable
hold period).
Banks may choose to give faster
availability than the generally
applicable availability schedule
requires. They may also withhold
availability for checks for an additional
reasonable period beyond the generally
applicable hold period by invoking
what commonly is called an exception
hold. The six reasons for invoking an
exception hold, which are specified in
detail in the EFA Act and Regulation
CC, are that the account is new, the
aggregate amount of a deposit by one or
more checks on any one banking day
exceeds $5,000, the bank has reasonable
cause to doubt that it can collect the
check, the account to which the deposit
is made has been repeatedly overdrawn,
the check in question previously was
returned unpaid, or emergency
conditions exist. Each federal banking
agency enforces the requirements of
EFA Act and Regulation CC with respect
to the institutions for which such
agency is the primary federal
supervisor.
Comments: Many commenters
addressed issues concerned with the
EFA Act and Regulation CC. The most
frequent comment related to increases
in fraud associated with items for which
banks must give next-day or second-day
funds availability, particularly official
bank checks, postal money orders, and
other items drawn on governmental
units. Many of these commenters
suggested increasing the maximum hold
time for these items to provide more
time for notice to be given to a bank of
the fraud. Other commenters discussed
increasing the hold time for other
deposits, the need to streamline the
disclosures given to customers, and
other miscellaneous comments.
Current Initiatives: As check clearing
times improve, the EFA Act requires the
Board, by regulation, to reduce the
maximum hold periods that apply to
local checks, nonlocal checks, and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
checks deposited at nonproprietary
ATMs to the period of time that it
reasonably takes a depository bank to
learn of the nonpayment of most items
in each of those categories. The Check
Clearing for the 21st Century Act (Check
21 Act) specifically requires the Board
to conduct a study to assess the impact
of the Check 21 Act on the use of
electronics in the check clearing
process, check clearing and funds
availability times, check-related losses,
and the appropriateness of the existing
availability schedules. The results of the
Board’s study are discussed in the
Board’s April 2007 report to Congress.
The Board found that check collection
and return times have not improved
enough to warrant the Board changing
the existing availability schedules by
rule at this time. The Board also
provided Congress with information
relating to banks’ actual funds
availability practices, check-related
losses, and the amount limits set forth
in the EFA Act. The information in the
Board’s report should assist Congress in
determining the appropriateness of any
statutory changes to the EFA Act at this
time.
With respect to extending the
maximum hold period for some items
that currently receive next-day
availability, the EFA Act specifically
requires next-day availability for the
items listed in the next-day availability
schedule, including official bank checks
and government checks, when the
specified statutory criteria for next-day
availability are met. Although the EFA
Act authorizes the Board to shorten the
availability times for local and nonlocal
checks and checks deposited at
nonproprietary ATMs, the EFA Act does
not specifically give the Board the
authority to lengthen (or shorten) the
maximum generally applicable hold
periods for items subject to the next-day
availability schedule. In addition, by the
terms of the EFA Act, the reasonable
cause to doubt collectibility exception
for placing an exception hold on a check
may not be invoked simply because the
check is of a particular class.
Recommendation: Although the
Board may suspend the application of
any provision of the EFA Act for a class
of checks to prevent fraud losses, such
a suspension is limited to 45 business
days and requires both a finding by the
Board that suspension of the EFA Act’s
requirements is necessary to diminish
the fraud and a report to Congress
concerning the reasons and evidence
supporting the Board’s action. In light of
these considerations and limitations, the
ongoing relief sought by commenters
would require a statutory change. The
federal banking agencies, however, are
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
taking actions to respond to the increase
in the number of fraudulent official
checks.
Information in the Board’s report
indicates that, although check-related
losses sustained by banks have risen
somewhat in the last decade, checks
that receive next-day availability are
associated with only around 10 percent
of those losses and thus are not the
source of most bank check-related
losses. The other information in the
Board’s report should assist policy
makers in determining whether
statutory adjustments to the next-day
availability provisions would be
appropriate.
With respect to adjusting the
parameters of the large deposit, new
account, and reasonable cause
exceptions, it should be noted that these
parameters are specified by the EFA
Act, and adjusting them therefore would
require a statutory change. Streamlining
and simplifying the requirements under
the EFA Act was an issue that was
raised when Congress considered
regulatory burden proposals during its
work last year on the FSRRA. The
Board’s report of its most recent check
collection study includes, among other
things, an assessment of both the time
periods and dollar thresholds that apply
to the safeguard exceptions, including
but not limited to the large deposit and
new account exceptions. The results of
that study should assist policy makers
in determining the appropriateness of
adjusting the current parameters of the
exception holds and provide guidance
to the federal banking agencies to
determine whether to recommend
legislative changes to eliminate
unnecessary burden that may be
imposed by statutory requirements.
k. Powers and Activities
Issues:
(1) Should existing consumer and
commercial lending limits for savings
associations be increased?
(2) Should bank holding companies
that are not financial holding companies
be able to conduct a broad scope of
insurance agency activities directly or
through a nonbanking subsidiary?
(3) Should the Federal banking
agencies issue a joint rule to clarify
interest rate exportation guidelines?
Consumer and Commercial Lending
Limits for Savings Associations
Context: The Home Owner’s Loan Act
(HOLA) currently subjects a Federal
savings association to a 35 percent of
assets limitation for secured consumer
loans while imposing no statutory limit
on the amount of unsecured credit card
lending. This limit exists even though
the proceeds of the loan may be used for
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
the exact same purpose. With respect to
commercial loans, HOLA currently caps
aggregate commercial loans other than
small business loans at 10 percent of a
savings association’s assets, and permits
commercial lending, including small
business lending, up to 20 percent of
assets.
Comments: During the EGRPRA
review process, several commenters
urged OTS to increase consumer and
commercial lending limits. One asserted
that savings associations are developing
business strategies that require more
flexible consumer loan limits. Another
commenter suggested that small
business lending limits be increased to
20 percent of assets to help increase
small business access to credit and
expand the amount of loans made to
small and medium-sized businesses.
Current Initiatives: When Congress
was working on the FSRRA last year,
there were some amendments that OTS
strongly supported that would have
amended HOLA to ease the consumer
and commercial limits for savings
associations. OTS will suggest these
amendments again when Congress
considers new regulatory burden relief
initiatives.
Recommendation: OTS is committed
to continuing to work with Congress
next year on easing consumer and
commercial lending limits for savings
associations.
Insurance Agency Activities
Context: Sections 4(c)(8) and (k) of the
Bank Holding Company Act (BHC Act),
as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act of 1999 (GLBA), do not permit the
Board to expand the list of nonbanking
activities that are permissible for bank
holding companies that have not
qualified to be a ‘‘financial holding
company’’ beyond those activities that
the Board determined, by regulation or
order, were ‘‘closely related to banking’’
as of November 11, 1999. As a result, a
bank holding company that does not
elect to become a financial holding
company is permitted to engage only in
those nonbanking activities that the
Board had determined were permissible
under section 4(c)(8) as of that date.
Prior to the enactment of the GLBA,
bank holding companies were permitted
under section 4(c)(8)to engage in general
insurance brokerage activities only in a
‘‘place of 5,000.’’ A similar place of
5,000 limit applies to the general
insurance brokerage activities of
national banks and their subsidiaries.
The GLBA amended the law to allow
subsidiaries of bank holding companies
that qualify as financial holding
companies and financial subsidiaries of
national banks that qualify to have
financial subsidiaries to engage in
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
general insurance agency activities
without the place of 5,000 requirement.
Comments: Several commenters,
including industry trade associations,
supported allowing a bank holding
company to conduct an expanded scope
of insurance agency activities directly or
through a nonbanking subsidiary.
Current Initiatives: When Congress
was considering proposals to be
included in the FSRRA, legislation was
suggested, but was not enacted, that
would have allowed all bank holding
companies to provide insurance as agent
without the place of 5,000 requirement
or would have amended the BHC Act to
permit the Board to expand permissible
activities for bank holding companies.
The Board reiterated its support of these
proposals in testimony on regulatory
relief in March 2006.20 In addition,
legislation was suggested that would
have permitted national banks to engage
in a full range of insurance agency
activities without the place of 5,000
restriction. The OCC expressed its
support for making this change for
national banks.
Recommendation: The Board is
statutorily prevented from authorizing
bank holding companies that are not
financial holding companies to engage
in a full range of insurance agency
activities without the place of 5,000
requirement. Currently, bank holding
companies that do not become a
financial holding company may engage
only in very limited insurance sales
activities (primarily involving creditrelated insurance) outside such small
places. Similar restrictions apply to
national banks, and national banks
cannot engage in a full range of
insurance agency activities without the
place of 5,000 restriction except through
a financial subsidiary. As noted above,
the Board and the OCC support certain
changes to the current restrictions on
the insurance agency activities of bank
holding companies and national banks,
respectively. The federal banking
agencies will work with Congress on
these issues to support appropriate
burden relief for the industry from the
current restrictions on these agency
activities.
‘‘Exportation’’ of Interest Rates
Context: Federal statutes permit the
‘‘exportation’’ of interest rates and fees
for federally insured depository
institutions and their operating
subsidiaries from any state in which the
institution is located, except federal
credit unions, which are subject to a
20 See Testimony of Governor Donald L. Kohn
before the Committee on Banking, Housing, and
Urban Affairs, dated March 1, 2006.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62047
federal usury ceiling.21 While the
applicable federal laws are substantially
similar, the federal banking agencies
have implemented or interpreted these
provisions, or are considering doing so,
through different avenues.
Comments: One commenter
recommended that the federal banking
agencies clarify that financial
institutions could use their home state
interest rates regardless of the contacts
(or lack thereof) between the home state
and the loan. The commenter indicated
that the federal banking agencies should
further clarify the factors that need to be
considered when the rate of a state other
than the home state is used. The
commenter said that the federal banking
agencies should issue a new joint rule
to clarify these issues. According to the
commenter, the federal banking
agencies also should review their
interpretations concerning what
constitutes ‘‘interest’’ under the export
doctrine, to ensure consistency.
Initiatives: The OCC has issued
regulations and interpretations that
apply to national banks and their
operating subsidiaries.22 In addition,
there are Supreme Court decisions
dealing with national banks’
exportations of rates and fees.23 OTS
similarly has issued regulations in this
area for federal and state thrifts.24 In
March 2005, the FDIC held a hearing on
a proposal that includes a request to
codify the FDIC’s interpretations of the
interest rates charged by state banks in
interstate lending transactions. In
October 2005, the FDIC issued a
proposed rule that includes a proposed
codification.25 Federal court decisions
have also addressed the ability of state
banks to ‘‘export’’ interest rates under
12 U.S.C. 1831d.26
Recommendation: In light of the
actions taken or already under
consideration by the federal banking
agencies in this area, they do not believe
joint rulemaking on this subject is
needed.
l. Capital
Issue: Should the federal banking
agencies permit an opt-out for highly
21 See 12 CFR 701.21(c)(7)). See 12 U.S.C. 85
(national banks); 1463(g) (federal and state thrifts);
1831d (state banks); 1785(g) (federal and state credit
unions but see discussion above concerning federal
credit union usury limits).
22 See 12 CFR 7.4001, 7.4006, Interpretive Letter
954, February 2003.
23 See, e.g., Marquette National Bank of
Minneapolis v. First of Omaha Service Corp., 439
U.S. 299 (1978); Smiley v. Citibank (South Dakota),
N.A., 517 U.S. 735 (1996).
24 See 12 CFR 560.110.
25 See 70 FR 60019.
26 See Greenwood Trust Co. v. Commonwealth of
Mass., 971 F. 2d 818 (1st Cir. 1992).
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62048
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
capitalized community banks from the
proposed revisions to Basel I to allow
them to continue to use existing capital
rules?
Context: On September 25, 2006, the
Board, FDIC, OTS, and OCC issued a
notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) for
the advanced approaches of the Basel II
capital framework. The Basel II capital
framework is designed to ensure that
capital regulations appropriately
address existing and emerging risks; the
agencies recognize that the current Basel
I framework no longer does so with
respect to the largest, most sophisticated
banks. Although the advanced
approaches of the Basel II capital
framework are quite complex, only a
relatively small number of the largest
and most internationally active banks,
savings associations, and bank holding
companies (banking organizations) will
be required to apply the framework.
The federal banking agencies also
issued a proposed revision to Basel I in
December 2006, which is commonly
known as Basel IA. The primary goal of
this initiative was to increase the risk
sensitivity of the existing capital rules
without unduly increasing regulatory
burden. The Basel IA proposal provided
that, except for those banking
organizations that may be required to
apply the Basel II capital framework,
banking organizations would have the
option of adopting the proposed Basel
IA revisions or continuing to determine
capital under the existing risk-based
capital rule. The regulators reserved the
authority under the proposed rules to
mandate a particular framework for a
particular institution, depending on the
risk profile and activities of a particular
institution.
Comments: During the EGRPRA
process, the federal banking agencies
received relatively few comments
concerning capital issues, as the Federal
Register notice advised that comments
concerning capital would be gathered
and considered in connection with the
capital rulemaking process.
Nevertheless, among those who did
comment, there was some concern that
banking regulators’ efforts to revise
capital rules could prove to be overly
burdensome for smaller banks and
difficult to implement. Some of those
commenters proposed that highly
capitalized community banks be
allowed to opt out from the proposed
revisions to Basel I and continue to use
the existing Basel I risk-based capital
framework. Commenters to the Basel IA
and Basel II proposals urged the
agencies to adopt the Basel II so-called
‘‘standardized’’ approach. The
standardized approach is, in part, a set
of modifications to the Basel I
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
framework that modestly enhances
overall risk sensitivity. On July 20,
2007, the agencies issued a press release
stating their intention to issue a
proposed rule that would provide those
banking organizations not required to
adopt the Basel II framework an option
to adopt a Basel II-based standardized
approach. The press release noted that
this new proposal would replace the
Basel IA option.
Recommendation: The agencies have
stated their intention to make the
standardized proposal optional. Banking
organizations in most cases would have
the option of selecting the regulatory
capital framework—the existing Basel I
rules or the standardized approach or
the Basel II advanced approaches. Thus,
the federal banking agencies believe that
potential revisions to the Basel I capital
rules do not create undue regulatory
burden for most banking organizations,
including highly capitalized community
banks.
m. Community Reinvestment Act
‘‘Sunshine Rules’’
Issue: Should the Community
Reinvestment Act (CRA) Sunshine rules
be repealed?
Context: Section 711 of the GLBA
added a new section 48 to the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.
1831y), entitled ‘‘CRA Sunshine
Requirements,’’ which has been
implemented by regulations adopted by
each federal banking agency.27 This
section requires nongovernmental
entities or persons, depository
institutions, and affiliates of depository
institutions that are parties to certain
agreements that are in fulfillment of the
CRA to make the agreements available
to the public and the appropriate agency
and to file annual reports concerning
the agreements with the appropriate
agency. The types of agreements that
could be covered by the statute include:
• Written agreements providing for
cash payments, grants, or other
consideration (except loans) with an
aggregate value in excess of $10,000 in
a calendar year; or
• Loans to one or more individuals or
entities (whether or not parties to the
agreement) that have an aggregate
principal amount of more than $50,000
in any calendar year.
Comments: During the EGRPRA
review process, both bankers and
community advocates supported repeal
of these requirements. Bankers generally
commented that the burden of
compliance outweighs any benefit of the
reporting requirements. Community
27 12 CFR 35; 12 CFR 207 (Regulation G); 12 CFR
346; 12 CFR 533.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
advocates expressed concern about the
government’s monitoring the amount of
funding they receive as a result of bank
efforts to fulfill CRA obligations.
Recommendation: All of the federal
banking agencies supported repeal of
these statutory requirements last year
when Congress was considering
regulatory burden relief proposals to
include in the FSRRA. This change
would reduce regulatory burden on
depository institutions,
nongovernmental entities (such as
consumer groups) and other parties to
covered agreements as well as the
agencies.
n. Equal Credit Opportunity Act
(Regulation B)
Issues:
(1) Should the federal banking
agencies provide additional guidance on
fair lending issues, such as when two
individuals demonstrate sufficient
evidence that they are applying jointly
for credit so the creditor may require the
signature of both individuals?
(2) Should the requirements for
‘‘adverse action’’ notices under the
Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA)
be changed to make it easier to
determine the circumstances in which
an adverse action notice is required?
(3) Should the Board’s Regulation B
be amended to eliminate requirements
that institutions collect data on
applicants’ race, ethnicity, and gender,
leaving HMDA as the only requirement
for collection of similar data?
Alternatively, should Regulation B be
amended so that, if a consumer opts not
to provide information on race,
ethnicity, and gender, the lender is not
required to collect the information on
the basis of visual observation or
surname?
Context: The primary federal fair
lending statute, ECOA, is implemented
through the Board’s Regulation B. The
Board’s Official Staff Commentary to
Regulation B provides additional
guidance. Each federal banking agency
enforces the requirements of ECOA with
respect to the creditors for which such
agency is the primary federal
supervisor. The Board completed a
comprehensive review of Regulation B
and the Commentary in 2003. The
federal banking agencies also have
worked together to provide guidance on
fair lending issues, particularly
examiner guidance on conducting
compliance and fair lending
examinations at the institutions the
agencies supervise. The federal banking
agencies address matters involving more
fact specific fair lending issues on a
case-by-case basis.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
Guidance on Fair Lending Issues.
Regulation B provides that a creditor
may not require a signature of a loan
applicant’s spouse or other individual if
that applicant qualifies independently
for the credit. This restriction, however,
does not apply to applications that are
filed jointly by two or more individuals.
The regulation states that a creditor may
not deem the submission of a joint
financial statement as evidence of intent
to apply jointly. Thus, the issue arises
as to what constitutes evidence of intent
to apply for joint credit. The Board
addressed the issue involving the
ambiguity of when there is evidence of
intent to apply for credit as joint
applicants in its 2003 review of
Regulation B. The Board adopted an
amendment to the Commentary to
provide additional guidance on how a
consumer can establish intent to apply
jointly for credit. Since that time, Board
staff has responded on a case-by-case
basis to requests for clarification of ways
consumers can establish intent to apply
jointly for credit, which appears to have
adequately clarified the matter.
‘‘Adverse Action’’ Notice
Requirements. Financial institutions
must provide an adverse action notice to
an applicant if a credit application is
denied. The determination of when a
credit application exists—as opposed to
a general credit inquiry or evaluation—
and under what circumstances it is
considered to have been denied, has
been the subject of questions. In the
comprehensive review of Regulation B,
discussed in the response to the
preceding issue, the Board amended the
Official Staff Commentary to Regulation
B to provide additional guidance on the
circumstances under which a general
credit inquiry or a prequalification
request can be considered an
application for purposes of Regulation
B. The additional guidance included
new examples of when communications
with consumers are considered
applications. In the review of Regulation
B, the Board also considered adopting a
bright-line test for deciding whether an
application exists. After carefully
considering the benefits and drawbacks
of a bright-line test, the Board decided
at the time not to adopt such a test.
While a bright-line test might provide
clarity in some situations, it also would
risk including as applications some
situations that should not be included
(for example, credit counseling in which
a consumer’s credit report is obtained).
A bright-line test might also exclude
some situations that should be covered
because lenders might inform
consumers that they do not qualify for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
credit even when consumers have not
submitted a formal application.
Information on Applicants’ Race,
Ethnicity, and Gender for Regulation B
and HMDA. Regulation B requires some
collection of data that is not required
under HMDA, including data on age and
marital status. Thus, if all Regulation B
monitoring requirements were
eliminated, the age and marital status
data would no longer be available to
monitor lenders’ compliance with fair
lending law provisions that prohibit
discrimination based on age or marital
status. In addition, some lenders that are
covered by Regulation B are not covered
by HMDA; therefore, if the suggested
change were adopted, no applicant data
would be available for such lenders for
the purpose of monitoring fair lending
compliance.
In addition, if lenders were not
required to note applicant information
in cases where the applicant does not
provide such information, the data
available for monitoring fair lending
compliance might be significantly
incomplete, causing problems for fair
lending enforcement.
Recommendation: For the reasons
summarized above, generally the federal
banking agencies have not supported
changing ECOA in the manner
discussed above.
o. Electronic Fund Transfer Act
(Regulation E)
Issues:
(1) Should the Regulation E limits on
consumer liability for unauthorized
electronic fund transfers be increased?
(2) Can the requirement for periodic
statements be eliminated in some cases
(e.g., where the consumer has online
access to account information), or can
the required frequency of periodic
statements be reduced in some cases
(such as where there is no electronic
fund transfer activity)?
Context: The Electronic Fund Transfer
Act (EFTA) is implemented through the
Board’s Regulation E. Each Agency
enforces the requirements of the EFTA
with respect to the institutions for
which such agency is the primary
federal supervisor.
Increasing Regulation E Limits on
Consumer Liability for Unauthorized
Electronic Fund Transfers. The limits on
consumer liability specified in the
Board’s Regulation E are required by
and set forth in the EFTA. When the
EFTA was enacted, Congress made a
determination that placing strict limits
on consumer liability for unauthorized
transfers would serve as an incentive for
financial institutions to develop more
secure electronic fund transfer systems,
as well as protect consumers from
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62049
serious losses. Nevertheless, the EFTA
gives consumers an incentive to guard
their debit cards and personal
identification numbers (PINs), because
the consumer may be liable for a share
of an unauthorized transaction.
Comments: Some commenters
suggested tightening the rules on
consumer liability to include a
negligence standard under which a
consumer who violated the standard
may have greater liability for the loss or
theft. Another commenter
recommended generally increasing the
consumer’s liability from $50 to $250.
Consumer group commenters suggested
that institutions should not be permitted
to place the burden of proof on a
consumer regarding a claim of an
unauthorized transfer and should be
required to reimburse the consumer
unless the institution can prove that the
transfer was authorized.
Recommendation: Given Congress’s
goal of providing adequate incentives to
both consumers and financial
institutions to reduce risks, before
increasing the limits on consumer
liability serious consideration should be
given to whether a higher limit would
be appropriate or achieve the goal of
relieving unnecessary burden. When the
FSRRA was being considered in 2006,
some proposed increasing the consumer
liability under Regulation E from $50 to
$500 for unauthorized transfers
resulting from writing a PIN on a card
or keeping the PIN in the same location
as the card. The federal banking
agencies generally did not support this
amendment.
Periodic Statement Requirements. The
Board has issued a number of proposals
and interim rules under Regulation E
over the past several years for the
purpose of facilitating, and providing
standards for, the use of electronic
disclosures (including electronic
periodic statements). In 2000, the
Electronic Signatures in Global and
National Commerce Act (E-Sign Act)
was enacted to authorize the use of
electronic records (including electronic
consumer disclosures) with consumers’
consent. Both the E-Sign Act and the
Board’s rules already provide for online
periodic statements; therefore, paper
statements are no longer required. Thus,
it may not be necessary to completely
eliminate the periodic statement
requirement to reduce regulatory burden
and the use of paper. In addition, in
August 2006, the Board issued a final
rule clarifying the application of
Regulation E to payroll card accounts.
The final rule grants flexibility to
financial institutions in providing
account information to payroll card
users. Under the rule, institutions are
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62050
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
not required to provide periodic paper
statements for payroll card accounts if
the institution makes account
information available by telephone and
electronically, and upon the consumer’s
request, in writing.
On the frequency of periodic
statements, Regulation E permits
quarterly statements (in place of
monthly) where there is no electronic
fund transfer activity (or no electronic
fund transfer activity except for direct
deposits). However, some consumers
may need periodic statements even
where there is no electronic fund
transfer activity. For example, the
consumer may have expected an
electronic deposit to an account and
may not know until receiving the
statement that it failed to occur.
Comments: Commenters suggested
that, in the case of consumers who have
online or telephone access to monitor
their accounts and transactions daily,
the requirement for a monthly or
quarterly periodic account statement is
unnecessary. A commenter contended
that the requirement to provide periodic
statements quarterly for accounts with
electronic access but no activity is
unduly burdensome and suggested that
the agencies amend the rule to allow for
semiannual or annual statements in
such cases.
Recommendation: The federal
banking agencies believe that additional
study would be necessary before making
any recommendations for legislative
changes or pursuing additional
regulatory changes with respect to the
frequency of periodic statements.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
p. Truth in Savings Act (Regulation DD)
Issue: Should Truth in Savings Act
(TISA) disclosures be revised to
streamline, simplify, and improve the
effectiveness of the disclosures, and to
make them more understandable for
consumers?
Context: The Board’s Regulation DD
implements TISA. However, each
federal banking agency enforces the
requirements of TISA with respect to
the institutions for which such agency
is the primary federal supervisor. The
current Board policy provides that the
Board must conduct a periodic review
of its regulations, including Regulation
DD, to update and, where appropriate,
streamline them.
Comments: Many industry
commenters asserted that their
customers pay little attention to the
TISA disclosures and, thus, the
disclosure requirements impose
unnecessary and burdensome costs on
the industry. A consumer group
suggested that the TISA disclosures
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
should be required to be made available
on financial institutions’ Web sites.
Recommendation: The Board will
consider suggestions for improving
TISA disclosures during the next
periodic review of Regulation DD. As a
result, the federal banking agencies will
wait until such review is completed
before making any recommendations on
this issue.
C. Other Joint Agency Initiatives
For many years, the Agencies have
had programs in place to periodically
review their regulations in an effort to
eliminate any outdated or unnecessary
regulations and to otherwise amend
their regulations to better meet the
Agencies’ objectives, while minimizing
regulatory burden. From previous
reviews and as part of the EGRPRA
review, certain issues were deemed
‘‘significant’’ in terms of being viewed
by the industry as being particularly
burdensome.
Pursuant to the Riegle Community
Development and Regulatory
Improvement Act of 1994 (CDRI), the
federal banking agencies conducted a
systematic review of their regulations
and written policies to improve
efficiency, reduce unnecessary costs and
eliminate inconsistencies and outmoded
and duplicative requirements. CDRI also
directed the federal banking agencies to
work jointly to make uniform all
regulations and guidelines
implementing common statutory or
supervisory policies. As a result of the
CDRI review that was completed in
1996, the federal banking agencies
either jointly or individually rescinded
or revised many rules and regulations.
The federal banking agencies also have
continued to incorporate the principles
of CDRI into their regulatory policy
development and periodically report
these accomplishments to Congress.
Subsequently, the EGRPRA statute
modified numerous regulatory
requirements and procedures affecting
the Agencies, financial institutions and
consumers. The law:
• Streamlined application and notice
requirements in a number of areas, such
as nonbanking acquisitions by wellmanaged and well-capitalized bank
holding companies;
• Allowed a 60-day period (with a 30day extension) for FDIC consideration of
completed applications from a state
bank or its subsidiary to engage in an
activity that is not permissible for a
national bank;
• Directed each federal banking
agency to coordinate examinations and
consult with each other to resolve
inconsistencies in recommendations to
be given to an institution, and to
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
consider appointing an examiner-incharge to ensure the consultation takes
place;
• Provided in cases of coordinated
examinations of institutions with statechartered subsidiaries, that the lead
agency could be the state chartering
agency;
• Required reports from all banking
regulators on actions taken to eliminate
duplicative or inconsistent accounting
or reporting requirements in statements
or reports from regulated institutions.
Certain significant burden reduction
initiatives were already underway
outside of the EGRPRA review process
and are detailed below.
1. Community Reinvestment Act
Interagency Rulemaking
When revised CRA rules were
published in 1995, the federal banking
agencies committed to undertake a
comprehensive review of the regulations
to ascertain whether the performancebased evaluation standards established
by the revised rules had, among other
things, minimized compliance burden.
In July 2001, the federal banking
agencies published a joint ANPR
seeking comment to determine whether,
and to what extent, the regulations
should be amended to eliminate
unnecessary burden as well as other
issues.28 In February 2004, after a
review of the comments received on the
ANPR, the federal banking agencies
issued a joint NPR proposing changes to
the regulations to reduce undue
regulatory burden by changing the
definitions of a ‘‘small bank’’ and a
‘‘small savings association’’ (which may
qualify for a streamlined CRA
evaluation) and to address abusive
lending practices.29
On August 18, 2004, OTS published
a final rule raising the small savings
association asset threshold from $250
million to $1 billion (without
consideration of holding company
affiliation).30 Also in August 2004, the
FDIC published a proposed rule to raise
the CRA small bank threshold to $1
billion without consideration of holding
company affiliation and add a
community development test for
institutions between $250 million and
$1 billion in assets.31 In March 2005, the
FDIC, the OCC, and the Board published
a joint NPR (the March 2005 proposal)
to (1) raise the small bank asset
threshold to $1 billion, (2) eliminate
data collection and reporting of small
business, small farm, and community
28 66
FR 37602, July 19, 2001.
FR 5729, February 6, 2004.
30 69 FR 51155, August 18, 2004.
31 69 FR 51611, August 20, 2004.
29 69
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
development loans, (3) rationalize the
performance tests to allow for more
flexibility in meeting CRA goals, and (4)
add a community development test for
institutions between $250 million and
$1 billion in assets.32 The proposal also
provided an annual inflation adjustment
for these thresholds. In response to the
NPR, a combined total of 10,000
comments were received on the March
2005 proposal.
After considering comments, the
Board, FDIC, and OCC adopted a joint
final rule on August 2, 2005.33 The
changes took effect September 1, 2005.
The final rule sought to balance the
need to provide meaningful regulatory
relief to small banks and the need to
preserve and encourage meaningful
community development activities by
those banks. The final rule raised the
small bank threshold to $1 billion
without consideration of holding
company affiliation. These banks are no
longer required to collect and report
CRA loan data, responding to
community bank concerns about
unnecessary burden. The new rule also
added an intermediate small bank
examination process for banks with
$250 million to $1 billion in assets.
Under the new rule, these dollar
thresholds are adjusted annually for
inflation. The staff of the three agencies
issued questions and answers for
comment in November 2005 to address
revisions to the regulations.34 After
review of the comments, in March 2006,
the staff of the Board, FDIC, and OCC
issued final questions and answers.35
OTS issued a final rule effective April
1, 2005, providing additional flexibility
to each savings association evaluated
under the large retail institution test to
determine the combination of lending,
service and investment it will use to
meet the credit needs of its local
community(ies), consistent with safe
and sound operations.36 The final rule
allows savings associations to select any
combination of weights assigned to
lending, service and investment, as long
as the weights total 100 percent and
lending receives no less than a 50
percent weight.
In an April 12, 2006, final rule, OTS
revised the definition of ‘‘community
development,’’ making its definition
consistent with that of the other
agencies.37 On that same date, OTS also
issued a notice soliciting comments on
proposed questions and answers
32 70
FR 12148, March 11, 2005.
FR 44256, August 2, 2005.
34 70 FR 68450, November 19, 2005.
35 71 FR 12424, March 10, 2006.
36 70 FR 10023, March 2, 2005.
37 71 FR 18614, April 12, 2006.
33 70
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
guidance related to the final rule.38 OTS
finalized the proposed questions and
answers on September 5, 2006.39
On November 24, 2006, OTS issued
an NPR to revise its rule implementing
CRA for interagency uniformity. The
NPR was issued to solicit comment on
whether OTS should revise its CRA rule
to align with the CRA rules of other
federal banking agencies. The proposal
would eliminate alternative weights,
add an intermediate small savings
association examination for savings
associates with assets between $250
million and $1 billion, adjust the asset
thresholds annually for inflation, and
incorporate a provision on
discriminatory or other illegal practices.
The comment period closed on January
23, 2007. OTS adopted a final rule on
March 22, 2007, with an effective date
for the rule of July 1, 2007.
2. Call Report Modernization
The FFIEC Central Data Repository
(CDR) was successfully implemented on
October 1, 2005. The CDR is designed to
consolidate the collection, validation
and publication of quarterly bank
financial reports. All national, state
member, and state non-member banks,
including FDIC-insured state savings
banks, were enrolled in the CDR and
started using the CDR to file their
financial reports via the Internet
beginning with the third quarter of
2005. The CDR employs new technology
that uses the eXtensible Business
Reporting Language (XBRL) data
standard to streamline the collection,
validation, and publication of Call
Report data. Over 7,900 financial
institutions used the CDR to file their
financial reports for the fourth quarter of
2006 via the Internet. The initial quality
of the data was much higher than in
previous quarters, which speeded the
availability of the data to regulatory
financial analysts and ultimately the
public, thereby fulfilling one of the
overarching goals of the CDR project.
Higher data integrity, accuracy, and
consistency will help to increase the
efficiency with which the data can be
collected, analyzed, and released to the
public.
3. BSA/AML Compliance Outreach to
the Banking Industry
The Agencies have conducted
significant outreach to the banking
industry in the area of BSA/AML
compliance, with the goal of enhancing
the clarity and consistency of regulatory
requirements and supervisory
expectations. In addition to engaging in
38 71
39 71
PO 00000
FR 18807, April 12, 2006.
FR 52375, September 5, 2006.
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62051
dialogue with supervised banking
organizations through the examination
process, the Agencies have conducted
outreach through various channels, such
as conferences and training events
sponsored by the Agencies or by trade
associations. For example, in September
2006, the Agencies (in coordination
with FinCEN and OFAC) hosted a series
of conference calls to discuss the
changes to the FFIEC BSA/AML
Examination Manual and to provide
financial institutions with the
opportunity to raise questions.
Approximately 10,500 financial
institution personnel participated in
these calls.
4. Regulatory Relief for Banks and
Customers in the Hurricane Disaster
Areas
The FFIEC established a special
FFIEC Interagency Katrina Working
Group to facilitate the coordination,
communication, and response to
financial institution supervisory issues
arising in the aftermath of Hurricanes
Katrina and Rita. State supervisors on
the FFIEC State Liaison Committee also
were invited to participate. Interagency
efforts to help New Orleans and the Gulf
region recover from the hurricane
devastation included guidance on the
establishment of temporary branches
and branch- and employee-sharing
arrangements. Efforts also included
guidance on published responses to
interagency frequently asked questions
on additional topics including the CRA,
BSA, and various operational issues,
including regulatory reporting
requirements. Agencies created Web
sites with Hurricane Katrina and Rita
disaster-related links, including FFIEC
issuances for financial institutions, their
customers, and employees who were
impacted by the disasters. Other links
provided were to disaster recovery and
assistance agencies and trade
associations with information for
victims. In addition, telephone
‘‘hotlines’’ were set up and information
provided regarding financial institution
locations, contact information, and
general disaster assistance information.
By relaxing certain documentation,
notification and reporting requirements,
the Agencies helped the affected
institutions to continue operating
during the days, weeks, and months
following the disaster. For example, the
Agencies immediately issued joint
guidance asking insured depository
institutions to consider all reasonable
and prudent steps to assist customers’
cash and financial needs in areas
affected by the hurricane. Among the
actions the Agencies encouraged
institutions to consider were:
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62052
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
• Waiving ATM fees for customers
and non-customers;
• Increasing ATM daily cash
withdrawal limits;
• Easing restrictions on cashing outof-state and non-customer checks;
• Waiving overdraft fees as a result of
paycheck interruption;
• Waiving early withdrawal penalties
on time deposits;
• Waiving availability restrictions on
insurance checks;
• Allowing customers to defer or skip
some loan payments;
• Waiving late fees for credit cards
and other loans due to interruption of
mail and/or billing statements, or the
customer’s inability to access funds;
• Easing credit card limits and credit
terms on new loans;
• Delaying delinquency notices to
credit bureaus; and
• Encouraging institutions to use nondocumentary customer verification
methods for customers that are not able
to provide standard identification
documents.
Finally, the federal banking agencies
issued examiner guidance and a
subsequent reminder making it clear
that an institution retains flexibility in
its workout or restructuring
arrangements with customers in the
disaster areas.
5. Reducing Examination Frequency
On April 10, 2007, the federal banking
agencies jointly issued and requested
comment on their respective interim
rules to implement section 605 of the
FSRRA (see Appendix I–A) enacted on
October 13, 2006, and a subsequent
conforming amendment enacted on
January 11, 2007. (See 72 FR 17798,
April 10, 2007.) The changes to the law
made by this legislation give the
agencies the discretion to conduct onsite examinations, on 18-month cycles
rather than annual cycles, of highly
rated insured depository institutions
that have less than $500 million in total
assets. Prior law allowed 18-month
examination cycles only for such
qualifying insured depository
institutions with less than $250 million
in total assets. In addition to reducing
the burden on small, well-capitalized,
and well-managed insured depository
institutions, the changes to the law
allow the federal banking agencies to
better focus their supervisory resources
on those institutions that may present
issues of supervisory concern. The
agencies’ interim rules became effective
on April 10, 2007, and the comment
period closed on May 10, 2007.
6. Examination Programs
The Agencies have worked together to
implement programs that improved
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
regulatory risk-assessment capabilities
and streamlined examinations and other
supervisory functions. For example, as
early as 1998, the FDIC, the Board, and
CSBS worked together to develop and
implement examination software
applications that integrated information
from various automated systems to
assist in the preparation of an
automated examination report. This
cooperation promoted consistency
among the Agencies and reduced
regulatory burden on state-chartered
banks. The same Agencies also formed
a steering committee to better
coordinate risk-focused examination
procedures. The Agencies continue to
work together to improve upon these
examination tools. Since 1994, the
Agencies have used a common core
report of examination to promote
interagency consistency and reduce
regulatory burden.
7. Privacy Notices
Section 728 of the FSRRA requires
that the Board, OCC, FDIC, OTS, NCUA,
FTC, SEC, and Commodity Futures
Trading Commission (CFTC) publish a
proposed model privacy notice that is
clear and comprehensive for public
comment within 180 days of enactment.
Section 728 of the FSRRA provides that
the model notice will provide a safe
harbor for the financial institutions that
use it. Further, financial institutions
may, at their option, use the model
notice to satisfy the privacy notice
requirements of the GLBA. The Board,
OCC, FDIC, OTS, NCUA, FTC, SEC, and
CFTC have developed a proposed model
notice, which was published for public
comment in March 2007 (earlier than
required by the 180-day deadline) (72
FR 14940).
Efforts to simplify privacy notices
have been underway for some time. In
2003, the Board, OCC, FDIC, OTS,
NCUA, FTC, SEC, and CFTC published
an ANPR in which they sought
comment on simplifying privacy
notices. After reviewing the comments
received from the ANPR, the Board,
OCC, FDIC, NCUA, FTC, and SEC
engaged experts in plain language
disclosures and consumer testing to
assist them in developing a simple and
comprehensible notice. That notice is
now the one being proposed by the
Board, OCC, FDIC, OTS, NCUA, FTC,
SEC, and CFTC to fulfill the
requirements of section 728 of the
FSRRA.
In addition, during the consideration
of amendments to be included in the
FSRRA, Congress considered a proposal
that would, subject to certain
conditions, allow a financial institution
to avoid having to provide an annual
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
privacy notice to consumers, if the
financial institution (1) did not disclose
nonpublic personal information in a
manner that would be subject to a
consumer’s right to opt out under
applicable laws and (2) had not changed
its privacy policies and procedures from
the policies and procedures stated in the
last notice that was provided to
consumers. The annual notice, when
required, must provide information
about the institution’s policies and
procedures with respect to disclosing
nonpublic personal information about
consumers consistent with the
customer’s right to opt out of such
disclosures under applicable statutes
and regulations. The federal banking
agencies generally supported this
amendment. While this amendment was
not included in the FSRRA as enacted,
it was included in the House-passed
version of this bill 40 and may be again
considered by Congress in the future.
D. Individual Agency Efforts To Reduce
Regulatory Burden
During the EGRPRA process, the
federal banking agencies individually
undertook efforts to reduce regulatory
burden on institutions that they
supervise and regulate. These initiatives
took many forms, ranging from
regulatory changes, streamlining of
supervisory processes, and revisions of
agency handbooks. Together, these
efforts contributed significantly to the
central goal of EGRPRA: Elimination of
unnecessary regulatory burden on
financial institutions.
1. The Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System
During the EGRPRA review period,
the Board has undertaken a number of
initiatives to reduce unnecessary
regulatory burden on the financial
organizations it regulates and
supervises. Such initiatives included
revisions of various aspects of the
Board’s supervisory, regulatory,
monetary policy, payments, and
consumer protection rules, procedures,
and guidance. In connection with its
regulations and supervisory processes,
the Board will continue to identify
appropriate regulatory and supervisory
revisions to reduce unnecessary burden
while ensuring the safety and soundness
of institutions, protecting the integrity
of the financial payment systems, and
safeguarding consumer protections.
a. Supervisory Initiatives. In 2006, the
Board approved a final rule that
expands the definition of a small bank
holding company (small BHC) under the
Board’s Small Bank Holding Company
40 H.R.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
3505, 109th Congress, section 617 (2006).
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
Policy Statement (Policy Statement) and
the Board’s risk-based and leverage
capital guidelines for BHCs (Capital
Guidelines). The Board revised its
Policy Statement to raise the small BHC
asset size threshold from $150 million
to $500 million and to amend the
qualitative criteria for determining
eligibility as a small BHC for the
purposes of the Policy Statement and
the Capital Guidelines. Additionally,
the Board revised its regulatory
financial reporting requirements so that
qualifying small BHCs will only be
required to file parent-only financial
data on a semiannual basis (FR Y–9SP).
These changes significantly increased
the number of bank holding companies
that are exempt from the Board’s
consolidated capital rules and that may
benefit from more streamlined reporting
requirements. The amendments to the
threshold and the qualitative criteria
reflect changes in the industry since the
initial issuance of the policy statement
in 1980.
In addition, the Board revised its
guidance to examiners on the format of
examination reports for community
banking organizations in order to better
focus examination findings on matters
of risk and importance to the bank’s
overall financial condition. The Board
designed the revisions to improve
communications with bank management
and boards of directors and to minimize
burden on banking organizations. The
revisions require the incorporation of
findings of specialty examinations into
the safety and soundness conclusions to
provide a more comprehensive
assessment.
To further enhance its risk-focused
supervision program, the Board
implemented revised procedures for the
supervision of bank holding companies
with total consolidated assets of $5
billion or less. The revisions to the bank
holding company supervision
procedures promote more effective use
of targeted on-site reviews to fulfill the
requirements, when necessary, for the
full scope inspections of holding
companies with total consolidated
assets between $1 billion and $5 billion.
Additionally, the revisions to the
supervisory procedures promote a
flexible approach to supervising bank
holding companies and are designed to
enhance the overall effectiveness and
efficiency of the System’s supervisory
efforts for these institutions.
The Board also worked to revise the
principles and goals initially adopted by
the Nationwide State Federal
Supervisory Agreement (Agreement)
governing how state and federal banking
agencies coordinate the supervision of
interstate banks. This revised
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
Agreement reinforces the longstanding
commitment of federal and state
agencies to provide efficient, effective,
and seamless oversight of state banks of
all sizes, including those institutions
that operate in more than one state.
Additional objectives of the Agreement
are to ensure that supervision is flexible
and risk-focused and minimizes
regulatory burden and cost for covered
institutions. Recommended supervisory
practices also address aspects of the
ongoing and rapid transition of the
banking industry that have presented
challenges (such as continued
consolidation and engagement in more
complex or specialized activities in
order to remain competitive).
In an effort to better align the
supervisory rating system for bank
holding companies, including financial
holding companies, with the Board’s
current supervisory practices, the Board
implemented a revised BHC rating
system that:
• Emphasizes risk management,
• Introduces a more comprehensive
and adaptable framework for analyzing
and rating financial factors, and
• Provides a framework for assessing
and rating the potential impact of the
parent holding company and its nondepository subsidiaries on the
subsidiary depository institution(s).
Given that the revised rating system is
consistent with current supervisory
practices, the revisions are generally not
expected to have an effect on the
conduct of inspections, nor add to the
supervisory burden of supervised
institutions. Rather, the revised rating
system will better communicate the
supervisory findings of examination
staff to both supervised institutions and
the Board’s staff.
b. Transactions with Affiliates. In
2002, the Board adopted in final form
Regulation W 41 to implement, in a
comprehensive fashion, the restrictions
imposed by sections 23A and 23B of the
Federal Reserve Act.42 These sections,
which impose limits and conditions on
lending and certain other transactions
between a bank and its affiliates, are a
key component of the supervisory
framework for all banks. The Board’s
purpose in adopting a regulation that,
for the first time, comprehensively
implemented these restrictions was,
among other things, to simplify the
interpretation and application of
sections 23A and 23B by banking
organizations, allow banking
organizations to publicly comment on
Board and staff interpretations of
41 12
42 12
PO 00000
CFR 223.
U.S.C. 371c, 371c–1.
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62053
sections 23A and 23B, and minimize
burden on banking organizations.
c. Regulation Y: Bank Holding
Companies and Financial Holding
Companies. The Board has made
significant revisions to Regulation Y
since the passage of EGRPRA that have
substantially reduced regulatory burden
on bank holding companies and
significantly reduced processing times
for applications/notices filed under
Regulation Y. For example, in 1997, the
Board adopted comprehensive
amendments to its Regulation Y that
significantly reduced regulatory burden
by streamlining the application/notice
process and operating restrictions on
bank holding companies. The revisions
included a streamlined and expedited
review process for bank acquisition
proposals by well-run bank holding
companies and implemented changes
enacted by EGRPRA that eliminated
certain notice and approval
requirements and reduced other
requirements for nonbanking proposals
by such companies. In addition, the
Board expanded the list of permissible
nonbanking activities and removed a
number of restrictions on such
activities. The revisions also amended
the tying restrictions and included
many other changes to Regulation Y to
eliminate unnecessary regulatory
burden.
In 2001, the Board also revised
Regulation Y to implement changes
enacted by the GLBA, which further
significantly reduced regulatory burden
on the nonbanking activity proposals of
bank holding companies who elect
financial holding company status. These
revisions:
• Provided an expeditious approach
to the election process to become a
financial holding company,
• Identified the expanded types of
nonbanking activities that are
permissible for financial holding
companies, and
• Provided a post-notice procedure
for engaging in such activities.
During that year, the Board also
adopted revisions to Regulation Y
implementing the new authority for
financial holding companies to engage
in merchant banking activities and
permitting financial holding companies
to act as a ‘‘finder’’ in bringing together
buyers and sellers for transactions that
the parties themselves negotiate and
consummate.
In 2003, the Board again amended
Regulation Y to expand the types of
commodity derivative activities
permissible for all bank holding
companies. In particular, these
amendments permitted bank holding
companies to (1) take and make delivery
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62054
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
of title to the commodities underlying
commodity derivative contracts on an
instantaneous, pass-through basis and
(2) enter into certain commodity
derivative contracts that do not require
cash settlement or specifically provide
for assignment, termination or offset
prior to delivery. Also in 2003, the
Board adopted a final rule that
expanded the ability of all bank holding
companies to process, store and
transmit non-financial data in
connection with their financial data
processing, storage and transmission
activities.
Since 2003, the Board also has issued
orders permitting various financial
holding companies to engage in
physical commodity trading activities
on a limited basis as an activity that is
complementary to the company’s
financial commodity derivative
activities.
Since the Board’s revisions to
Regulation Y in 1997 to streamline
processing of nonbanking notices and
since 2001 to implement the GLBA,
there has been a dramatic decline in the
number of nonbanking proposals that
require Federal Reserve System
approval. Therefore, there has been a
substantial reduction of regulatory
burden on bank holding companies
engaged in nonbanking activities.
The Board is in the process of
identifying additional revisions to
Regulation Y that would clarify
regulatory requirements and reduce
regulatory burden for bank holding
companies and financial holding
companies where appropriate. In 2007,
the Board expects to issue an NPR to
solicit comments on those proposed
revisions.
d. International Banking Initiatives.
Since 1997, the Board has made a
number of enhancements to Regulation
K 43 governing foreign operations of U.S.
banking organizations and the U.S.
operations of foreign banking
organizations (FBOs) to reduce
regulatory burden, streamline the
authorization process, and improve
agency transparency.
(1) Comprehensive Amendments to
Regulation K. In October 2001,
following a rulemaking initiated in
1997, the Board approved
comprehensive revisions to Regulation
K, expanding the range of activities that
U.S. banking organizations may conduct
overseas and reducing associated
processing times and filing
requirements. For example, with respect
to establishing foreign branches, an
application requirement was replaced
with a prior notice obligation, and the
43 12
CFR part 211.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
prior notice period was reduced from 45
days to 30 days or, in some instances,
12 days. General consent limits for
investments in foreign subsidiaries or
joint ventures were changed from an
absolute dollar figure to a percentage of
the investor’s capital, with higher
percentages authorized for wellcapitalized and well-managed investors.
The prior notice period applicable to
foreign investments also was reduced
from 45 days to 30 days. The scope of
permissible nonbanking activities
abroad was expanded, including in the
areas of securities underwriting,
dealing, and trading. In addition, the
Board implemented statutory provisions
authorizing member banks, with Board
approval, to invest up to 20 percent of
their capital and surplus in Edge and
agreement corporations and the factors
to be considered when making
determinations on those requests.
The revisions to Regulation K also
streamlined the application procedures
applicable to FBOs seeking to expand
operations in the United States. With
respect to the establishment of some
U.S. offices by FBOs, the Board replaced
an application requirement with a 45day prior notice obligation; other office
proposals became subject to general
consent procedures. The Board also
liberalized the provisions governing the
qualification of FBOs for exemptions
from the nonbanking provisions of the
Bank Holding Company Act and
implemented provisions of the RiegleNeal Interstate Banking and Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994 addressing
changes in home state of FBOs.44
(2) International Lending Supervision.
In January 2003, the Board amended
Regulation K to eliminate the
requirements as to the particular
accounting method to be followed in
accounting for fees on international
loans and require instead that
institutions follow GAAP in accounting
for such fees.
e. Communication with Industry. The
Federal Reserve strives to be as
transparent as possible in
communicating regulatory requirements
and supervisory expectations to the
institutions it supervises. In addition to
making regulatory changes and policy44 In 2002, the Board issued (and has since
revised) application forms (collectively known as
the FR K–2) to be used by FBOs when seeking
regulatory authorizations under Regulation K.
These replaced and significantly enhanced an
informal set of staff questions to which FBOs
routinely responded when seeking such
authorizations. The Board also modified (and has
since revised) the FR K–1, consisting of forms to be
used by U.S. banking organizations seeking
authorization to conduct or expand foreign
operations, to reflect the enhancements to
Regulation K.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
related or supervisory issuances
available on the Board’s public Web
site, there is active and ongoing
communication regarding regulatory
requirements and supervisory
expectations between supervisory staff
at all Federal Reserve banks and the
institutions in their Districts. Board
members and senior management also
participate regularly in meetings with
bankers to provide insight regarding
Federal Reserve regulatory and
supervisory initiatives.
The Federal Reserve also hosts and
participates in various outreach efforts.
Its wide-ranging efforts include sessions
directed to supervision staff, formal
seminars and dialogues with industry
representatives, and informal meetings
on focused issues designed to foster
two-way dialogue with the industry to
help ensure that open channels of
communication remain efficient and
effective.
f. Payments, Reserves, and Discount
Window Initiatives
(1) Discount Window Lending
(Regulation A)
(a) Y2K Special Liquidity Facility. To
address the possibility that depository
institutions and their customers would
experience unexpected credit and
liquidity needs over the century date
change period, the Board revised its
Regulation A to implement a special
limited-time discount window lending
program. Under this Y2K special
liquidity facility, Federal Reserve Banks
offered credit at a rate 150 basis points
above the Federal Open Market
Committee’s targeted federal funds rate
to eligible institutions to accommodate
liquidity needs during the century date
change period. The facility was
available from October 1, 1999, to April
7, 2000, and was intended to reduce
potential market strains during that
period and any attendant difficulties for
depository institutions.
(b) Redesign of Discount Window
Lending Program. Effective January 9,
2003, the Board also revised Regulation
A to improve the operation of the
discount window. Among other
changes, the revisions replaced the
existing adjustment credit program,
which provided short-term credit at a
below-market rate but only if the
borrower had exhausted other funding
sources and used the funds within
prescribed limitations. The new primary
credit program makes short-term credit
available to generally sound institutions
at an above-market rate, but with little
or no administrative burden or use
restrictions on the borrower. In addition
to providing improved transparency and
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
reduced administrative burden to the
discount window process, the revisions
also reorganized and streamlined the
regulatory language to make it easier to
understand.
(2) Check Collection (Regulation CC)
(a) Y2K Extension of Time for MergerRelated Reprogramming. The Board’s
Regulation CC allows merging
depository institutions one year to
combine their automation systems for
check collection and funds availability
purposes under Regulation CC. In the
late 1990s, the Board recognized that
depository institutions were dedicating
significant automation resources to
addressing Y2K computer problems and
may have been challenged to make and
test other programming changes,
including those that needed to comply
with Regulation CC’s merger transition
provisions, without jeopardizing their
Y2K programming efforts. Therefore, the
Board amended Regulation CC to allow
depository institutions that
consummated a merger on or after July
1, 1998, and before March 1, 2000,
greater time to implement software
changes related to the merger.
(b) Implementation of the Check 21
Act. Effective October 28, 2004, the
Board adopted amendments to
Regulation CC to implement the Check
21 Act, a law that was based on a Board
proposal to Congress and that the Board
strongly supported. Electronic
collection of checks often is faster and
more efficient than collecting checks in
paper form. However, prior to the Check
21 Act, banks’ use of electronic check
collection was impeded by the fact that
paying banks, by law, could require
presentment of original checks. The
Check 21 Act and the Board’s
implementing amendments authorized a
new negotiable instrument, known as a
substitute check, which is a special
copy of the original check that, when
properly prepared, is the legal
equivalent of the original check. The
Check 21 Act facilitated the ability of
banks to send check-related information
electronically for most of the check
collection process because a bank that
has the electronic check file now is able
to provide a legally equivalent
substitute check when and where an
original check is needed. When it
implemented the Check 21 Act, the
Board made other clarifying changes to
Regulation CC to make it easier for
depository institutions to understand
and comply with the regulation.
(c) Remotely Created Checks.
‘‘Remotely created checks’’ typically are
created when the holder of a checking
account authorizes a payee, such as a
telemarketer, to draw a check on that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
account but does not actually sign the
check. In place of the signature of the
account-holder, the remotely created
check generally bears a statement that
the customer authorized the check or
bears the customer’s printed or typed
name. State laws vary with respect to
whether or not the bank that holds the
account from which a check is paid (the
paying bank) has a warranty claim back
against the bank of first deposit (the
depositary bank) if the paying bank’s
customer reports that a remotely created
check is unauthorized. Effective July 1,
2006, the Board amended Regulation CC
to provide such a warranty claim for the
paying bank. This amendment reduces
the likelihood that paying banks
ultimately will bear financial losses due
to fraudulent remotely created checks
and places responsibility for those
checks on the bank whose customer
deposited the check and who, therefore,
is in the best position to detect and
present the fraud.
(3) Location of Federal Reserve
Accounts (Regulations D and I).
Statutory changes in the mid-1990s,
such as the Riegle-Neal Interstate
Banking and Branching Efficiency Act,
eliminated many barriers to interstate
banking. Consequently, the number of
depository institutions that operated
branches in more than one Federal
Reserve District increased. On January
2, 1998, the Federal Reserve Banks
implemented a new account structure to
provide a single Federal Reserve
account for each domestic depository
institution.
Specifically, to provide increased
flexibility to depository institutions in
managing their operations in diverse
geographic locations, the Board revised
Regulations D and I to allow depository
institutions with offices in multiple
Federal Reserve districts to be able to
request a determination from the Board
that the institution is deemed to be
located in a district other than the
district of its charter location for
purposes of reserve account location
(Regulation D) and Federal Reserve
membership (Regulation I). The
amendments set out criteria that the
Board would use in making such a
determination, including the business
needs of the bank; the location of the
bank’s head office; the location of the
bulk of the bank’s business; and the
location that would allow the bank, the
Board, and the Reserve Banks to
perform their functions most efficiently
and effectively.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62055
g. Consumer Regulatory Initiatives
(1) Electronic Fund Transfers
(Regulation E)
(a) Error Resolution. Regulation E
requires financial institutions to
investigate and resolve consumer claims
of error within prescribed time periods.
In general, an institution must either
resolve the claim within 10 business
days or provisionally recredit the
consumer’s account within that time
and finally resolve the claim within 45
calendar days. In 1998, the Board
amended Regulation E to extend these
deadlines from 10 business days to 20
business days and from 45 calendar
days to 90 calendar days in the case of
new accounts, recognizing the higher
fraud risk for new accounts and
consequently institutions’ need for more
time to investigate error claims.
(b) Electronic Check Conversion. In
2001, the Board issued amendments to
the Official Staff Commentary to
Regulation E relating to electronic check
conversion. In electronic check
conversion transactions, a payee uses a
consumer’s check to initiate a one-time
automated clearing house (ACH) debit
to the consumer’s account, by capturing
the routing, account, and check
numbers from the magnetic ink
character recognition (MICR) line on the
check. The payee may be a merchant at
point-of-sale (POS) or a bill payee
receiving the check via a lockbox. The
amendments provide that electronic
check conversion transactions are
covered by Regulation E and afford
guidance on how particular regulatory
requirements apply to such transactions.
By providing clarification and guidance,
the Board sought to facilitate greater use
of electronic check conversion, which
can provide benefits to consumers,
creditors and other payees, and
depository institutions.
In 2006, the Board issued further
amendments dealing with electronic
check conversion, both to the
Commentary and to Regulation E itself,
to provide further clarification and
guidance. One of these amendments
permits payees to obtain a consumer’s
authorization to use information from
the check to initiate an electronic fund
transfer or to process the transaction as
a check, easing compliance for payees.
(c) Stop-Payment Procedures. In the
2006 amendments, the Board also
revised the Commentary to facilitate
compliance with the Regulation E’s
requirements regarding stopping
payment of recurring debits to a
consumer’s account. The revision
permits an institution to use a third
party (such as a debit card network) to
stop payment, if the institution does not
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62056
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
itself have the capability to block the
debit from being posted to the account.
(d) Notice of Variable-Amount
Transfers. Regulation E provides that if
a recurring debit from a consumer’s
account will vary in amount from the
previous transfer, or from the
preauthorized amount, the designated
payee or the consumer’s financial
institution must give the consumer the
option to receive written notice of the
amount and scheduled date of the debit
10 days in advance. In the 2006
amendments, the Board revised the
Commentary to exempt recurring
transfers to an account of the consumer
at another institution from this
requirement, provided the amount of
the transfer falls within a specified
range that reasonably could be
anticipated by the consumer. This
revision should help eliminate
unnecessary notices and provide cost
savings in the case of transfers of
interest on a certificate of deposit held
at one institution to the consumer’s
account at another institution.
(e) Fee Disclosures at Automated
Teller Machines. If a consumer uses an
automated teller machine (ATM)
operated by an institution other than the
one holding the consumer’s account,
Regulation E requires the ATM operator
to disclose any transaction fee imposed
by the operator. In the 2006
amendments, the Board revised the
regulation and the Commentary to
clarify that the fee notice may state
either that a fee ‘‘will’’ be imposed, or
that a fee ‘‘may’’ be imposed (unless the
fee will be imposed in all cases). This
clarification addresses issues raised by a
number of institutions that had been
charged with noncompliance by
claimants asserting that the regulation
required use of the term ‘‘will,’’ even on
ATMs where a fee is not imposed in all
cases.
(f) Payroll Cards. In 2006, the Board
adopted an amendment to Regulation E
relating to payroll card accounts. The
amendment provides that payroll card
accounts (established to provide salary,
wages, or other employee compensation
on a recurring basis) are covered by
Regulation E, and also provides that
periodic statements need not be sent to
payroll card holders if account
information is available through certain
other means (including electronically).
By clarifying coverage of payroll card
accounts and also granting relief from
the periodic statement requirement, the
amendment may facilitate the use of
such accounts and thereby reduce costs
for employers, as well as providing
unbanked employees a convenient way
to receive their pay.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
(g) Receipts. In 2007, the Board
adopted an amendment to Regulation E
to create an exception for transactions of
$15 or less from Regulation E’s
requirement that receipts be made
available to consumers for transactions
initiated at an electronic terminal. The
amendment was intended to allow debit
card transactions by a consumer in retail
environments where making receipts
available may not be practical or cost
effective.
(2) Truth in Lending (Regulation Z).
As noted above, the Board is
undertaking a comprehensive review of
Regulation Z. As part of that review, the
Board intends to consider ways to
reduce unnecessary regulatory burden
consistent with the purposes and
requirements of TILA. In 2007, the
Board issued a proposed amendment to
Regulation Z to improve the
effectiveness of the disclosures that
consumers receive in connection with
credit card accounts and other revolving
credit plans by ensuring that
information is provided in a timely
manner and in an understandable form.
The Board sought comment on the
elimination of the requirement to
disclose the ‘‘effective’’ or ‘‘historical’’
annual percentage rate, among other
proposals that could reduce regulatory
burden on institutions. (The effective
annual percentage rate reflects the cost
of interest and certain other finance
charges imposed during the statement
period.)
(a) Credit Card Fees. Regulation Z
requires credit card issuers to disclose
‘‘finance charges’’ (fees that are imposed
as an incident to or a condition of the
extension of credit), as well as ‘‘other
charges’’ (fees that are not finance
charges but that are significant charges
that may be imposed as part of the
credit card plan). In 2003, the Board
revised the Official Staff Commentary to
Regulation Z to address the status of two
types of fees charged on credit card
accounts as to which the credit card
industry had sought guidance—a fee
imposed when a consumer requests that
a payment be expedited, and a fee
imposed when a consumer requests
expedited delivery of a credit card. The
Commentary revisions provided that
both types of fees constitute neither
finance charges nor other charges (and
therefore are not subject to the
disclosure requirements of Regulation
Z). The revisions reduce regulatory
burden by relieving card issuers of
disclosure requirements (for example, in
disclosures provided at account opening
and on periodic statements) that might
otherwise have applied.
(b) Issuance of Credit Cards.
Regulation Z provides that, in general,
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
credit cards may be issued only in
response to a request or application,
except that a card issued as a renewal
or substitute for an existing card may be
issued automatically. Further, generally
only one renewal or substitute card may
be issued to replace one existing card
(the ‘‘one-for-one’’ rule). The 2003
Commentary revisions provided an
exception to the one-for-one rule,
whereby a card issuer may replace an
existing credit card with more than one
renewal or substitute card, if (1) the
replacement cards access only the same
account of the existing card, (2) all cards
issued on the account are governed by
the same terms and conditions, and (3)
the consumer’s total potential liability
for unauthorized credit card use with
respect to the account does not increase.
These changes accommodated
developments in the credit card
industry in which some card issuers are
able to issue a supplemental card,
sometimes in different sizes and formats
from the existing card, along with the
regular card replacing the existing card,
which may enhance consumer
convenience. The changes could reduce
costs by not requiring card issuers to
first obtain a request from a consumer
before issuing the supplemental card,
while also including terms to protect
customers.
(3) Consumer Compliance
Examination. The Board has adopted a
consumer compliance risk-focused
supervision program designed to ensure
that all its supervised organizations
comply with consumer protection laws
and regulations. The program is
founded on the expectation that each
state member bank and bank holding
company will appropriately manage its
own consumer compliance risk as an
integral part of the organization’s
corporate-wide risk management
function. The adequacy of an
organization’s consumer compliance
risk management program is evaluated
in the context of the inherent risk to the
organization and its customers.
Accordingly, smaller and less complex
organizations with a lower risk profile,
deemed to have an adequate compliance
risk management program, require less
supervisory scrutiny.
The risk-focused supervisory program
directs resources to organizations, and
to activities within those organizations,
commensurate with the level of risk to
both the organization and the consumer.
It provides for the efficient and effective
deployment of resources including
examiner time, by allowing Reserve
Banks to tailor supervisory activities to
the size, structure, complexity, and risk
of the organization. This supervisory
approach reduces regulatory burden on
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
institutions and results in more efficient
use of examiner time and resources.
(4) Proposed Amendments to
Consumer Financial Services and Fair
Lending Regulations (Regulations B, E,
M, Z, and DD). In 2007, the Board
issued proposed amendments to five
consumer financial services and fair
lending regulations (Regulations B, E,
M, Z, and DD) to clarify the
requirements for providing consumer
disclosures in electronic form. The
proposed amendment would withdraw
provisions that could impose undue
regulatory burden on electronic banking
and commerce.
2. Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation
On an ongoing basis, the FDIC is
aware of regulatory burden and
addresses such issues where
appropriate. When areas of the country
experience natural disasters and other
misfortunes, the FDIC issues financial
institution letters to provide regulatory
relief to those institutions affected by
such events and to thereby facilitate
recovery in the communities. For
example, a FIL may be issued asking
financial institutions in those areas to
extend repayment terms, restructure
existing loans where appropriate, and
provide that the FDIC would consider
regulatory relief from certain filing and
publishing requirements for financial
institutions in the affected areas.
a. FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Rules.
Bankers and consumers have suggested
that the FDIC should simplify the
insurance rules to make them easier for
bankers to understand and for
depositors to qualify for increased
coverage by placing funds in different
rights and capacities. In recent years,
the FDIC has adopted several regulatory
changes in a concerted effort to simplify
the rules for deposit insurance coverage.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform
Act of 2005 (Reform Act), which the
President signed into law on February 8,
2006, provides for numerous
enhancements of the federal deposit
insurance system, including an increase
in the maximum amount of deposit
insurance coverage for certain
retirement accounts from $100,000 to
$250,000. In addition, the new law
establishes a method for considering an
increase in the insurance limits on all
deposit accounts (including retirement
accounts) every five years starting in
2011 and based, in part, on inflation.
Although the Reform Act increased
the maximum insurance limit for certain
retirement accounts to $250,000,
Congress decided against increasing the
insurance limit for all other deposit
accounts. Thus, the basic insurance
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
limit for all deposit accounts remains at
$100,000. However, as noted above, the
insurance limit for all deposit accounts
may be increased every five years based
on inflation beginning in 2011.
(1) Specific Deposit Insurance Rule
Changes
(a) Deposit Insurance Regulations;
Inflation Index; Certain Retirement
Accounts and Employee Benefit Plan
Accounts. The FDIC amended its
deposit insurance regulations to
implement applicable revisions to the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDI Act)
made by the Reform Act and the Federal
Deposit Insurance Reform Conforming
Amendments Act of 2005. The interim
rule, which became effective on April 1,
2006, provides for the following:
• Consideration of inflation
adjustments to increase the current
standard maximum deposit insurance
amount of $100,000 on a five-year cycle
beginning in 2010;
• Increase in the deposit insurance
limit for certain retirement accounts
from $100,000 to $250,000, also subject
to inflation adjustments; and
• Per-participant insurance coverage
to employee benefit plan accounts, even
if the depository institution at which the
deposits are placed is not authorized to
accept employee benefit plan deposits.
The changes to the deposit insurance
rules implemented by this rulemaking
will benefit depositors by increasing
coverage for retirement accounts and
removing a limitation on the availability
of pass-through insurance coverage for
employee benefit plan accounts. Section
330.14 is amended to reflect that passthrough coverage for employee benefit
plan accounts no longer hinges on the
capital level of the depository
institution where such deposits are
placed. Under the former law, passthrough coverage for employee benefit
plan deposits was not available if the
deposits were placed with an institution
not permitted to accept brokered
deposits. Under section 29 of the FDI
Act (12 U.S.C. 1831f), only institutions
that meet prescribed capital
requirements may accept brokered
deposits. The Reform Act takes a
different approach. It prohibits insured
institutions that are not ‘‘well
capitalized’’ or ‘‘adequately capitalized’’
from accepting employee benefit plan
deposits. But, under the Reform Act,
employee benefit plan deposits accepted
by any insured depository institution,
even those prohibited from accepting
such deposits, are nonetheless eligible
for pass-through deposit insurance
coverage. This change in the deposit
insurance rules will apply to all
employee benefit plan deposits,
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62057
including employee benefit plan
deposits placed before the effective date
of the interim rule, irrespective of
whether such deposits would have been
eligible for pass-through coverage under
the former statute and rules. The other
requirements in section 330.14 of the
FDIC’s rules on the eligibility of
employee benefit plan deposits for passthrough insurance coverage continue to
apply.
(b) Deposit Insurance Coverage
Regulations: Living Trust Accounts.
Effective April 1, 2004, the FDIC
amended its regulations to clarify and
simplify the deposit insurance coverage
rules for living trust accounts. The
amended rules provide coverage up to
$100,000 per qualifying beneficiary
who, as of the date of an insured
depository institution failure, would
become the owner of the living trust
assets upon the account owner’s death.
The FDIC undertook this rulemaking
because of the confusion among bankers
and the public about the insurance
coverage of these accounts. Prior to the
amended rulemaking, the amount of
insurance coverage for a living trust
account could only be determined after
the trust document has been reviewed to
determine whether there are any
defeating contingencies. Consequently,
in response to questions about coverage
of living trust accounts, the FDIC could
only advise depositors that the owners
of living trust accounts seek advice from
the attorney who prepared the trust
document. This process was
burdensome to both consumers,
bankers, and other financial service
providers. Also, when a depository
institution fails the FDIC must review
each living trust to determine whether
the beneficiaries’ interests are subject to
defeating contingencies. This often is a
time-consuming process, sometimes
resulting in a significant delay in
making deposit insurance payments to
living trust account owners.
(c) Deposit Insurance Certified
Statements. The FDIC modernized and
simplified its deposit insurance
assessment regulations governing
certified statements, to provide
regulatory burden relief to insured
depository institutions. Under the final
rule, insured institutions will obtain
their certified statements on the Internet
via the FDIC’s transaction-based ebusiness Web site, FDICconnect. The
FDIC provides e-mail notification each
quarter to let depository institutions
know when their quarterly certified
statement invoices are available on
FDICconnect. An institution that lacks
Internet access may request from the
FDIC a one-year renewable exemption
from the use of FDICconnect, during
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62058
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
which it will continue to receive
quarterly certified statement invoices by
mail. Correct certified statements will
no longer be signed by insured
institutions or returned to the FDIC, and
the semiannual certified statement
process will be synchronized with the
quarterly invoice process. If an insured
institution agrees with its quarterly
certified statement invoice, it will
simply pay the assessed amount and
retain the invoice in its own files. If it
disagrees with the quarterly certified
statement invoice, it will either amend
its report of condition or similar report
(to correct data errors) or amend its
quarterly certified statement invoice (to
correct calculation errors). The FDIC
will automatically treat either as the
insured institution’s request for revision
of its assessment computation,
eliminating the requirement of a
separate filing. With these amendments,
the time and effort required to comply
with the certified statement process will
be reduced.
(d) Certification of Assumption of
Deposits and Notification of Changes of
Insured Status. The FDIC adopted a
final rule that became effective on
March 23, 2006, clarifying and
simplifying the procedures to be used
when all of the deposit liabilities of an
insured depository institution have been
assumed by another insured depository
institution or institutions. The final rule
clarifies the deposit insurance
certification filing responsibilities for
assumed and assuming institutions and
eliminates the need for orders
terminating deposit insurance in certain
instances. Finally, the rule would
provide more specificity concerning
how notice is given to depositors when
an insured depository institution
voluntarily terminates its insured status
without the assumption of all of its
deposits by an insured institution. The
revisions make the insurance
termination process easier for insured
depository institutions and more
efficient for the FDIC.
(e) Funds Merger. The FDIC merged
the Bank Insurance Fund (BIF) and the
Savings Association Insurance Fund
(SAIF) to form the Deposit Insurance
Fund, effective March 31, 2006. This
action was pursuant to the provisions in
the Reform Act. The FDIC amended its
regulations to reflect the funds merger.
(f) One-Time Assessment Credit. The
FDIC amended its regulations to
implement a one-time assessment credit
pursuant to the provisions in the Reform
Act. The final rule was published on
October 18, 2006. The rule implements
the one-time assessment credit;
establishes the aggregate one-time
assessment credit at approximately $4.7
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
billion to be divided among eligible
depository institutions; and defines
eligible insured depository institution as
an insured depository institution that
was in existence on December 31, 1996,
and paid a deposit insurance assessment
prior to that date or is a successor to
such an institution. The rule allows
institutions to use their assessment
credits to offset deposit insurance
assessments to the maximum extent
allowed by law.
(g) Educational and Outreach Efforts
for Deposit Insurance Rules. In addition
to simplifying and clarifying the deposit
insurance rules, the FDIC engages in a
wide range of educational and outreach
initiatives intended to inform bankers
and depositors on the rules for deposit
insurance coverage. Examples of these
efforts include:
• FDIC Web site (https://
www.fdic.gov), which offers extensive
information for bankers and consumers
on FDIC deposit insurance coverage,
including publications and newsletters,
videos on deposit insurance coverage,
and an interactive electronic calculator
that bankers and consumers can use to
determine the maximum insurance
coverage for their deposit accounts at an
insured institution
• FDIC Call Center, which is staffed
by deposit insurance specialists who
answer banker and consumer questions
about deposit insurance coverage and
other banking issues
• Customer Assistance Online Form,
where bankers and consumers can
obtain written responses to questions
about FDIC deposit insurance coverage
• Deposit Insurance Seminars for
bankers, which include telephone
seminars and traditional training
seminars on the deposit insurance rules
(h) Advertisement of Membership/
Logo. The final rule on the FDIC’s
advertising logo was published on
November 13, 2006, and becomes
effective November 13, 2007. The rule
replaces the separate signs used by BIF
and SAIF members with a new sign, or
insurance logo, to be used by all insured
depository institutions. The new rule
consolidates the exceptions to the
official advertising statement
requirements from 20 to 10 by requiring
the statement only in advertisements
that either promote deposit products
and services or promote non-specific
banking products and services.
(2) Applications, Reporting, and
Corporate Powers; Filing Procedures,
Corporate Powers, International
Banking, Management Official
Interlocks, Golden Parachute, and
Indemnification Payments. The FDIC
adopted a final rule amending its
procedures relating to filings, mutual to
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
stock conversions, international
banking, management official interlocks
and golden parachute payments. The
changes are mostly technical in nature
or clarify previous FDIC positions;
nevertheless, the revisions make the
applications process more transparent to
the public. The FDIC’s regulations at 12
CFR 303 generally describe the
procedures to be followed by both the
FDIC and applicants with respect to
applications and notices required to be
filed by statute or regulation. On
December 27, 2002, the FDIC issued in
final form a revised part 303 to reflect
a recent internal reorganization at the
FDIC and to remove internal delegations
of authority from the regulation. The
regulation was revised to clarify terms
and to establish 30 days as a reasonable
time in which to review any response
submitted by an institution or
institution-affiliated party. The FDIC
also added a provision setting forth its
authority to waive any non-statutorily
required provision for good cause and to
the extent permitted by statute. The
revised rule clarifies when a change in
control notice is required and may be
consummated. Finally, the FDIC
adopted a technical correction to section
303.244, creating a cross-reference to
section 359.4(a)(4) of this chapter
regarding golden parachutes and
severance plan payments to make clear
the responsibilities of an applicant
seeking approval of filings.
(3) Annual Independent Audits and
Reporting Requirements. The
Corporation amended 12 CFR 363 of its
regulations by raising the asset size
threshold from $500 million to $1
billion from requirements relating to
internal control assessments and reports
by management and external auditors.
The amendment also relieves covered
institutions with total assets of less than
$1 billion from having outside directors
on the audit committee from being
independent of management. The
amendment does not relieve public
covered institutions from their
obligation to comply with applicable
provisions of the SOX Act and the SEC’s
implementing rules. The revisions
became effective on December 31, 2005.
(4) International Banking. The FDIC
conducted a comprehensive review of
its International Banking Rules. The
revised rules, which became effective
July 1, 2005, amend 12 CFR 303, 325,
and 327 relating to international
banking; and revise part 347, subparts A
and B. The rules were reorganized and
clarified to reduce regulatory burden.
The revised rule expanded the
availability of general consent for
foreign branching and investments by
insured state nonmember banks abroad
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
and addressed intrastate and interstate
relocations for ‘‘grandfathered
branches.’’ In addition, the ‘‘fixed’’
percentage asset pledge requirement for
existing insured U.S. branches of foreign
banks (‘‘grandfathered branches’’) was
replaced by a risk-focused asset pledge
requirement.
(5) Extension of Corporate Powers.
Effective October 18, 2005, the FDIC
amended its interpretive rule, 12 CFR
333.101(b), which states that insured
state nonmember banks not exercising
trust powers may offer self-directed
traditional Individual Retirement
Accounts (IRA) and Keogh Plan
accounts without the prior written
consent. Since 1985, Congress has
introduced new accounts with taxincentive features comparable to these
plans. Accordingly, the interpretive
ruling was expanded to expressly
include Coverdell Education Savings
Accounts, Roth IRAs, Health Savings
Accounts, and other similar accounts.
(6) Other Accomplishments and
Initiatives. FDICconnect is a secure
Internet site developed by the FDIC to
facilitate business and exchange
information between the FDIC and
FDIC-insured institutions. FDICconnect
provides a secure e-business transaction
channel that supports implementation
of the Government Paperwork
Elimination Act, which requires
agencies to provide online consumer
and business alternatives for paperbased processes. The national rollout of
FDICconnect began on December 8,
2003. FDICconnect supports
examination file exchange, electronic
distribution of ‘‘Special Alerts,’’
electronic submission of deposit
insurance invoices, and electronic filing
of certain applications and notices.
FDICconnect reduces regulatory burden
by providing a more efficient means for
insured institutions to interact with the
FDIC and various states. Twenty
business transactions are available
through FDICconnect, and as of March
2006, there were 8,263 FDIC-insured
institutions registered with
FDICconnect.
Beginning July 2007, enhancements to
the system enable financial institutions
to securely exchange electronic preexamination and examination files with
the FDIC and/or their state banking
regulator. The use of the system should
relieve examination burden on
institutions by allowing FDIC staff to
complete a significant portion of the
examination process off-site.
(7) Risk-Focused Examinations. The
FDIC has improved examination
efficiency and reduced burden on the
banks it supervises by raising the
threshold for well-rated, well-
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
capitalized banks qualifying for
streamlined Maximum Efficiency, RiskFocused, Institution Targeted (MERIT)
examinations from $250 million to $1
billion, implementing more risk-focused
compliance and trust examinations, and
streamlining information technology
(IT) examinations for institutions that
pose the least technology risk. The
MERIT program, originally
implemented in April 2002, was
applicable to banks with assets under
$250 million. During a MERIT
examination, the examiners use
procedures that focus on determining
the adequacy of the institution’s internal
controls system and the effectiveness of
its risk management program and
processes. The program provides an
opportunity for the FDIC to redirect
examination resources to institutions
that pose higher risk.
(a) Relationship Manager Program. On
October 1, 2005, the Corporation
implemented the Relationship Manager
Program for all FDIC-supervised
institutions. The program, which was
piloted in 390 institutions during 2004,
is designed to strengthen
communication between bankers and
the FDIC, as well as improve the
coordination, continuity, and
effectiveness of regulatory supervision.
Each FDIC-supervised institution was
assigned a relationship manager, who
serves as a local point of contact over an
extended period, and will often
participate in or lead examinations for
his or her assigned institution. The
program will allow for flexibility in
conducting examination activities at
various times during the 12- or 18month examination cycle based on risk
or staffing considerations.
(b) IT Examinations. The FDIC has
updated its risk-focused IT examination
procedures for FDIC-supervised
financial institutions under its new
Information Technology Risk
Management Program (IT–RMP). IT–
RMP procedures were issued to
examiners on August 15, 2005. The new
procedures focus on the financial
institution’s information security
program and risk-management practices
for securing information assets. The
program integrates with the
Relationship Manager Program by
embedding the IT examination within
the Risk Management Report of
Examination for all FDIC-supervised
financial institutions, regardless of size,
technical complexity, or prior
examination rating.
(c) Compliance Examinations.
Compliance examination procedures
were first revised in July, 2003, and
have been updated periodically since
then to make the compliance
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62059
examination process more efficient and
allow examiners to focus their
examination efforts on compliance areas
with the highest risk to both consumers
and financial institutions.
(8) Community Reinvestment Act.
During EGRPRA Outreach meetings,
bankers suggested that the FDIC expand
what qualifies for CRA credit under the
service test, such as community service
activities and provide additional
guidance to banks about ways to meet
both the service and investment tests. In
response, the FDIC made it easier for
banks to assist low and moderate
income individuals, and obtain CRA
credit for doing so, by developing
MoneySmart, a financial literacy
curriculum. The FDIC provides the
MoneySmart program, which is
available in six languages and a version
for the visually impaired, free to all
insured institutions. The FDIC also
published its Community Development
Investment Guide, which is designed to
assist banks considering community
development investments to navigate
the complex laws and regulations that
may apply.
(9) Redesign of Financial Institution
Letters. The industry suggested that
regulators should try to make their
publications, such as FILs, more concise
and descriptive, so that readers can
immediately determine if the guidance
or recommendations applies to their
bank. In response, the FDIC redesigned
the format for its FILs. The new format
is designed to promote the quick
identification of key issues and to
expedite the delivery of the information
to the appropriate party. Additionally,
the FDIC is moving toward an allelectronic distribution of FILs to
eliminate unwanted paper and to better
facilitate the distribution of FILs within
each bank.
(10) Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money
Laundering Outreach. In an effort to
enhance bank personnel’s
understanding of the regulatory
requirements associated with the BSA,
the FDIC conducts or participates in
numerous BSA outreach events during
the year. During these events the FDIC
discusses outstanding BSA/AML
guidance and current regulations as well
as BSA examination requirements
outlined in the FFIEC BSA/AML
Examination Manual. In September
2006, the FDIC hosted, along with the
other federal banking agencies, FinCEN
and the Office of Foreign Assets Control,
a series of conference calls to discuss
the changes to the FFIEC BSA/AML
Examination Manual. Approximately
10,500 bank personnel participated in
this three-day event.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62060
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
3. The Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency
b. Enhancing National Banks’ Flexibility
Consistent With Safety and Soundness
The OCC regularly reviews its
regulations to identify opportunities to
streamline regulations or regulatory
processes, while ensuring that the goals
of protecting safety and soundness,
maintaining the integrity of bank
operations, and safeguarding the
interests of consumers are met. In the
mid-1990s, pursuant to its
comprehensive ‘‘Regulation Review’’
project, the OCC looked carefully at
every regulation in its rulebook with
that goal in mind. As a result of that
project, the OCC made significant,
substantive revisions to virtually every
one of its regulations.
More recently in connection with the
OCC’s review of its regulations required
by EGRPRA, the OCC identified further
revisions that could be made to its rules.
Based on this review, the OCC has
developed a proposal that would update
and streamline a number of the OCC’s
rules to reduce regulatory burden, as
well as to make technical, clarifying,
and conforming changes to certain rules.
Summarized below is the OCC’s recent
regulatory burden relief proposal, as
well as other actions that the OCC has
taken in recent years to ease
unnecessary regulatory burden on
national banks.
(1) Lending Limits Pilot Program. On
June 7, 2007, the OCC published an
interim final rule with request for
comment to amend the OCC’s regulation
at 12 CFR 32.7.46 This regulation
governs the pilot program providing
eligible national banks 47 with the
authority to apply special lending limits
with respect to loans to one borrower in
the case of 1–4 family residential real
estate loans, small business loans, and
small farm loans or extensions of credit.
This special lending authority is subject
to certain conditions that ensure that
lending under higher limits is consistent
with safety and soundness. The
comment period closed on July 9, 2007.
The interim final rule makes two
changes to the current program. First,
the program as initially adopted in
September 2001 provided for an
expiration date. The expiration date has
been extended over the years to
September 11, 2007. The interim final
rule deletes the expiration date thereby
making the program permanent. Second,
the interim final rule eliminates one of
the restrictions that applied to such
lending. Other restrictions and caps
based on the bank’s capital and surplus,
however, continue to apply. Eligible
national banks will continue to be
subject to caps on the special lending
authority that apply both to an
individual borrower and to the aggregate
amount that a bank may lend under the
program. The OCC’s supervisory
experience with the program has been
positive from a safety and soundness
perspective. Moreover, national banks
participating in the program indicate
that the special lending limits allows
them to better serve their customers and
communities.
(2) Electronic Banking Rule.
Regulatory burden results when
regulations do not keep up with the
changing ways in which banks do
business. The OCC also has updated its
rules and processes to reflect the effects
of technological advances on the
business of banking. In 2002, the OCC
published a final rule entitled
‘‘Electronic Activities.’’ 48 This rule
clarified and expanded the types of
electronic activities that national banks
are permitted to conduct and placed all
of its related rules together in one
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
a. Recent Significant Regulatory Burden
Relief Initiative.
On July 3, 2007, the OCC published
an NPR 45 soliciting public comment on
proposed amendments to the OCC’s
regulations developed in connection
with its EGRPRA review. The comment
period expires on September 4, 2007.
Some of these proposed changes would
relieve burden by eliminating or
streamlining existing requirements or
procedures. Others would enhance
national banks’ flexibility in conducting
authorized activities, either by revising
provisions currently contained in
regulations or by codifying, and, thus,
making generally applicable,
determinations made on a case-by-case
basis. A third category of proposed
changes would eliminate uncertainty by
harmonizing a particular rule with other
OCC regulations or with the rules of
another agency. A fourth category
would cover technical revisions that
update the OCC’s rules to reflect
changes in the law, including the
recently enacted FSRRA, or in other
regulations.
45 See
72 FR 36550, July 3, 2007.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
46 See
72 FR 31441, June 7, 2007.
eligible national bank is one that is well
capitalized under the OCC’s rules and has a
composite rating of ‘‘1’’ or ‘‘2’’ under the Uniform
Financial Institutions Rating System with at least a
rating of ‘‘2’’ for asset quality and for management.
See 12 CFR 32.2(i).
48 See 67 FR 34992, May 17, 2002.
47 An
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
section of the Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) for ease of reference.
The regulation incorporated specific
precedent addressing the ability of
national banks to act as ‘‘finders’’ via
electronic means, such as the Internet.
It also codified the standards that the
OCC applies to determine whether
electronic banking activities are part of,
or incidental to, the business of banking
and thus permissible under federal law.
The final rule also clarified that a
proposed activity comprising separate
permissible interrelated activities also
would be permissible.
The rule permitted national banks to
acquire or develop excess capacity in
good faith for banking purposes, and
allowed banks to sell such capacity so
long as it was legitimately acquired or
developed for its banking business. It
codified national bank authority to act
as a digital certification authority and
extended that authority to certify
attributes going beyond identity, for
which verification is part of, or
incidental to, the business of banking.
And it codified previous OCC
interpretations confirming that a
national bank may collect, process,
transcribe, analyze, and store banking,
financial and economic data for itself
and its customers as part of the business
of banking. Finally, the regulation
clarified where an electronic bank is
deemed to be ‘‘located’’ for purposes of
national banking law.
c. Streamlining the OCC’s Regulatory
Processes
(1) Electronic Filings: e-Corp. The
OCC has made effective use of
technology to reduce the burden on
national banks from the administrative
processes necessary to obtain OCC
approvals or file required notices. The
OCC designed a new Web-based filing
system, e-Corp, to facilitate such filings.
The system, launched in 2003, enables
national banks to complete, sign, and
submit applications electronically to the
OCC. Originally limited to four classes
of filings, the OCC recently adopted a
final rule that allows national banks, at
their option, to make any class of
licensing filings electronically.49 E-Corp
has reduced costs and regulatory burden
for national banks by simplifying the
filing of applications and notices and by
providing easy, online access to much of
the information that national banks
need to complete such documents.
(2) Streamlined Assessments
Computation. In 2006, the OCC issued
a final rule streamlining the process
national banks use to compute their
49 See
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
69 FR 1, January 2, 2004.
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
semiannual assessments.50 The rule
took effect on August 24, 2006. The
revised regulation provides that the
OCC, rather than the bank, calculates
the assessment amount. The new
procedures eliminated a cumbersome
process for reviewing and correcting
miscalculations.
(3) Streamlined Procedures for
Community Development Investments.
In 2003, the OCC amended its
community development investment
regulation at 12 CFR 24. (See 68 FR
48771, August 15, 2003.) The final rule
provided for a streamlined, after-the-fact
notice process for eligible banks making
investments permissible under the
authority of 12 U.S.C. 24 (Eleventh). The
OCC undertook this step to make the
filing process less burdensome on
national banks, while ensuring that the
OCC continued to receive information it
needs for supervisory purposes.
(4) Streamlined Procedures for
Federal Branches and Agencies. On
December 19, 2003, the OCC published
a final rule revising its international
banking regulations. (See 68 FR 70691,
December 19, 2003.) Consistent with the
procedures available for domestic
national banks, the final rule permitted
federal branches and agencies of foreign
banks in the United States to make
additional regulatory filings through an
after-the-fact notice, rather than a more
detailed application, and streamlined
review times for filings and
applications. In addition, the final rule
provided that foreign banks would
operate under a single license, as is the
case for domestic national banks, rather
than having to obtain separate licenses
for each federal branch or agency that a
foreign bank operates in the United
States; this latter change greatly
simplifies the regulatory filing process
for such offices of foreign banks.
d. Explaining Regulatory
Requirements. The OCC’s primary
vehicle for explaining regulatory
requirements to national banks is
through our ongoing supervisory
activities. All supervisory offices have
frequent contact with the management
and boards of the banks in their
portfolios, allowing the OCC to inform
banks of regulatory changes and
requirements on an individual basis.
Timely and detailed OCC issuances
explaining regulatory changes are
distributed to all national banks, and are
available for reference on our public
Web site. Additionally, on a quarterly
basis, the OCC provides all national
banks with a comprehensive list and
brief summary of issuances from the
prior quarter. Bankers find this quarterly
50 See
71 FR 42017, July 25, 2006.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
summary a valuable tool for ensuring
that they are aware of new and changing
regulatory requirements.
The OCC also sponsors extensive
outreach forums for providing guidance
to bankers on regulations, examination
practices, and initiatives. These events
range from small group meetings to
larger regional sessions; the Comptroller
himself is the primary speaker at many
such sessions. The OCC supplements its
outreach efforts by offering a variety of
banker education seminars on topics
including our risk assessment process,
credit risk management, compliance risk
management, and issues of particular
interest to new national bank directors.
e. Risk-Based Supervision. The OCC
employs a risk-based approach to
supervision that distinguishes between
large/mid-size banks and community
banks to reflect the generally less
complex activities of smaller
institutions. Regardless of size and
complexity, the primary focus is an
evaluation of the bank’s risk
management system to determine its
ability to identify, measure, monitor,
and control risks. This evaluation is
accomplished through an assessment of
the bank’s policies, processes,
personnel, and control systems that
tailors examination activities to the key
characteristics of each bank, including
products and services offered, volume of
activities, markets in which it competes,
and the board’s and management’s
tolerance for risk.
4. The Office of Thrift Supervision
a. Application and Reporting
Requirements. Based on comments
received through the EGRPRA
interagency review process, OTS issued
an interim final rule in August 2005 to
reduce the regulatory burden on savings
associations by updating and revising
various application and reporting
requirements. These revisions included
exempting certain highly rated savings
associations from branch and home
office application requirements and
eliminating some application and notice
requirements for branch relocations and
agency offices. OTS also conformed the
various application publication
requirements and public comment
periods to the extent permissible under
statutory requirements. This final rule
revised the agency’s procedures for
formal and informal meetings as well as
eliminated a number of OTS rules that
no longer served a useful regulatory
purpose.
Specifically, the final rule:
• Modified the branch office and
agency office application and notice
requirements,
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62061
• Harmonized publication and public
comment procedures for various
applications and notices, and
• Revised the meeting procedures.
OTS also amended 12 CFR 528.4 to
require displays of the equal housing
logotype and legend only in
advertisements for housing related
loans. The equal housing lender
logotype did not provide relevant
information to individuals shopping for
loans unrelated to housing. As a result,
the former rule imposed an unnecessary
burden on savings institutions who
must provide the information, and on
consumers who must process this
information in addition to the volume of
other data that they receive in
connection with consumer and
commercial loan applications. OTS also
noted this rule change promotes
consistency with related rules issued by
the other banking agencies, which
require the display of the equal housing
lender logotype and legend only with
respect to advertisements for housingrelated loans.
In addition to the burden-reducing
changes discussed above, the final rule
eliminated the following regulations:
• 12 CFR 545.74. This rule imposed
various requirements on securities
brokerage activities of service
corporations. The requirements were
obsolete, conflicted with the current law
and guidance, and were confusing to the
industry.
• 12 CFR 563.181. This rule required
mutual savings associations to report
changes in control. It implemented
section 407 of the National Housing Act,
which was repealed in 1989.
• 12 CFR 563.183. This rule required
savings associations and savings and
loan holding companies to report
changes of chief executive officers and
directors that occur with stated time
periods before or after a change of
control. This rule implemented 12
U.S.C. 1817(j)(12), which requires
notices under more limited
circumstances. OTS will rely on the
more limited statutory requirements.
• 12 CFR 567.13. This rule addressed
capital maintenance agreements and
was obsolete in light of other statutory
and regulatory protections.
b. Transactions With Affiliates. In
December 2002 and October 2003, OTS
issued final rules revising its existing
rules implementing section 11 of the
HOLA which applies sections 23A and
23B of the Reserve Act to savings
associations. These final rules revised
OTS’s existing rules to incorporate
applicable provisions of the Board’s
Regulation W to savings associations.
Among other things, OTS’s transactions
with affiliates (TWA) rules conform the
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62062
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
definition of ‘‘affiliate’’ to more closely
correspond to the Regulation W
definition thus making application more
uniform among the federal regulators.
This change generally reduced the scope
of entities that would be deemed thrift
affiliates. Historically, OTS also had
incorporated certain presumptions of
control from part 574 into the
definition. By amending its TWA rules,
OTS eased regulatory burden by issuing
a set of rules that tend to be less
restrictive than the agency’s historical
standards.
c. Examination Efficiencies and
Electronic Initiatives. Recognizing that
on-site examinations represent the
single biggest area of regulatory burden
on the industry, OTS continues to
undertake initiatives to reduce the
burden of the supervisory and
examination process.
(1) Comprehensive Exams. OTS has
reduced regulatory burden through the
comprehensive examination process.
This comprehensive approach has
improved the examination process by
combining the safety and soundness and
compliance functions. Instead of having
two separate examination teams, now
OTS has one exam team on site at one
time during the year to perform safety
and soundness and compliance review.
The comprehensive exam process
produces one exam report and a more
comprehensive assessment of an
institution’s risk profile.
(2) Risk-Focused Exams. OTS also has
a risk-focused examination approach
that contemplates that the management
review should generally be the focus of
the examination on noncomplex thrifts
that have a modest risk profile and
sustained performance within industry
norms. OTS examiners have the
flexibility to tailor the depth of review
depending on the level of risk and
complexity of each of the CAMELS and
compliance components.
(3) Electronic Communication. OTS is
continuing to improve its electronic
communication channels to make
electronic transmission of examination
data even more effective. These
improvements include installation of
virtual private network software on the
examiners’ notebook computers to
enable them to securely access OTS
systems and data over high-speed,
broadband connections from a savings
association or other locations.
(4) Electronic Preliminary
Examination Response Kit. OTS also
converted the Preliminary Examination
Response Kit documents to electronic
forms that may be completed by the
association and returned electronically
for examiners to use in performing
examinations. The files may be
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
provided to OTS through a Secure
Messaging Center or on a compact disc.
To facilitate the timely transmission of
sensitive data and information, OTS
designed the Secure Messaging Center
to meet industry standards for secure
electronic data exchange.
(5) Off-Site Exam Work. Through
expanded use of electronic information,
OTS envisions even greater
opportunities to use high-speed access
from savings associations or remote
locations to reduce the burden on staff
and facilities and ultimately reduce the
amount of on-site time during
examinations.
d. Directors’ Responsibility Guide and
the Directors’ Guide to Management
Reports. In 2006, OTS issued updated
versions of the Directors’ Responsibility
Guide and the Directors’ Guide to
Management Reports to highlight OTS’s
supervisory expectations for a strong,
consistent approach towards sound
corporate governance practices, as well
as the importance of strong,
independent boards of directors.
The updated Directors’ Guide adds a
new section on statutory and regulatory
responsibility and clarifies the issue of
blurred lines of responsibility between
the board and management. This is an
area where the industry had raised
questions and OTS determined that
additional clarity would reduce
uncertainty and regulatory burden.
There is also a chart on the applicability
of selected SOX requirements. The
streamlined, restructured Guide to
Management Reports consolidates some
existing reports and adds additional red
flags to monitor internal controls and
financial performance.
e. Thrift Financial Report. OTS is a
member of the interagency FFIEC
Reports Task Force that works to help
ensure reporting uniformity among the
agencies. Nevertheless, differences
between the Thrift Financial Report
(TFR) and the Call Report remain. These
differences relate to the housing and
mortgage focus of the thrift industry and
the fact that OTS uses TFR data as input
for its interest rate risk model used to
measure and monitor interest rate risk.
OTS continues to study the feasibility of
adopting the Call Report, perhaps with
certain additional reports that would
allow OTS to monitor interest rate risk
and mortgage loan changes and trends.
f. Ongoing Efforts to Communicate.
Ongoing outreach efforts outside of the
exam process are also essential to
improving communications. OTS
regularly sponsors ‘‘town meetings’’ at
which our regional directors discuss
pressing issues and solicit input from
thrift managers.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(1) Agency Web Site. In an effort to
further relieve compliance burdens,
OTS makes information available to all
through the agency Web site. Savings
associations can find comprehensive
contact information for all program
areas in addition to the following:
• Relevant statutes and CFRs
• Guidance
• Proposed and final rules
• Public comments
• Handbooks
• TFR/Call Report data and instructions
• Expanded List of Permissible
Activities
• Industry trends and analysis
g. Savings and Loan Holding
Companies.
OTS has a well-established program
for discharging its statutory
responsibilities with respect to savings
and loan holding companies. The
holding companies that OTS regulates
range from non-complex shell
companies to very large, internationally
active conglomerates. OTS’s seamless
supervision at all levels of an
organization—at the bank level as well
as at savings and loan holding
companies—ensures a comprehensive
supervisory regime with minimal
regulatory overlap. Any company that
owns or controls a savings association
(other than a bank holding company) is
subject to OTS supervision up to and
including the top-tier parent company.
OTS has top-tier holding company
supervisory responsibility over groups
that contain both financial and
industrial lines of business. Household
names like General Electric, AIG,
American Express, and GMAC are all
thrift holding companies and subject to
consolidated supervision by OTS. Many
of these groups are also subject to the
European Union Financial
Conglomerates Directive. OTS has
worked hard over the past several years
to improve and enhance its coordination
and communication with the global
supervisory community—and this
remains a priority for the organization.
E. Conclusion
EGRPRA served as an impetus for all
of the Agencies to review their
regulations in-depth and to work
collaboratively on a number of
regulatory burden reduction matters, to
develop a consensus on desirable
legislative reforms, and to work together
with Congress to pass legislation that
will help reduce the level of burden on
financial institutions.
The Agencies benefited from the
synergy created by Congress’s
consideration of regulatory burden relief
legislation for the banking industry.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
Therefore, the EGRPRA process allowed
the federal banking agencies to identify
other specific proposals for which there
was broad support among the Agencies
and to refine those proposals that were
already being considered by the
Agencies (such as development of
model privacy notices). This process
also provided the opportunity to review
proposals with the industry, consumer
groups, and other interested parties.
While the FSRRA was an important
step in addressing regulatory burden,
the Agencies believe it is important for
Congress to continue to look for ways to
reduce any unnecessary regulatory
burdens on banking organizations. As
noted in this report, each agency
developed or supported a number of
legislative burden reducing proposals
that ultimately were not included in the
FSRRA. Congress may find these
proposals a useful starting point in
considering additional regulatory relief
measures in the future.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Appendix I–A: The Financial Services
Regulatory Relief Act of 2006
The Senate Banking, Housing, and
Urban Affairs Committee (Senate
Banking Committee) and the House
Financial Services Committee have
worked for several years to craft
appropriate regulatory burden reduction
legislation. Agency principals and other
senior level officials of the Agencies
testified before these committees on
seven different occasions over the last
four years. At those hearings, agency
representatives testified regarding a
wide variety of regulatory burden
reduction legislative proposals, many of
which were incorporated into the
FSRRA. In addition, upon request,
agency representatives offered technical
assistance to congressional staff in
connection with the development of
that Act, which was enacted on October
13, 2006.
Among the items included in the
FSRRA that will reduce the regulatory
burden on financial institutions are the
following: 51
1. Provides for joint rules to be issued
to implement the bank ‘‘broker’’
exceptions adopted as part of the GLBA.
Section 101 of the FSRRA requires that
the SEC and the Board, in consultation
with the OCC, FDIC and OTS, adopt a
single set of rules to implement the
‘‘broker’’ exceptions for banks in section
3(a)(4)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934. In December 2006, the Board
and the SEC jointly requested comment
on a proposed single set of rules to
implement these exceptions. See 71 FR
77522, December 26, 2006.
2. Reduces reporting requirements
currently imposed on banks and their
executive officers and principal
shareholders related to lending by banks
to insiders. Section 601 of the FSRRA
amended section 22(g) of the Federal
Reserve Act 52 and section 106(b)(2) of
the Bank Holding Company Act
Amendments of 1970 53 to eliminate
several reporting requirements currently
imposed on federally insured banks and
savings associations, their executive
officers, and principal shareholders.
The Agencies determined that these
particular reports did not contribute
significantly to the monitoring of insider
lending or the prevention of insider
abuse. Identifying and reviewing insider
lending will continue to be conducted
as part of the normal examination and
supervision process, and the
amendments will not alter the
restrictions on insider loans or limit the
authority of the Agencies to take
enforcement action against a bank or its
insiders for violations of those
restrictions.
3. Streamlines Consolidated Reports
of Condition by requiring that the
federal banking agencies periodically
review the information and schedules
required to be filed by insured
depository institutions. Section 604 of
the FSRRA amended section 7(a) of the
FDI Act 54 to require that, within one
year after enactment of the FSRRA and
at least once every five years thereafter,
each federal banking agency, in
consultation with the other agencies,
shall routinely review both the burdens
and benefits associated with Call Report
information requirements so as to
reduce any unnecessary burden.
4. Streamlines merger application
requirements and exempts certain
merger transactions from competitive
factors review and post-approval
waiting periods. Section 606 of the
FSRRA amended section 18(c) of the
FDI Act 55 (the Bank Merger Act) to
eliminate the requirement that each
federal banking agency request a
competitive factors report from the other
three federal banking agencies as well as
from the Attorney General in connection
with the bank mergers. Instead, the
amendment allows the agency
reviewing the Bank Merger Act
application to request a report only from
the Attorney General and to provide a
52 12
U.S.C. 375a.
U.S.C. 1972(2).
54 12 U.S.C. 1817(a).
55 12 U.S.C. 1828(c).
53 12
51 For those provisions affecting mainly credit
unions, please refer to the NCUA report in Part II.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62063
copy of this request to the FDIC as
insurer.
This section also modifies the Bank
Merger Act to exempt certain merger
transactions between an insured
depository institution and one or more
of its affiliates from both the
competitive factor review process and
the post-approval waiting period. This
type of merger generally is considered to
have no material effect on competition.
5. Provides an inflation adjustment for
the small depository institution
exception under the Depository
Institution Management Interlocks Act.
Section 610 of the FSRRA amended
section 203(1) of the Depository
Institution Management Interlocks Act
which prohibits depository
organizations from having interlocking
management officials, if the
organizations are located or have an
affiliate located in the same
Metropolitan Statistical Area, Primary
Metropolitan Statistical Area, or
Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical
Area. Prior to the FSRRA, this
prohibition did not apply to depository
organizations with total assets of less
than $20 million. The Agencies
proposed that this total asset threshold
for the MSA exception be raised to $100
million. The FSRRA raised the
threshold to $50 million.
6. Authorizes the Board to pay
interest on reserves. Section 201 of the
FSRRA gives the Board express
authority, effective October 1, 2011, to
pay interest on all types of balances
(including required reserves,
supplemental reserves and contractual
clearing balances) held by or for
depository institutions at the Federal
Reserve Banks.
7. Increases flexibility for the Board to
establish reserve requirements. Effective
October 1, 2011, section 202 of the
FSRRA gives the Board the discretion to
set reserve requirements for transaction
accounts below the ranges established
in the Monetary Control Act of 1980.
8. Enhances examination flexibility.
Section 605 of the FSRRA and related
legislation amended section 10(d) of the
FDI Act 56 to permit insured depository
institutions that have up to $500 million
in total assets, and that meet certain
other criteria, to qualify for an 18-month
(rather than 12-month) on-site
examination cycle.57 These legislative
56 12
U.S.C. 1820(d).
addition to the size criteria, an institution is
eligible for the extended examination cycle if it is
well capitalized, has not undergone a recent change
in control, is not subject to a formal enforcement
proceeding, and has been assigned a management
and a composite rating of ‘‘1’’ or ‘‘2’’ under the
Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System at its
most recent examination.
57 In
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62064
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
changes will potentially permit more
well-capitalized and well-run small
institutions to qualify for less-frequent
examinations.
9. Provides for the simplification of
dividend calculations for national
banks. Section 302 amended section
5199 of the Revised Statutes of the
United States 58 to simplify dividend
calculations for national banks and
provide more flexibility to a national
bank to pay dividends as deemed
appropriate by its board of directors.
Previously, the payment of dividends
was subject to a complex formula.
10. Repeals the loans-to-one borrower
limitations for savings associations in
section 5(u)(2)(A) of the Home Owners’
Loan Act.59 Section 404 eliminated the
loans-to-one borrower provision that
restricts loans by savings associations to
develop domestic residential housing
units to a $500,000 per unit for each
single-family dwelling unit, while
retaining the overall limitation for a
residential development of the lesser of
$30 million or 30 percent of the
unimpaired capital and unimpaired
surplus.
11. Allows savings associations to
invest in bank service companies under
the Bank Service Company Act 60 and
expands the locations at which a bank
service company may provide services
that are permissible for each of its
investing members.
12. Amends federal law to facilitate
and coordinate the supervision of state
banks operating across state lines by the
bank’s home and host state bank
supervisors. For example, section 711 of
the FSRRA amends section 10(h) of the
FDI Act 61 to provide for a host state
bank supervisor to exercise its
supervisory and examination authority
in accordance with any cooperative
agreement between the host state and
home state bank supervisors.
13. Authorizes member banks to use
pass-through reserve accounts. Section
603 of the FSRRA permitted member
banks to count as reserves deposits in
other banks that are passed through by
those banks to the Board as required
reserve balances, rather than requiring a
member bank to maintain its reserves
either in an account at a Federal Reserve
Bank or as vault cash.
14. Amends the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and the Investment
Advisors Act of 1940 to remove the
duplicative oversight burden and to
provide savings associations with the
same exemptions from registration and
reporting requirements currently
provided to banks.
Appendix I–B: Methodology of the
Agencies’ EGRPRA Review Process
This interagency review formally
began in 2003, under the leadership of
then-FDIC Vice Chairman (now OTS
Director) John Reich, whom FFIEC
asked to chair this effort. The three-year
process included a review of almost all
of the Agencies’ 131 regulations in an
effort to reduce regulatory burden,
where appropriate, or to recommend
statutory changes to reduce burden
when the Agencies lack authority to do
so unilaterally.
Under Mr. Reich’s leadership, the
Agencies established an interagency
EGRPRA Task Force consisting of
senior-level representatives from each of
the Agencies. In accordance with
statutory requirements, the federal
banking agencies have categorized and
divided their regulations into 12
categories by type.62
The statute requires that the Agencies
publish one or more categories of the
regulations for public comment on a
periodic basis. The requests for
comment should ask commenters to
identify regulations that are outdated,
unnecessary or unduly burdensome.
The EGRPRA Task Force
recommended, and the Agencies agreed,
to put one or more categories out for
public comment every six months, with
90-day comment periods, for the
remainder of the review period that
ended in September 2006. The Agencies
decided that spreading out comments
over three years would provide
sufficient time for the industry,
consumer groups, the public and other
interested parties to provide more
meaningful comments on our
regulations, and for the Agencies to
carefully consider all recommendations.
The table below indicates which
categories of regulations were published
in each of the six Federal Register
notices, as well as the dates they were
issued:
Federal Register Notice
Sought comment on:
First ................................
The Agencies’ overall regulatory review plan, as well as the following initial three categories of regulations for comment: Applications and Reporting; Powers and Activities; and International Operations. (See 68 FR 35589.)
The lending-related consumer protection regulations, which included Truth-in-Lending (Regulation
Z), Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA), Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA), Fair Housing,
Consumer Leasing, Flood Insurance and Unfair and Deceptive Acts and Practices. (See 69 FR
2852.)
The consumer protection regulations that relate primarily to deposit accounts/relationships. (See 69
FR 43347.)
The regulations related to anti-money laundering, safety and soundness, and securities. (See 70 FR
5571.)
The regulations related to banking operations; directors, officers and employees; and rules of procedure. (See 70 FR 46779.)
The Agencies’ Prompt Corrective Action regulations as well as the rules relating to the disclosure
and reporting of CRA-related agreements. (See 71 FR 287.) Since the Agencies had recently
sought public comment of the burdens associated with their general capital and CRA rules, the
Agencies did not seek further burden reduction comments on those rules
Second ...........................
Third ...............................
Fourth .............................
Fifth ................................
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Sixth ...............................
The Agencies readily recognized that
consumer and public insight into
regulatory burden issues would be
critical to the success of their effort.
Consequently, the regulatory agencies
58 12
59 12
U.S.C. 60.
U.S.C. 1464(u)(2)(A).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
tried to make it as convenient as
possible for all interested parties to
receive information about the EGRPRA
project and to comment on what they
60 12
61 12
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
U.S.C. 1842 and 1863.
U.S.C. 1820(h).
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Issue date
06/16/2003
01/20/2004
07/20/2004
02/03/2005
08/11/2005
01/04/2006
thought were the most critical
regulatory burden issues.
62 As discussed in Part II, NCUA prepared
comparable categories of its rules affecting credit
unions.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
EGRPRA Web Site
The Agencies established an EGRPRA
Web site (https://www.egrpra.gov). The
Web site provides an overview of the
EGRPRA review process, a description
of the Agencies’ action plan,
information about our banker and
consumer outreach sessions, and a
summary of the top regulatory burden
issues cited by bankers and consumer
groups. The Web site also includes
direct links to the actual text of each
regulation and a button for relaying
comments. Comments submitted
through the Web site were automatically
transmitted to each of the Agencies.
Comments were then posted on the
EGRPRA Web site for everyone to see.
The Web site proved to be a popular
source for information about the
EGRPRA project, with thousands of
‘‘hits’’ being reported every month.
While written comments were
important to the Agencies’ efforts to
reduce regulatory burden, the Agencies
believed that it was also important to
have face-to-face meetings with bankers
and consumer/community group
representatives so that they would have
an opportunity to directly communicate
their views to the regulators on the
issues that most concern them.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Outreach Meetings
The federal banking agencies decided
to sponsor a total of 10 banker outreach
meetings in different cities around the
country to heighten industry awareness
of the EGRPRA project. The meetings
provided an opportunity for the
Agencies to listen to bankers’ regulatory
burden concerns, explore comments and
suggestions, and identify possible
solutions.
More than 500 bankers (mostly CEOs)
and representatives from the American
Bankers Association, America’s
Community Bankers, Independent
Community Bankers of America, the
Conference of State Bank Supervisors
(CSBS), as well as representatives from
numerous state trade associations
participated in the meetings. In
addition, more than 70 representatives
from the Agencies, CSBS, and the state
regulatory agencies participated. The
Agencies believe that the banker
outreach meetings were useful and
productive. Summaries of the issues
raised during those meetings were
posted on the EGRPRA Web site.
The Agencies also co-sponsored three
outreach meetings specifically for
consumer and community groups.
Representatives from a number of
consumer and community groups
participated in the meetings along with
representatives from the Agencies and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:49 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
CSBS. Those meetings produced many
suggestions and provided a useful
perspective on the effectiveness of many
existing regulations.
Finally, the Agencies sponsored three
joint banker and consumer/community
group focus group meetings in an effort
to develop greater consensus among the
parties on legislative proposals to
reduce regulatory burden.
The Agencies found these outreach
and focus group meetings to be
extremely helpful in identifying the
most burdensome regulations for the
industry, discussing possible solutions
and understanding the concerns of
consumer and community groups about
changing certain provisions of the
current law and regulations.
Appendix I–C: Summary of Comments,
by Federal Register Notice Release and
by Subject Matter for the Federal
Banking Agencies
I. Federal Register Notice Release No.
1: Applications and Reporting, Powers
and Activities, and International
Operations
(Note: The notice also requested comment on
the overall EGRPRA process.)
A. General Comments
1. Regulatory Burden. The federal
banking agencies received general
comments on regulatory burden through
the Federal Register notice process as
well as during the various Bankers
Outreach meetings.
One commenter was appreciative of
recent efforts to reduce the regulatory
requirements on small institutions and
encouraged regulators to continue
reviewing regulations and making
exceptions for smaller institutions.
Another industry group commenter was
concerned that small institutions are
still disproportionately burdened
because they cannot afford to hire more
employees to comply with the volume
of regulation. The same commenter
complained that credit unions do not
have to pay the taxes that small
institutions pay.
Most bankers asserted that, while the
compliance burden is particularly
taxing on small institutions, reducing
regulatory burden would assist banks of
all sizes in refocusing on their core
mission: Meeting the financial needs of
the public while providing value to
stakeholders at all levels.
Many other commenters were
concerned with the increased burden
associated with the consumer
regulations, SARS/CTR filings, BSA
compliance, and PATRIOT Act, some of
which is not exclusively related to
banking.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62065
2. Examination Burden. During the
outreach meetings, bankers asked the
federal banking agencies to better
coordinate examinations, particularly at
banks that are regulated by multiple
agencies, such as the State, Board, and
FDIC. They explained that the burden is
especially difficult for management and
directors of affiliated institutions
because examiners seem to be in one or
more of the institutions all of the time
conducting different types of exams.
They complained that preparing preexam packages and responding to
examiner questions is time consuming
for management. On the other hand,
they applauded the exams where the
state and federal regulators worked
together. Bankers also suggested that
regulators use the findings of the safety
and soundness examination to
determine the need for, and scope of,
specialty area examinations.
One commenter suggested that the
federal banking agencies adopt a riskbased or two-tiered approach based on
an institution’s size and complexity of
operations. While another industry
commenter complained about the
amount of examination time spent when
the institution and the examiners
struggle to interpret complex
compliance rules.
3. Continuous Regulation Review. A
few commenters encouraged the federal
banking agencies to use sunset
provisions to regularly review the need
for regulations. One commenter cited
the newly proposed identity theft
regulations as an example of a
regulation that needs to be reevaluated
on a regular basis.
Another commenter requested that
the FDIC lead an effort to bring together
regulators, bankers, legislators, and
consumers to review all consumer
regulations to streamline the disclosure
process, so that consumers receive
disclosures that are meaningful and
concise. More specifically, the
commenter recommended:
• Implementing burden reduction
recommendations that are rule changes
and do not require legislative action to
implement needed changes faster.
• Improving guidance from the
Agencies so that it is clear and
consistent.
B. Powers and Activities
1. Activities of Insured State Banks.
Part 362 of the FDIC rules and
regulations implement section 24 of the
FDI Act that restrict and prohibit
insured state banks and their
subsidiaries from engaging in activities
and investments that are not permissible
for national banks and their
subsidiaries. Some of the commenters
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62066
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
questioned the need for FDIC review of
subsidiary activities that are not
permissible for a national bank, terming
the requirement unclear.
2. Bank Holding Companies and
Financial Holding Companies. Two
industry trade association commenters
urged the Board to revise its Small Bank
Holding Company Policy Statement in
Regulation Y to increase the asset-size
cap from $150 million to $500 million
or $1 billion for purposes of defining a
‘‘small bank holding company.’’ One
commenter also encouraged the Board
to revise the Statement to increase the
debt-to-equity ratio from 1:1 to 3:1 as
the threshold for dividend payment
restrictions, because purchasers of small
banks frequently need to borrow all or
a substantial portion of the purchase
price.
A commenter also urged the Board to
revise Regulation Y to remove
restrictions on the activities of a
subsidiary of a subsidiary bank of a
bank holding company (BHC). The
commenter noted that these restrictions
have created competitive inequities, in
some cases, by preventing subsidiaries
of state member banks with a BHC from
engaging in activities in which
subsidiaries of state nonmember banks
may engage under relevant state law,
including activities approved by the
FDIC for state nonmember banks and
their subsidiaries.
Several commenters, including
industry trade associations, stated that a
BHC that is not a financial holding
company (FHC) should be authorized to
conduct an expanded scope of
insurance agency activities directly or
through a nonbanking subsidiary, rather
than indirectly through a subsidiary
bank that is authorized under state law
to engage in such activities. Two
commenters contended that BHCs that
are well managed and well capitalized
and that have satisfactory CRA
performance records should be allowed
to engage in the broader range of
activities permitted for FHCs, including
securities and insurance underwriting,
even if the BHCs have chosen not to
become FHCs. They also stated that
such BHCs should be permitted to file
post-notices for proposals to engage in
permissible nonbanking activities to the
same extent that FHCs can file postnotices.
In addition, one commenter urged the
Board to amend the FHC rules in
Regulation Y that relate to organizing,
sponsoring and managing mutual funds
(12 CFR 225.86(b)(3)) to remove the
requirement that a FHC reduce its
ownership in a fund to less than 25
percent of the fund’s equity within one
year of sponsoring the fund. The
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
commenter asserted that such restriction
was unduly burdensome, because it was
not mandated by the GLBA and
appeared to result unnecessarily in
more limited authority for an FHC’s
domestic mutual fund activities than
what currently is authorized under the
Board’s Regulation K for mutual fund
activities conducted abroad.
An industry trade association
commenter also stated that the statutory
cross-marketing prohibitions on
subsidiary depository institutions of an
FHC should be revised to apply only
with respect to cross marketing of
products and services of a company in
which the FHC holds a controlling
interest of more than 25 percent.
3. State Member Banks. To help ease
burden on state member banks with
excess capital, a commenter requested
that the Board eliminate the restriction
in Regulation H on dividend payments
(12 CFR 208.5) for well-capitalized
banks that will remain well capitalized
following payment of the dividends.
Another commenter asserted that the
branching and investment authority for
state member banks should not be
limited to what is permissible for a
national bank.
4. Community Development
Corporations, Community Development
Projects, and Other Public Welfare
Investments. One commenter suggested
that the OCC should reduce the burden
of the self-certification requirement for
public welfare investments, either by
waiving the requirement for wellmanaged national banks with an
Outstanding CRA performance rating,
by creating a de minimis level below
which no certification is required, or by
establishing a like-kind investment
exception similar to that found in 12
CFR 5.
Also, the commenter stated that
federal savings associations should be
able to invest in community
development entities to the same extent
as national banks. Under current law,
savings associations may only make
such investments through a service
corporation. Because many savings
associations do not have service
corporations, this limits their ability to
serve low- and moderate-income
communities.
Another commenter stated that the
Board should update its regulatory
interpretation on community welfare
investments (12 CFR 225.127) to
reference the quantitative limits on
those investments that would not
require prior Federal Reserve System
(FRS) approval in terms of a percentage
of the BHC’s consolidated Tier 1 and
Tier 2 capital plus the balance of the
allowance for loan and lease losses
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
excluded from Tier 2 capital. Currently,
the interpretation provides that a BHC,
directly or indirectly, may make
community welfare investments up to 5
percent of the BHC’s consolidated
‘‘capital stock and surplus’’ without FRS
approval.
5. Financial Subsidiaries. Several
commenters proposed removing certain
limits on financial subsidiaries of banks,
such as:
• The requirement that each of the
100 largest banks must maintain a topthree debt rating in order to hold a
financial subsidiary.
• The prohibition on insurance
underwriting and real estate
development activities in a financial
subsidiary.
• The requirements that financial
subsidiaries not be treated as ordinary
subsidiaries for capital, 23A/23B, and
anti-tying purposes.
6. OCC Lending Limits. One
commenter urged the OCC to include
agricultural loans in the categories of
loans eligible for higher lending limits
under an OCC pilot program allowing
eligible national banks to take advantage
of higher lending limits for small
business loans and residential real
estate loans. The commenter further
urged that the $500,000 cap contained
in the CRA regulation and Call Report
instructions not apply in such cases.
7. Debt Cancellation Contracts and
Debt Suspension Agreements. One
commenter proposed that the OCC make
permanent the temporary suspension of
rules regarding banks offering a periodic
payment option and associated
disclosures to Debt Collection Contracts
(DCCs) and Debt Suspension
Agreements (DSAs) sold by unaffiliated,
nonexclusive third parties in connection
with closed-end consumer loans. The
same commenter stated that the OCC
should extend the exception to all
consumer loans, other than real estate
loans, regardless of how such loans are
sold.
One commenter stated that the OCC
should retain its regulations concerning
DCCs and DSAs.
8. Investment. One commenter
proposed that the OCC revise 12 CFR
1.3(h) to permit a national bank to
purchase (without OCC approval) for its
own account shares of an investment
company or other entity, provided that
(1) the portfolio of assets of the
investment company or other entity
consists exclusively of assets that a
national bank may purchase and sell for
its own account and (2) the bank’s
holdings of such shares do not exceed
the limits set forth in section 1.4(e) of
the regulations. The commenter
likewise proposed expanding the
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
definition of investment company in 12
CFR 1.1(c) to include entities that are
exempt under section 3(c)(1) of the
Investment Company Act.
One commenter proposed amending
the Investment Adviser’s Act to exclude
savings associations from the definition
of investment adviser.
9. Dividend Payment. A commenter
proposed that, for national banks with a
single shareholder, dividends payable in
property other than cash should not
require the prior approval of the OCC
under 12 CFR 5.66, if the property is
dividended at fair market value, the
dividend does not exceed the limits set
out in 12 U.S.C. 60, and the dividend
comprises an ‘‘insubstantial amount’’
(less than 1 percent) of the bank’s
capital and surplus.
10. Branching. One commenter
proposed that 12 U.S.C. 36(g)(1) and
1828(d)(4)(A) should be revised to allow
national banks to engage in de novo
interstate branching to the same extent
as savings associations. They also
recommended elimination of the states’
authority to prohibit an out-of-state
bank or BHC from acquiring an in-state
bank that has not existed for at least five
years. Another commenter proposed
that the FDIC thoroughly examine the
procedures for a bank to close a branch
and notify its customers, and determine
whether there are ways to make the
process less onerous.
11. Real Estate Lending. One
commenter suggested an amendment to
12 U.S.C. 1464(c)(2)(B)(i) to increase the
statutory limit for loans secured by
nonresidential real property and/or that
OTS establish practical guidelines for
non-residential real property lending at
levels exceeding 400 percent of capital.
Another commenter suggested
elimination of the $500,000 per unit
purchase price limit contained in
section 1464(u)(2) of the HOLA.
Another commenter suggested that the
other real estate owned standards be
amended to provide greater flexibility to
banks, including allowing them to lease
a property when they cannot dispose of
it rapidly.
12. Fiduciary Powers. One commenter
stated that the SEC’s final rule to
implement the safe harbors for
traditional trust activities and other
services performed by financial
institutions should apply to savings
banks and savings associations and
should not impose unnecessary burdens
on community banks engaged in
fiduciary activities.
13. Scope of Investment Advisers Act.
One commenter stated that the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and its
regulations burden savings associations
unfairly, because savings associations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
and savings banks are not exempt from
the definition of investment adviser.
The commenter proposed amending the
Investment Advisers Act to exclude
savings associations from the definition
of investment adviser.
14. Application of Interest Rate
Exportation Doctrine to Banks with
Multi-State Branches. Two commenters
expressed concerns about agency
guidance on interest rate exportation.
The commenter noted that the guidance
varied between OTS, OCC, and FDIC,
and that its application could vary by
transaction. The commenter
recommended that the Agencies clarify
that banks could use their home state
interest rates regardless of the contacts
(or lack thereof) between the home state
and the loan. The Agencies should
further clarify the factors that the
institution needs to consider when they
use the rate of a state other than the
home state. The commenter said that the
Agencies should issue a new joint rule
to clarify these issues. The federal
banking agencies also should review
their interpretations concerning what
constitutes ‘‘interest’’ under the export
doctrine, to ensure consistency.
15. Consumer Lending Limits for
Savings Associations. One commenter,
without recommending a particular
change, noted that savings associations
are developing business strategies that
require more flexible consumer loan
limits. The commenter urged OTS to
review HOLA to see whether the agency
could provide additional flexibility
without amending the statute.
16. Savings Association Business
Lending Authority. One commenter
suggested that federal savings
associations be permitted to fully engage
in small business lending and that the
lending limit on other business loans be
increased to 20 percent of assets.
Expanding the business lending
authority of federal savings associations
would help to increase small business
access to credit and expand the amount
of loans made to small and mediumsized businesses.
17. Bank Service Company Act. One
commenter proposed amending both the
Bank Service Company Act and HOLA
to provide parallel investment authority
for banks and savings associations to
participate in both bank service
companies and savings association
service corporations.
18. Eliminate Loan-to-One Borrower
Residential Housing Exception. A
commenter asserted that the $30
million/30 percent of all capital limits
on residential lending for federal
savings associations is sufficient to
prevent concentrated lending to one
housing developer and the per-unit cap
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62067
($500,000) is excessive. The commenter
stated that OTS should either eliminate
the per-unit cap or index it to inflation.
C. Applications and Reporting
Commenters recommended changes
to ease regulatory burden relief in the
applications and reporting area.
1. Applications (generally). Some
commenters suggested general changes
in the applications area, including both
legislative and regulatory changes.
These changes included:
• Providing expedited application/
notification requirements for wellcapitalized and well-managed banks
with satisfactory CRA performance
record ratings.
• Expediting application review and
processing time, including by delegating
certain applications to regional offices.
• Allowing electronic applications
filing.
• Publishing a list of approved or
denied activities.
• Handling routine applications, such
as branch applications, as after-the-fact
notice filings.
• Exempting well-capitalized savings
associations from dividend notice
requirements.
• Eliminating the requirement that a
BHC receive prior FRS approval to
acquire additional shares of a subsidiary
BHC (such as when a BHC’s ESOP that
is a registered BHC wants to purchase
additional shares of the BHC).
• Converting applications (such as
new branch applications) to after-the
fact notices.
Some of the other changes that
industry commenters suggested to
improve the applications process
included:
• Making publication requirements
for different applications consistent.
• Terminating current requirements
for applicants/notificants to publish
announcements of their regulatory
filings in newspapers, because few
people read the newspaper notices, such
publications are expensive, and
publication delays can lengthen
processing times.
• Changing the Board’s ex parte
contact policy regarding protested
applications to be consistent with the
other Agencies’ policies on protested
applications.
• Allowing institutions to incorporate
by reference previously filed
documentation, with updates or
certification of continued accuracy.
• Recognizing the distinction
between internal restructuring and
acquisition of a non-affiliated entity,
with lesser information requirements for
the former.
• Reconsidering the positions of the
OCC and the Board that commonly
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62068
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
advised mutual funds or other
investment funds are considered ‘‘acting
in concert,’’ and thereby subject to
Change in Control (CIC) notice
requirements, whenever a fund family
collectively acquires 10 percent or more
of a bank or bank holding company. In
addition, a fund’s ownership of shares
should not be attributed to the
investment advisor (or its parent
organization) for purposes of the CIC
regulations.
2. Bank Merger Act Applications.
Many industry commenters suggested
that the Agencies make their merger
reviews more consistent with reviews
by the Department of Justice or ask
Congress to provide the Agencies with
sole authority to conduct competitive
analysis of bank mergers. In addition,
credit union deposits should be
included in the anti-competitive
analysis of mergers because credit
unions are active competitors with
banks. Case-by-case analysis of such
deposits imposes burdens on the
applicant. Credit unions are full
competitors with banks.
In addition, another industry
commenter recommended the following
suggestions to ease the burden
associated with the Bank Merger Act
(BMA):
• Applying BMA streamlined filing
procedures and timeframes to mergers
between qualified banks and their
affiliates.
• Clarifying that transfers of
‘‘substantially all’’ assets would not be
subject to the BMA if the transfer does
not materially impact the institution.
• Establishing a BMA de minimus
exception for affiliate transfers of
deposit liabilities.
3. OCC Business Combination Rule.
One commenter noted that the OCC’s
business combinations rule (12 CFR
5.34) permits nonbank subsidiaries to
merge into national banks, but the
FDIC’s regulations require the filing of
an application with the FDIC and
require the publication of notice and an
opportunity for public comment on
such transactions. The commenter said
that the FDIC should eliminate the
notice and opportunity for comment
requirements as unnecessary when the
merging entity is a wholly owned bank
operating subsidiary. Alternatively, the
FDIC should be able to waive these
requirements on a case-by-case basis.
4. Savings and Loan Holding
Company Applications. One commenter
suggested that OTS revise the
publication requirements for Form H(e)
applications to conform to those
included in the BMA. The same
commenter suggested that OTS revise
the requirements of Items 110.20(d) and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
220.30 of the Form H(e) application to
request a list limited to those affiliated
persons (as defined in 12 CFR 561.5)
who are officers participating in major
policy making functions of the applicant
(especially where the applicant’s stock
is publicly held and no shareholder
owns or controls more than 10 percent
of the outstanding shares of stock).
Similarly, another commenter urged
OTS to streamline its Form H(e)
application process if the thrift is highly
rated and well managed. This
commenter urged OTS to streamline the
requirements of Item 110.40 where the
application is for an internal
reorganization. Likewise, OTS should
limit or eliminate the requirements of
Item 210.20 when the applicant is well
known; the information is readily
available to OTS in other reported
materials, and in situations involving an
internal reorganization. The commenter
also proposed that OTS eliminate Item
210.50 when the applicant is well
known to OTS.
This commenter also proposed that
OTS revise Item 410.10(c) to request
information only on those management
officials the board has designated as
participants in major policy making
functions. Similarly, OTS should
eliminate the requirements of Item
410.20 for those transactions involving
holding companies whose directors are
elected by shareholders, if the shares of
the company’s stock are publicly held
and widely traded.
For corporate reorganizations, OTS
should streamline the requirements of
Item 510.10. One specific suggestion
was to eliminate the requirements of
Item 510(a)(1) in transactions involving
an applicant familiar to OTS, in
corporate reorganizations, and for
savings associations operating in
relatively small geographic areas.
Similarly, OTS should streamline the
requirements of Item 620.10 for
corporate reorganizations. Finally, this
commenter recommended that OTS
limit Items 720.10 and 720.30 to a
request for those locations affected by
the transaction, where the transaction
involves a large savings association and/
or an applicant that is well known to
OTS.
Commenters encouraged OTS to
consider several other changes to their
rules including:
• Eliminating the requirement for
formal meetings/hearings on
applications when a commenter asks for
one.
• Placing additional controls on the
30-day notice period for well-managed,
well-capitalized thrifts to avoid the
notice becoming a de facto application
process without any set deadline and
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
clarifying the conditions upon which
such notice will become an application.
• Amending its mutual holding
company regulations and guidance and
its mutual-to-stock conversion
regulations.
• Allowing an application/notice
waiver process for transactions
reviewed by another regulator.
• Changing the Change-in-Control
regulations to be consistent with the
other Agencies.
5. Reports (generally). Other
comments more specifically applied to
the reporting area. The general
comments about reporting requirements
included the following suggestions:
• Apply the materiality threshold for
reporting purposes consistently across
different regulatory reports.
• Clarify why certain data is
collected.
• Revise the Summary of Deposits
report instructions and definitions to
reflect the types of branches that have
come into use since emergence of
interstate banking.
6. Report Inconsistencies. Several
industry commenters would like to see
more consistency between Call Report
schedules and FRY–9C schedules. They
offered the following additional steps to
reduce regulatory burden:
• Permit banks to submit one form
and require Agencies to share the data
since the two reports are practically
identical and are compared to each
other for discrepancies.
• Reconcile inconsistencies between
the two reports to eliminate the burden
of formatting and calculating the same
financial data for different reports. For
example, there are inconsistencies in
the Income Statement, Interest
Sensitivity data on various schedules,
Past Due & Nonaccruals, and various
memoranda items. There are also
inconsistencies between the data
definitions of the Call Report and FR–
2416.
• Classify all overdrafts with the
appropriate loan category on Schedule C
or classify them as ‘‘all other loans.’’
Currently both reports require
classification of overdrafts as ‘‘planned’’
or ‘‘unplanned.’’ This is not a
distinction that member banks make in
their internal and external reporting. In
addition, regulatory reports require that
unplanned overdrafts be reported as
other loans, except when made to a
depository institution, a foreign
government or an official institution, in
which case they are classified on the
respective line.
7. Call Reports. Commenter
suggestions related specifically to Call
Reports included:
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
• Removing items that are
unnecessary for supervision.
• Modifying reported items to
conform to banks’ internal reporting
systems.
• Reducing penalties for
noncompliance, which currently are
excessive.
• Eliminating the requirement that
three bank directors sign because Call
Reports are electronically submitted.
• Reducing the level of detail in
loans, securities, and deposits
schedules.
• Reconsidering the requirement for
disclosure of tax-exempt income in
Income Statement memoranda items
and re-pricing for complex bank
organizations because of their limited
usefulness.
• Reconsidering the relevance of
requiring disclosure details on Schedule
RC–O, as current level of FDIC
assessments is zero.
• Providing real time access to the
electronic Call Report filing system.
• Including on the Call Report all
items necessary for supervision of peer
group analysis.
• Not diminishing data reporting
requirements for Call Reports.
8. FRY Reports. Commenter
suggestions related specifically to the
Board’s FRY Reports included:
• FRY–8: Requiring a signature by
one officer of the BHC, rather than
signatures by an officer of each
subsidiary bank.
• FRY–9C and –9LP: Eliminating or
decreasing the frequency of filing, or
decreasing the level of detail that is
required (as in FRY–11).
D. International Operations
The majority of comments on the
category of international operations
regulations concerned the Board’s
Regulation K, as described below. A
commenter also stated that OTS should
relax its rules that prohibit thrifts from
owning less than 100 percent of a
foreign operating subsidiary.
Commenters questioned the
limitations set forth in section 211.8(b)
of Regulation K (12 CFR 211.8(b)) on
direct investments by member banks.
That section, which implements section
25 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C.
601), authorizes only investments in (1)
foreign banks, (2) domestic or foreign
holding companies for foreign banks,
and (3) foreign organizations formed for
the some purpose of performing
nominee, fiduciary, or other banking
services incidental to the activities of a
foreign branch or foreign bank affiliate
of the member bank. In contrast, section
211.8(c) of Regulation K (12 CFR
211.8(c)), which implements section
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12
U.S.C. 611 et seq.) and section 4(c)(13)
of the Bank Holding Company Act (12
U.S.C. 1843(c)(13)), authorizes a greater
range of [foreign] investments for bank
holding companies and Edge and
agreements corporations. The
commenters asserted that no valid
purpose is served by limiting member
bank’s foreign investments and
suggested that member banks be
permitted to make the full range of
investments permitted to bank holding
companies and Edge and agreement
corporations.
Commenters also suggested that the
regulators should permit member banks
that are well capitalized and well
managed and that have satisfactory CRA
performance ratings and existing
overseas operations to establish foreign
branches using the same approval
process that is available for domestic
branches and nonbanking operations
using the same process available for
domestic nonbanking activities. Finally,
one commenter requested that Edge
corporations be permitted to accept
domestic deposits from domestic
customers, provided the majority of the
depositor’s deposits were Edgepermissible.
II. Federal Register Notice Releases
No. 2 and 3: Consumer Protection
Lending-Related Rules and Other
Consumer Protection Rules: Account/
Deposit Relationships and
Miscellaneous Consumer Rules
A. Flood Insurance
1. General. An overwhelming number
of commenters stated that customers
often do not understand why flood
insurance is required and that the
federal government—not the bank—
imposes the requirement. Commenters
said that the government should do a
better job of educating consumers about
the reasons and requirements of flood
hazard insurance. Moreover, the
Agencies should streamline and
simplify flood insurance requirements
to make them more understandable.
One commenter, representing a state
bankers’ association, stated that many of
its members questioned why the
banking industry had to police the
borrowers’ choices. Another commenter
asked why the burden of the flood
insurance regulation is on financial
institutions rather than on the insurance
industry.
One commenter asked whether the
$5,000 value threshold for triggering
flood insurance coverage could be
increased. Another commenter urged
more guidance on a specific period in
which the notice should be given.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62069
One commenter suggested that
responsibility should be shifted away
from financial institutions for the
constant monitoring of whether
borrowers continue to maintain flood
insurance on the property. Although the
commenter agreed that the loan should
not be made without flood insurance,
requiring the financial institution to
constantly review whether flood
insurance is up to date is a burdensome
task. The bank must constantly review
files and in many cases force-place
insurance on the borrower. The
institution should be able to rely on the
NFIP (the insurer) to inform the
financial institution that the borrower
has dropped coverage rather than the
institution having to monitor the files
internally.
Another commenter expressed
concern about 12 CFR 22.9, Notice of
special flood hazards and availability of
federal disaster relief assistance. The
commenter noted that when a bank
makes, increases, extends, or renews a
loan secured by a building or a mobile
home located or to be located in a
special flood hazard area, the bank must
mail or deliver a written notice to the
borrower and servicer in all cases. The
commenter said that, if this same loan
is renewed before the expiration of the
initial flood zone determination, there
should be no need to provide another
notice to the consumer.
One commenter recommended that
the Agencies provide more guidance on
flood insurance. In particular, the
commenter said that consumers should
have easier access to flood zone
information and the ability to determine
if the information is current. The
Agencies should streamline flood
insurance requirements so the lender
can easily identify the appropriate
amount of coverage.
2. Simplification of Process. One
commenter suggested a simplified
disclosure concerning flood insurance
that would read as follows: ‘‘Is the
property you want to purchase in a
flood plain? YES or NO—If NO, go to
next question; if YES see below. The
estimate given by a local agent for flood
insurance coverage on the property is
$lll per year. You are required to
provide proof of flood insurance
coverage through an agent of your
choosing by loan closing. If you want to
know the identity of the agent that gave
this estimate, please ask your lender.’’
Another commenter asked for
additional clarification or interpretation
of the flood insurance regulations
through a ‘‘Q and A’’ format. The
commenter noted that, in the past year
their external auditors informed them
that they needed to compare the flood
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62070
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
zone listed on the insurance policy to
the zone listed on the determination to
ensure they are the same. The external
auditors directed the institution to
request that the flood zone on the
insurance policy be changed if it were
not the same as the zone listed on the
determination. The commenter
contended that this requirement is not
part of the regulation, but a new
unwritten interpretation. That
constitutes a burden on the financial
institution. Because the institution
cannot force an agent to make the
change, the only thing the institution
can do is document the file accordingly.
3. Opt-Outs. One commenter stated
that flood insurance requirements
should consider the value of the land
even if the land is located in a flood
zone. If the value of the land exceeds
the amount of the loan, the borrower
should be able to opt out of purchasing
flood insurance. Also, currently if the
loan is on vacant land in a flood zone,
the institution must advise the
customer. This commenter stated that
this requirement should be eliminated
since vacant land cannot be insured.
Because of the regulators’ strong stance
on this requirement, institutions are at
a competitive disadvantage with nonregulated mortgage companies. The
commenter asserted that the financial
institution’s customers would also
benefit from this requested change.
4. Loan Closings. A few commenters
noted that when borrowers use a
property located in a special flood
hazard area as security on a loan,
lenders must provide notice to the
borrowers within a ‘‘reasonable period
of time’’ prior to closing. This notice
advises borrowers that the property is in
a flood plain and requires flood
insurance under the NFIP prior to
closing the loan. The commenter further
noted that, while a reasonable period of
time is not expressly defined, the NFIP
guidelines and agency examiners
specify 10 days as a ‘‘reasonable
period.’’ The timeframe protects the
customer from losing their loan
commitment while they shop for
adequate, affordable insurance coverage.
The reasonable period of time was not,
however, intended to delay closing if
the borrowers have purchased adequate
coverage. Currently, there are examiners
in the field instructing banks to wait a
minimum of 5 to 10 days from the time
they provide notice to the borrower
until closing, even if the borrower has
insurance coverage in place before the
time period has expired. Clarification is
needed in this area for both creditors
and examiners.
One commenter suggested that the
Agencies expand the Flood
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
Determination form to include questions
about collateral for the loan, such as,
building only, contents only, or both,
and if available at the time of the
determination, questions about the loan
amounts related to these items or the
collateral value assigned to each. The
service provider should then estimate
the amount of insurance coverage
required, based upon the current
requirements, and place an estimate on
the Flood Determination form.
5. Flood Insurance in Unincorporated
Areas. One commenter noted the
difficulty in complying with flood
insurance requirements in
unincorporated areas, since flood
insurance is available only in
incorporated areas. Flood hazard
determinations are required though on
all parcels of land which have a
‘‘structure’’ as defined in the regulation.
That includes a grain bin or even an old
barn that is beginning to fall over.
Because flood insurance is unavailable
for these unincorporated areas, it seems
very wasteful of time, money and effort
to require the flood hazard
determination. Even if flood insurance
were available however, it would seem
wasteful to require a flood insurance
determination on a dilapidated building
which adds no economic value to the
property. The commenter requested a
review of the regulations and
consideration of the issue of flood
determinations on all structures,
particularly in areas where flood
insurance is unavailable. Another
commenter noted that its bank is in a
hill area where flood areas are clearly
defined. The commenter noted that it
has the responsibility to obtain flood
insurance where needed, but that a
detailed disclosure is still required even
though the property is on top of a hill.
6. Special Flood Hazard Areas.
Several commenters noted that notices
are required for Special Flood Hazard
Areas (SFHA). Lenders must provide
this notice on loan originations as well
as refinances. During a refinance, it is
unduly burdensome for a lender to be
required to give the notice within a
reasonable time (ten days prior to
closing) when the borrower is already
aware that the property is located in a
SFHA because they have an active flood
policy in effect.
One commenter said that most
appraisals disclose the flood status, and
stated that a separate form is
unnecessary given that the appraisal
makes note of the information.
Requiring a standard form is redundant
and adds additional costs, either
directly by the bank or indirectly
through the appraisal.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
7. Applicability to Certain Types of
Property/Structures. In urging the
regulators to simplify the flood
insurance regulations, one commenter
noted that the regulators said that the
definition of ‘‘permanently affixed’’
meant that utilities were hooked to the
mobile home. However, the commenter
had interpreted ‘‘permanently affixed’’
as wired down or set on a foundation.
As a result of the misunderstanding, the
bank almost received a fine.
Another commenter urged
modification of flood insurance to allow
for exemptions for farm buildings like
storage sheds, hay barns, and other
nonresidential buildings.
Two commenters suggested that
investors purchasing commercial
property can determine themselves
whether they need flood insurance.
Several commenters stated that they
would also like to see the Agencies
reconsider the requirement for
insurance on a structure in a flood zone
when the value of the land alone used
as collateral supports the extension of
credit. It should be the consumer’s
choice in that situation to purchase the
insurance, just as it is when the
consumer owns the collateral outright.
Another commenter questioned why a
borrower has to purchase flood
insurance for a structure that is not
considered as collateral for loan
repayment. It is an additional burden to
the financial institution to require the
borrower to get the insurance, wait the
10 days after notifying the borrower of
the requirement, and then close the
transaction.
Another commenter further asked that
the flood insurance regulation provide
guidance on how to address buildings
that the borrower intends to tear down.
The commenter noted that it had had
situations in which the borrower
purchased property that was in a flood
zone, and, within one week of the loan,
the property was torn down. It is
burdensome for the borrower to go
through the time and expense of
obtaining flood insurance for temporary
situations such as this; however, the
regulation provides no exceptions. The
commenter acknowledged that, under
the NFIP guidelines, insurance would
not be required if the building had no
value and this is reflected in the
appraisal. In the borrower’s example,
however, the building had value. The
commenter recommended an exception
for buildings that will be torn down
within an allotted timeframe from the
closing date of the loan.
The commenter also requested that
the regulation clarify what is acceptable
coverage for condominiums when a
Residential Condominium Building
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
Association Policy (RCBAP) is in place.
The FEMA handbook ‘‘Mandatory
Purchase of Flood Insurance
Guidelines’’ outlines that a unit owner
can acquire supplemental building
coverage that will apply only to that
part of a loss that exceeds 80 percent of
replacement cost of the RCBAP. The
commenter asked the Agencies to clarify
that the financial institution need only
to confirm that the RCBAP is for at least
80 percent replacement cost rather than
100 percent replacement cost.
8. Flood Insurance Maps. One
commenter expressed concern that
FEMA flood maps are often years out of
date, and that the maps are not regularly
adjusted. Moreover, in cases where the
institution attempts to update the map,
there are often long paperwork delays.
Another commenter noted that it is
often difficult for bankers to assess
whether a particular property is located
in a flood hazard zone because flood
maps are not easily accessible and are
not always current. Even once a
property has been identified as subject
to flood insurance requirements, the
regulations make it difficult to
determine the proper amount, and
customers do not understand the
relationship between property value,
loan amount and flood insurance level.
Once flood insurance is in place, it can
be difficult and costly to ensure that the
coverage is kept current and at proper
levels. As a result, many institutions
rely on third-party vendors to assist in
this process, but that adds costs to the
loan. A commenter noted that the
process for flood map amendment or
revision is tedious for the consumer.
9. Force Placement. A few
commenters noted that the financial
institution is unable to force place a
small amount of additional insurance on
existing policy holders even if there is
insufficient coverage on the property.
Instead, the institution must work with
the agent in trying to get the additional
coverage placed, which the commenter
contended cannot always be
accomplished in a timely manner. The
commenter suggested that the regulators
amend the Mortgage Portfolio Protection
Program rules to allow institutions to
force place the additional coverage.
10. Appraisals. One commenter noted
that its regulator says that if a current
appraisal is not available, the bank must
rely on the most recent hazard
insurance policy to determine the value
of the dwelling for purposes of
calculating the required amount of flood
insurance. This is not in the regulation.
The commenter urged that the
regulation provide guidance as to how
old an appraisal can be before it is
outdated. The regulation requires that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
the lender track flood insurance to
ensure that proper coverage remains in
place, therefore causing the commenter
to review the flood insurance at least
once a year at its renewal, and
sometimes more often if the loan is
modified or renewed. The commenter
found that it is constantly recalculating
the required amount of flood insurance
because the hazard insurance increases
every year due to automatic inflationary
increases. The commenter complained
that the institution continuously must
require many of its customers to
increase their flood insurance every
year. This is an unanticipated expense
to a borrower and can cause difficulty
in the relationship, not to mention the
administrative cost to the institution.
The commenter proposed that the flood
insurance should not have to be
increased above the original required
amount, unless the loan amount
increases.
The commenter further noted that its
regulator allows its institution to
combine the building and contents
coverage when determining the proper
amount of flood insurance for a
commercial property loan that is
secured by both. However, if the loan is
secured by the building only, the
institution can refer to the building
coverage only. The commenter said that
such a policy is inconsistent, especially
since the regulation provides guidance
on how to determine building coverage;
the building should be determined
independently of the contents on a loan
that contains both as collateral.
The commenter also stated that the
initial notification prior to the loan
closing is all that is reasonably needed
and that regulators should eliminate the
notification at the time of renewal,
extension, or increase in the loan
amount. The borrower is informed prior
to closing that the property securing the
loan is in a flood zone and flood
insurance must be obtained. Because the
institution must track this flood
insurance, the borrower will be
informed via a separate notice, should
their insurance expire, that they have 45
days to obtain coverage or insurance
will be force placed. As a commercial
lender, the commenter crosscollateralizes loans to a business and
renews the loans on an annual basis.
Since these actions do not necessarily
have the same maturity date, the
borrower is continuously being sent
notices that the property is in a flood
zone. According to the commenter,
borrowers think this is somewhat of a
nuisance, and it is an administrative
burden for financial institutions.
11. Miscellaneous. One commenter
noted that, when a loan is new and
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62071
secured by property in a flood zone, or
property in a flood zone is added to an
existing loan, there is no 30-day waiting
period for flood insurance. However, the
commenter found that this is not the
case when the flood insurance is up for
renewal and the premium is paid 30
days late. In cases such as this, the
customer does have a 30-day grace
period regardless of whether they have
a loan. The commenter urged regulators
to eliminate the 30-day grace period on
delinquent policy renewals.
B. Truth in Lending Act/Regulation Z
Regulation Z was one of the
regulations that received the most
comments during the EGRPRA process.
A general comment from many financial
institution industry commenters was
that consumers are frustrated and
confused by the volume and complexity
of documents involved in obtaining a
loan (especially a mortgage loan),
including the TILA disclosures as well
as the RESPA disclosures. Industry
commenters requested that the
disclosures be written in a manner to
facilitate consumer understanding.
Many comments from both industry and
consumer group commenters were also
received on specific issues concerning
Regulation Z.
1. Rescission. Industry commenters
called the right of rescission one of the
most burdensome requirements, and
many suggested either eliminating the
right to rescind or allowing consumers
to waive the right more freely than
under the current rule (which requires
a bona fide personal financial
emergency). Other industry suggestions
included:
• Exempting regularly examined
institutions from the rescission
requirements (or allowing free consumer
waivers for such institutions).
• Exempting transactions where the
initial request for a loan comes from the
consumer (rather than from a
solicitation by the lender).
• Exempting refinancings (at least
where no new money is extended).
• Exempting bridge loans.
• Exempting loans to ‘‘sophisticated
borrowers’’ (for example, those with
income over $200,000 or assets over
$1,000,000), or freely allowing waiver in
such cases.
• Dropping the requirement to delay
disbursement of loan proceeds.
• Shortening the rescission deadline
(such as, 11 a.m. on the next business
day).
Industry commenters provided the
following to support their suggestions:
• Consumers rarely exercise their
right to rescind.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62072
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
• Many consumers dislike having to
wait three business days to receive the
loan proceeds.
• Because consumers can review the
early TILA disclosures given within
three days after the loan application,
consumers have ample opportunity to
understand the transaction and
therefore do not need the right to
rescind later.
A few commenters said that a bank
(even without the requirement) would
work with a consumer who had a
change of heart within several days after
the mortgage closing. Arguments in
support of dropping the delay-ofdisbursement rule included that the rule
is not statutory; that lenders, closing
agents, consumers and others all incur
extra effort and expense by not being
able to finalize the transaction on the
day of closing (including, for
consumers, extra interest); and that if
rescission should occur after
disbursement has been made, the
transaction can be unwound without
great difficulty.
Consumer groups argued that the right
of rescission is critical for consumers
and must be maintained. They noted
that the fact consumers rarely rescind
suggests that the rule is not burdensome
for lenders. Whether or not consumers
rescind, they assert that the option to
rescind provides incentive for lenders to
comply with TILA. They also noted that
consumers need time after closing to
review the loan documents, including
required regulatory disclosures, because
loan terms often change at closing.
Consumer representatives believed
that rules allowing consumers to waive
the right of rescission should remain
narrow and that the rule allowing
waivers for bona fide personal financial
emergencies works well. These
commenters are concerned that such
consumers may be unduly pressured to
waive their right to rescind, or that they
may too freely request a waiver because
they are in need of the loan proceeds
(especially in the case of low-income
consumers). Consumer groups opposed
the industry suggestion to exempt some
refinancings because much abusive
lending involves refinancings. However,
one consumer group comment asserted
that burden could be reduced by
dropping the delay-of-disbursement
rule.
2. Mortgage Loan Rules (generally).
Industry commenters suggested that the
RESPA disclosures, required under
regulations issued by the Department of
Housing and Urban Development, and
the TILA disclosures should be
consolidated into a single disclosure
scheme, and generally, that one set of
disclosures should apply to mortgage
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
loan transactions, as opposed to
multiple rules from various regulators.
Commenters pointed to the large
regulatory burden imposed because of
the voluminous documents required at
mortgage loan closings.
Consumer group commenters agreed
with lenders that TILA and RESPA
disclosures should be integrated. These
commenters also suggested that lenders
should provide consumers with
accurate disclosures at the time of
application, instead of estimates. In
addition, consumer group commenters
also stated that the method for
calculating the finance charge for
mortgage loans should include all costs.
3. Home Ownership Equity Protection
Act Rules. With regard to the special
rules under the Home Ownership and
Equity Protection Act of 1994 (HOEPA),
industry commenters asserted that the
disclosures required under HOEPA are
redundant and unnecessary, and that
determining HOEPA coverage is
difficult. They suggested using only the
rate spread test, and not the fee test.
Other suggestions included:
• Using the same rate spread test as
for the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act
(HMDA) disclosures.
• Making the HOEPA period for
providing disclosures (three business
days prior to consummation of the
mortgage transaction) coincide with the
TILA rescission period.
• Excluding credit life insurance
premiums from the fee test for HOEPA
coverage.
In support of the last suggestion,
commenters stated that some consumers
may want credit life insurance, yet
lenders will not provide it so as to avoid
HOEPA coverage. A commenter stated
that the requirement for making HOEPA
disclosures three business days before
closing poses problems for both the
bank and the consumer, because if the
consumer decides at the last minute to
change a term (such as, purchase credit
life insurance and finance the
premium), new disclosures and an
additional three-day waiting period are
required.
Consumer group commenters urged
that because abusive lending continues
to increase, regulators should keep the
HOEPA rules in place.
4. Home Equity Line of Credit Rules.
With regard to the special Regulation Z
rules for home equity lines of credit
(HELOCs), industry commenters
suggested eliminating the requirement
to provide the Board-prescribed home
equity brochure, arguing that the
brochure is unnecessary now that
HELOCs are common and consumers
are familiar with them. Another
industry suggestion was that lenders be
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
allowed a choice as to when to provide
HELOC disclosures: Either at the time of
receipt of the application or within
three days of that date, for consistency
with RESPA’s good faith estimate and
TILA’s early disclosure requirements.
The consumer representatives suggested
that disclosures for HELOCs should be
the same as disclosures for closed-end
mortgage loans.
5. Adjustable-Rate Mortgage
Disclosures. Consumer groups,
commenting on the special applicationstage disclosures for adjustable-rate
mortgage (ARM) loans, stated that the
disclosures should be loan-specific, as
the technology now exists to provide
such information. These commenters
also advocated greater penalties for
lenders that do not comply.
6. Finance Charge and Annual
Percentage Rate Issues. Industry
commenters asserted that it is difficult
to determine which costs must be
included or excluded in calculating the
finance charge and annual percentage
rate (APR), especially with regard to
third-party fees, and that these
calculations should be simplified.
Commenters stated that consumers do
not understand, are confused by, and
are not interested in the APR, and that
disclosure of the interest rate, loan term,
monthly payment, and closing costs
should be sufficient. One commenter
suggested that the tolerances for finance
charge should be increased to reflect
inflation, and perhaps stated as a
percentage of the loan balance. Another
commenter suggested that APRs should
reflect (1) the fact that mortgage loans
are paid off after 7 to 10 years on
average (rather than 30), and (2) the
probability that, for a variable-rate loan,
the initial low rate will rise over time.
7. Credit Card and Other Open-End
Credit Issues. Industry commenters also
addressed the rules for credit cards.
Some institutions asserted that
consumers can use rules for resolving
billing errors to ‘‘game the system,’’
subjecting banks to fraud. These
commenters argued that penalties
should be imposed on consumers who
make frivolous or fraudulent claims.
Other industry commenters suggested
that provisions of Regulation Z
governing credit card disputes should
be made consistent with the rules for
debit cards under Regulation E and the
Electronic Fund Transfer Act. They also
noted that they need more time to
investigate billing errors. Commenters
also suggested that card issuers be
allowed to issue additional credit cards
for an existing account even when the
consumer’s existing credit card is not
replaced or renewed.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Consumer representatives suggested
that open-end credit account disclosures
be revised to illustrate the effect of
making only the minimum payments.
They suggested that the disclosure
tables provided with credit card
solicitations and applications (the
‘‘Schumer box’’) also be provided with
account-opening disclosures. They also
suggested that consumers be permitted
to provide oral notice of a billing error
(rather than written notice, as under the
current rule).
8. Advertising Rules. Industry
commenters stated that the TILA rules
regarding credit advertising are not
clear, and that it is difficult to determine
what may or must be included in an
advertisement. Commenters also
suggested providing exceptions for radio
and television advertisements, similar to
those under Regulation DD and the
Truth in Savings Act.
9. Miscellaneous. Other industry
comments included:
• Harmonizing the requirements for
closed-end credit disclosures with those
for open-end credit.
• Simplifying Regulation Z
terminology.
• Providing greater flexibility in
Regulation Z restitution requirements.
In addition, a few commenters
opposed the Board’s proposal for a
single standard for ‘‘clear and
conspicuous’’ for Regulations B, E, M, Z,
and DD, arguing that the changes would
cause problems and expenses and that
the existing standards in each regulation
are sufficient.
Other consumer group comments
included:
• Keeping TILA/Regulation Z
requirements intact.
• Adjusting the statutory damage caps
for inflation (which would adjust the
$1,000 cap to $5,350).
• Adjusting the jurisdictional cap
($25,000) for inflation (because many
moderately priced automobile loans are
now exempt).
• Maintaining the tolerance levels for
error without any adjustments because
technology permits lenders to make
increasingly accurate calculations.
• Covering ‘‘bounce protection
programs’’ under Regulation Z, or
prohibit such programs altogether.
C. Home Mortgage Disclosure Act
Regulation C
Regulation C was another subject of
very heavy comment from financial
institutions. Numerous commenters
stated that collecting HMDA-mandated
information was their most burdensome
regulatory requirement. Commenters
also added that compliance costs
millions of dollars for paperwork with
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
no meaningful results. Some
commenters called for the outright
repeal of HMDA or to have its
requirements seriously modified. In
addition, many commenters questioned
the utility of the information collected.
Other general comments received
from industry commenters included:
• Recent amendments to Regulation C
have resulted in a large increase in
burden and cost, without a cost-benefit
analysis of the additional data requested
by consumer activists.
• The original burden-reduction
purpose of the HMDA review was lost,
and Agencies should issue guidance to
the media and public on the proper
interpretation of HMDA data.
• Lending institutions were
concerned that the HMDA data may be
unfairly interpreted; for example,
denials to minority applicants may
appear high if a lender has an aggressive
outreach program that generates many
applications, or is in a rural area with
few minorities.
Consumer group commenters argued
that the recent Regulation C
amendments significantly enhanced
HMDA data collection and will provide
critical information and, thus, should be
given time to take effect. These
commenters contended that insufficient
time has passed to permit fair
consideration of the benefits and
burdens of the changes.
Many comments from both industry
and consumer group commenters were
also received on the following specific
issues concerning Regulation C.
1. Institutions Subject to Regulation.
A major issue for industry commenters
was coverage of depository institutions
under HMDA. Many suggested that the
asset threshold for the exemption
should be increased from its current
level (at the time of the solicitation of
comment) of $33 million, with some
suggesting a coverage threshold of at
least $250 million and others suggesting
$500 million or $1 billion. One
commenter stated that some bank
holding companies maintain a number
of bank charters in order to stay under
the reporting threshold. Others
suggested changing to a coverage test
based on mortgage loan activity, such as
exempting depository institutions with
fewer than 100 loan originations
annually. Another suggestion was to
apply a tiered approach, where only
larger institutions would be required to
collect data on the rate spread, HOEPA
status, and manufactured housing
status. Some industry commenters
stated that it was unfair to cover
depository institutions in rural areas
and that the percentage of the
institution’s loans in the metropolitan
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62073
statistical area should determine
coverage or a population threshold
should be used.
Consumer groups opposed increasing
the threshold for HMDA exemptions,
and supported increased coverage,
including covering lenders with assets
under $33 million and lenders in rural
areas. They asserted that many
‘‘problem lenders’’ are small lenders,
and broader coverage would provide a
better picture of the entire mortgage
market. They also suggested lowering
the thresholds to cover more nondepository lenders (specifically, by
removing the 10 percent threshold, and
lowering the $25 million threshold to
$10 million) to address depository
institutions’ complaints about a level
playing field. Consumer groups also
advocated including all HMDAreportable loans in calculating coverage
under these thresholds.
2. Types of Loans Reported. Industry
commenters asserted that the new
definition of refinancing in Regulation C
is overly broad, and would require
reporting of small business and farm
loan refinancings. Commenters believed
that such loans should not be covered
and would distort HMDA data. Also,
commenters pointed to compliance
difficulties because such loans are
generally not handled in consumer
lending departments (where most
HMDA-reportable loans are handled). In
addition, commenters argued that
reporting of such loans would impose
more burden on the Agencies, which
will have to sort the data to make them
usable. Commenters also asked for
clarification on whether small business
loans that will now be reportable under
HMDA should still be reported under
the Community Reinvestment Act
(CRA). Some commenters suggested that
business-purpose loans generally
(including loans on multifamily and/or
rental property), as well as withdrawn
loan applications, should not be
reportable. On the other hand, other
industry commenters suggested that all
residential or home-equity lending
should be reported, arguing that
determining the underlying loan
purpose is difficult and that this change
would reduce reporting errors.
3. Data Reported. Industry
commenters argued that the volume of
data required is excessive and
burdensome, and that the value of the
data has been overestimated and should
be reconsidered. A few commenters
suggested that unnecessary data fields
be removed and that the focus be on
fields that are truly meaningful or that
regulators use market share to determine
whether a lender is fulfilling its
obligations. Industry commenters also
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62074
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
stated that certain information is
difficult to determine, such as the
definition of refinancing, rate spread
(the difference between APR and a
Treasury-bond-based index), HOEPA
status (whether or not a loan is subject
to HOEPA), and property location
(especially in rural areas). Commenters
asked for a consistent rule for
determining loan amount for both
HELOCs and closed-end home
improvement loans. A few commenters
argued that the definition of ‘‘home
improvement loan’’ is too broad.
Many commenters stated that the
rules for determining HOEPA status and
rate spread are too complex. Suggestions
included revising the HMDA trigger for
reporting the rate spread to be
consistent with the rate trigger used to
determine coverage under HOEPA.
Commenters also stated that reporting
the APR instead of the rate spread
would be simpler, more accurate, and
more meaningful. Several commenters
also suggested that MSAs needed to be
readjusted or redefined for HMDA
purposes.
In addition, some commenters
suggested that the Board reconsider its
recent changes to the categories for race
and ethnicity data. Commenters stated
that determining when to use multiple
categories is difficult when reporting
race and ethnicity data by visual
observation (and noted that asking the
questions may be offensive to
applicants). They asserted that the
government is perpetuating racial
categorizations and suggested that, in
telephone applications, lenders should
be allowed to send the applicants a form
requesting race and ethnicity, rather
than asking for the information during
the telephone conversation. Also, a
commenter suggested that no penalty
should apply if the lender inadvertently
collects the monitoring data in a
situation where such data are not
required.
Consumer groups believed that
institutions should report more data
under HMDA, and that the new items
should include pricing information on
all loans, critical loan terms (such as the
existence of prepayment penalties), and
key underwriting variables (such as,
credit scores, loan-to-value, debt-toincome ratios). They believed
institutions should report property
location, even for rural areas and
metropolitan areas where the institution
does not have offices. They also asserted
that institutions should report
monitoring information for purchased
loans.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
D. Equal Credit Opportunity Act/
Regulation B and Fair Housing Act
Regulation B also received hundreds
of comments from industry commenters.
General comments from industry
commenters included:
• The Agencies should provide more
guidance on fair lending because
settlements in fair lending cases are too
vague to provide guidance.
• The Agencies should work with
lenders to provide them with more
flexibility and choice in complying with
Regulation B.
• The regulation should not apply to
business credit.
Consumer representatives said that
Regulation B should not be streamlined
or weakened.
1. Evidence of Intent to Apply Jointly.
Many industry comments on Regulation
B focused on provisions, adopted by the
Board in a recent regulatory review,
regarding joint applications. Financial
institutions contended that the new
rules regarding how creditors must
evidence the intent of the parties to
apply jointly are problematic,
particularly for business and
agricultural loans, and for telephone
and Internet applications. A commenter
stated that the new rules almost require
all parties and their spouses to come in
to the bank’s office to complete
applications. The commenters also
noted issues with respect to the proper
use of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac
forms (including some conflicting
guidance from different agencies on
whether use of these forms would be
sufficient to show intent to apply
jointly). Some commenters argued that
both borrowers’ signatures on the note
should be sufficient evidence of the
party’s intent to apply jointly, or that
completion of the application form as a
joint application should be sufficient
evidence of such intent. In addition,
some suggested that in business and
farm lending where there is an ongoing
relationship between the borrower and
the lender, providing evidence of intent
to apply jointly at the outset of the
relationship should suffice.
2. Data on Race and Ethnicity. In
regard to Regulation B, some
commenters suggested eliminating the
collection of monitoring information on
the race, ethnicity, and gender of
applicants for loans to purchase or
refinance a principal dwelling.
Commenters stated that, if consumers
do not wish to provide the information,
the lender should not have to guess race
and ethnicity. Commenters also argued
that sufficient information is collected
under HMDA and therefore should not
be separately required under Regulation
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
B. One commenter contended that the
Regulation B data collection
requirement poses problems for banks
not subject to HMDA, because they may
use HMDA loan application forms, yet
the data collection rules under
Regulation B differ from those under
HMDA. Other commenters suggested
that this information should be
collected on all loans (or on all realestate secured loans) or on none.
Consumer representatives also
addressed the collection of monitoring
information. They urged that lenders be
required, or allowed voluntarily, to
collect and report information on the
demographics of small business
borrowers, asserting that lending to
businesses in low- to moderate-income
areas has stagnated.
3. Interaction with the PATRIOT Act.
Commenters also addressed the
interaction between Regulation B and
the PATRIOT Act, such as, the
Regulation B prohibition on obtaining
information on gender and race or
national origin and the PATRIOT Act
requirement to maintain sufficient
information to identify a customer.
Commenters asked for more guidance
on whether or not a copy of the
borrower’s photo identification may be
kept in a loan file, and suggested that
the prohibition against retaining copies
of drivers’ licenses in loan
documentation should be dropped.
4. Adverse Action Notices. Many
commenters criticized the adverse
action notice requirements of Regulation
B, and stated that consumers do not like
receiving adverse action notices.
Commenters argued that lenders need
more flexibility in dealing with loan
applicants (such as, a bank may wish to
offer a customer an alternative to the
loan originally applied for, but this may
trigger an adverse action notice
requirement). A few commenters
suggested that the Agencies redefine the
Regulation B definition of
‘‘application.’’ A complaint in this area
was that it is difficult to know when an
application has been made for purposes
of Regulation B, because the distinction
between an inquiry and an application
is not clearly defined. Commenters
recommended that an easily understood
rule should be developed on when an
adverse action notice is required (such
as, it may be difficult to determine
whether an application is incomplete, or
has been withdrawn). Another comment
was that the number of reasons to
include on the adverse action notice is
a problem. One commenter stated that
the Agencies should better coordinate
the adverse action notice requirements
of Regulation B with those of the Fair
Credit Reporting Act.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
5. Miscellaneous. Other suggested
changes concerning ECOA or Regulation
B included:
• Repealing the ECOA and Fair
Housing Act logo and poster display
requirements.
• Allowing consideration for
ownership of a cell phone when
determining creditworthiness.
• Amending the regulation to clarify
whether the institution must provide
the consumer with information from an
automatic underwriting when used
instead of an appraisal report.
• Abolishing the requirement to
provide a loan applicant with a notice
of the right to receive an appraisal as
unnecessary.
• Relaxing the rules for special
purpose credit programs.
• Easing Regulation B restrictions to
allow the offering of special accounts for
seniors.
• Replacing ECOA, Fair Housing Act,
and other fair lending legislation with a
single antidiscrimination act.
E. Consumer Leasing Act/Regulation M
A few industry commenters addressed
Regulation M issues. Comments
included suggestions that the Agencies
update jurisdictional limits and
statutory damages, and amend
Regulation M to eliminate new
disclosures for month-to-month
renewals of leases, and instead require
disclosures only when a lease is
extended at least 12 months beyond its
original term. This would avoid
covering, for example, a lease extension
while the consumer and lessor work out
terms for a buyout of the vehicle.
Consumer group commenters did not
comment on Regulation M issues.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
F. Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices
(UDAP)/Credit Practices Rule/
Regulation AA and OTS UDAP
Regulation 63
Industry commenters offered a few
suggestions regarding Regulation AA,
including:
• Non-purchase-money, nonpossessory security interests in
household goods should be allowed in
some cases.
• First-lien mortgages should be
exempt from the cosigner notice
requirements (because such loans
involve low risk, and the cosigners in
these transactions are usually aware of
the terms and thus do not need notice).
Regarding UDAP issues more
generally, industry commenters stated
that, if supervisory agencies pursue
enforcement actions in this area, the
63 No comments were received on the OTS UDAP
regulation.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
Agencies should release information
about the actions to provide guidance to
the industry.
Consumer groups commented
generally that current UDAP protections
should not be weakened. They also
argued that current agency UDAP
guidance overemphasizes disclosures
rather than substantive protections
against abuse. Consumer group
commenters suggested that the Agencies
address the following practices in the
UDAP rules:
• Equity stripping (such as, exorbitant
fees, loan flipping, packing and
financing of ancillary products).
• Practices that make borrowers
vulnerable to foreclosure (such as
subprime prepayment penalties, balloon
payments and negative amortization in
subprime loans, and mandatory
arbitration clauses).
• Practices that exploit vulnerable
populations (such as, steering borrowers
toward subprime products targeting
particular ethnic groups, the elderly,
and/or low-to-moderate income persons
and neighborhoods).
Commenters also suggested that the
Agencies address payday lending and
bounce protection under UDAP rules.
Consumer comments on Regulation
AA specifically included the suggestion
that the Board adopt the Federal Trade
Commission’s ‘‘Holder Rule’’ to make it
applicable to banks. (The Holder Rule
requires that a consumer credit sale
contract contain language prominently
stating that any holder of the contract is
subject to any claims and defenses that
the consumer could assert against the
seller of the goods or services that are
the subject of the contract.)
G. Interagency Privacy Rule and
Information Security Guidelines
The majority of these comment letters
addressed the interagency rules, which
are substantively identical, regarding
the privacy of customer information (12
CFR 40, 216, 332, and 573) (Privacy
Rule). Many of the letters were
substantively similar form letters and
some letters were submitted by multiple
individuals associated with a single
depository institution. A few of the
letters also addressed the interagency
guidelines regarding safeguarding of
customer information (12 CFR 30,
Appendix B; 208, Appendix D–2; 364,
Appendix B; 570, Appendix B; and 225,
Appendix F) (501(b) Guidelines), which
also are substantively identical. The
Privacy Rule and 501(b) Guidelines
implement Title V of the GLBA.
The most frequent comment, by far,
on the Privacy Rule was that the annual
notice requirement was unnecessary
because it was confusing for consumers
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62075
and/or unduly burdensome for
depository institutions. Many
commenters suggested alternative
follow-up notice requirements that were
more limited in scope than the present
rule. The most frequently suggested
alternative was that no follow-up notice
should be required unless and until a
depository institution’s policy changes.
Another suggestion was that the
Agencies require annual notices only for
those depository institutions that share
in a manner that triggers the consumer’s
right to opt out.
Many commenters expressed general
concern that the privacy notices are too
detailed and legalistic, which impedes
consumers’ ability to understand such
notices. Some of these commenters
suggested specific alternative
approaches. Some commenters also
suggested that the banking agencies
should develop a model form that
depository institutions could use as a
compliance safe harbor, although
commenters differed on whether use of
such a form should be required or
voluntary.
Some commenters opined that there
should be a uniform national standard
for privacy notices because the federal
rule, when combined with additional
state requirements that vary from state
to state, created compliance difficulties
for depository institutions.
Commenters opined generally that the
501(b) Guidelines were unnecessary
and/or overly burdensome. Some of
these commenters thought that the
flexibility of the Guidelines made it
difficult for depository institutions to
determine what would constitute
compliance and suggested that the
Agencies provide clarification in this
regard. In addition, some commenters
expressed concern that different
examiners held depository institutions
to different compliance standards and
suggested that the Agencies promote
more consistent compliance
examinations.
H. Section 109 of the Interstate Banking
and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994,
Prohibition Against Deposit Production
Offices
Only two comments were received on
the regulations that prohibit a bank from
establishing or acquiring branches
outside of its home state primarily for
the purpose of deposit production
pursuant to section 109. One industry
trade association cited the statute’s
requirement that the Agencies not
impose any additional paperwork
collection or regulatory burden when
enforcing the provision and stated that
the Agencies have complied with the
statute’s intent. Another industry trade
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62076
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
association supported the regulatory
requirements and did not recommend
any regulatory changes but
recommended a statutory change that
would increase the threshold for
measuring compliance. Instead of a
covered bank currently needing to have
a loan-to-deposit ratio in states into
which it branches that equals one-half
(50 percent) of the state bank’s overall
loan-to-deposit ratio, the industry trade
association wants a covered bank to
have a ratio that equals 80 percent of the
state ratio.
I. Electronic Fund Transfer Act/
Regulation E
1. Products Subject to Regulation. An
industry commenter suggested that,
among stored value products,
Regulation E should apply only to
products that have the characteristics of
traditional deposit accounts, and not to
those that do not represent account
ownership at a depository institution
but that instead are designed to be
treated like cash. In contrast, consumer
groups suggested applying Regulation E
to payroll cards (arguing that payroll
cards may be forced on employees, yet
lack protections), and to other stored
value cards. Consumer group
commenters also stated that consumers
are confused by differences in
protection among debit cards, payroll
cards, and other stored-value cards. One
commenter stated that the Electronic
Funds Transfer Act (EFTA) should be
revised to ensure that all consumer
payment mechanisms have the
maximum level of consumer
protections.
2. Error Resolution Rules. A number
of industry commenters addressed the
error resolution rules of Regulation E.
Commenters suggested that the
Agencies make Regulation E rules
consistent with rules of the National
Automated Clearing House Association
(NACHA). For example, under the
NACHA rules the consumer has 60 days
from the date of posting the transaction,
while under Regulation E the consumer
has 60 days after they have been
provided with a periodic statement.
Other suggestions were that the time for
a consumer to give notice of error be
reduced from 60 days to 30 days, and
that the time for the bank to resolve the
error (or provisionally recredit the
consumer’s account) be increased from
10 business days to 20 business days.
Commenters also suggested that the
difference between the time for
institutions to resolve errors under
Regulation E, and the time for
merchants to respond to the institution,
be reduced (to lessen the possibility of
the merchant responding after the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
institution has made a provision credit
final). In addition, commenters asserted
that the bank should not be required to
act unless the consumer puts the error
claim in writing.
A bank stated that its cost per dispute
is approximately $32, and that the
mandated time periods for error
resolution, notice requirements, and
research requirements are very
burdensome. Another commenter called
the error resolution provisions the most
misunderstood in the regulation, and
asked for additional clarification or
examples. Another comment was that
the error resolution procedures are
confusing, since they vary depending
upon whether the transaction in
question occurred in a new account.
Further, according to the comment, the
Regulation E definition of ‘‘new
account’’ does not match the definition
of the term in Regulation CC; the
definitions should be made consistent.
Another commenter asserted that the
bank is prohibited from collecting any
dispute fee from the consumer, even if
it is found after investigation that no
error occurred.
3. Consumer Liability for
Unauthorized Transactions. Industry
commenters criticized the Regulation E
limits on consumer liability for
unauthorized electronic fund transfers
and urged the Agencies to increase the
limits and shorten the timeframes for
consumers to report loss or theft. It was
argued that the existing limits were
appropriate when electronic transfers
were a new technology, but unfair today
when consumers are familiar with the
need to protect their PIN, and where
24/7 access to account information is
available to allow consumers to detect
suspicious activity.
Thus, commenters suggested that the
rules on consumer liability should
incorporate a negligence standard, such
that if the consumer’s negligence leads
to unauthorized transactions, the
consumer’s liability increases.
Commenters urged that in cases in
which the consumer writes the PIN on
the debit card (or keeps the PIN and
card in the same location), or if the
financial institution can otherwise
substantiate consumer negligence, the
consumer’s liability should be increased
to $500. Another commenter
recommended that the consumer’s basic
level of liability, currently $50, be
increased to $250, and that the
consumer be required to report the loss
within five business days from the
bank’s receipt of the first unauthorized
transaction. A commenter suggested
adopting a comparative negligence
standard consistent with check law
under the Uniform Commercial Code.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Another suggestion was that the limits
on consumer liability for unauthorized
electronic fund transfers be adjusted
annually for inflation. Regarding
signature-based debit card transactions,
it was suggested that merchants that
accept such transactions without
verifying the consumer’s signature (or
even in all cases, whether or not the
merchant verifies the signature) should
be held accountable.
A commenter suggested that the same
rules should apply to credit card, ATM,
and debit card transactions, because it is
confusing to consumers as well as bank
employees when different sets of rules
apply depending upon the type of
transaction.
Consumer group commenters
suggested that institutions should not be
permitted to place the burden of proof
on a consumer regarding a claim of an
unauthorized transfer; rather, the
institution should reimburse the
consumer unless the institution can
prove that the transfer was authorized.
4. Automated Teller Machine Fee
Disclosures. An industry commenter
stated that the requirement to provide
notice of an automated teller machine
(ATM) fee both by posting the notice at
the ATM, and by providing the notice
on the ATM screen (or on a paper notice
issued by the ATM), involved useless
duplication.
5. Change in Terms Notices. Many
commenters suggested that the
requirement to give notice of a change
in account terms or conditions should
be changed from 21 days in advance of
the change to 30 days in advance, to
make the notification timeframe
consistent with Regulation DD and
simplify compliance. An alternative
suggested by one commenter was to
conform the Regulation DD time period
to that under Regulation E.
6. Account-Opening Disclosures. A
commenter stated that providing
disclosures simply because the account
could have an electronic transfer is
expensive when many accounts do not
have such activity.
7. Periodic Statements. Commenters
suggested that, in the case of consumers
who have online or telephone access to
monitor their accounts and transactions
daily, the requirement for a monthly or
quarterly periodic account statement is
unnecessary. A commenter contended
that the requirement to provide periodic
statements quarterly for accounts with
electronic access but no activity is
unduly burdensome, and suggested that
the Agencies amend the rule to allow for
semiannual or annual statements in
such cases.
8. Disclosures (generally). A
commenter stated that required EFT
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
disclosures are too lengthy and are
likely not read by consumers.
9. Issuance of Debit Cards. A
commenter generally supported the
Board’s current proposed amendment to
the Regulation E staff commentary that
would clarify that institutions may issue
multiple debit cards as a renewal or
substitute for an existing single card if
the card issuer complies with certain
validation requirements set forth in the
regulation.
10. Telephone Authorization for
Recurring Debits. A commenter
generally supported the Board’s
proposed amendment to the Regulation
E staff commentary that would
withdraw a comment that states that a
tape-recorded telephone conversation
does not constitute written
authorization for purposes of the
requirement that preauthorized
recurring electronic debits to a
consumer’s account be authorized by
the consumer only in writing. However,
the commenter recommended that the
Board specifically confirm that such a
tape-recorded authorization would
satisfy the requirements of the
Electronic Signatures in Global and
National Commerce Act (E-Sign Act)
(and thereby comply with Regulation E),
as opposed to merely withdrawing the
comment and not addressing the
interpretation of the E-Sign Act.
11. Notice of Variable-Amount
Recurring Debits. A commenter
generally supported the Board’s
proposed amendment to the Regulation
E staff commentary that would provide
that a financial institution need not give
a consumer the option of receiving an
advance notice of the amount and
scheduled date of a variable-amount
preauthorized recurring electronic
transfer from the consumer’s account to
another account held by the consumer,
even if the other account is held at
another financial institution.
J. Truth in Savings Act /Regulation DD
A general industry comment was that
compliance with Regulation DD can be
time-consuming and costly, and
therefore many banks have eliminated
various accounts and combined
statements, doing a disservice to
consumers. It was also stated that when
Regulation DD was promulgated, few
consumers had complained about
inability to comparison shop using
simple interest rate information.
1. ‘‘Level Playing Field.’’ A few
commenters suggested that credit
unions should be required to provide
disclosures similar to those of
Regulation DD in order to enable
consumers to make an informed
decision.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
2. Disclosures (generally). A
commenter stated that required Truth in
Savings Act (TISA) disclosures are too
lengthy and are likely not read by
consumers. Another commenter
suggested that the disclosures be
simplified, shortened, and written in a
‘‘plain English’’ format. Another
commenter recommended that
examiners cite only substantive
violations; the commenter stated that
using the term ‘‘Personal Money
Market’’ in the initial disclosure and the
term ‘‘Money Market’’ in the periodic
statement was cited as a violation but
should not have been. Many
commenters asserted that their
customers pay little attention to the
TISA disclosures. These commenters
argued that there is a cost for developing
the programs and procedures to produce
the disclosures, but if consumers are not
paying attention to the disclosures, then
the regulatory requirement is needless.
The commenters recommended that the
banking Agencies conduct a study
involving all interested parties,
including banks, consumers, and
software providers, to determine
whether the TISA disclosures are truly
serving their purpose and to streamline,
simplify, and improve the effectiveness
of the disclosures.
A commenter suggested that the
disclosure requirements be the same for
both paper and electronic forms, to
simplify the regulatory framework and
ease compliance burdens.
A consumer group commented that
the regulation should require TISA
disclosures to be made available on
financial institutions’ Web sites.
3. Change in Terms Notices.
Commenters suggested that the
requirement to provide a notice of
change in terms 30 days in advance of
the effective date of the change be
revised to provide for a shorter period
of advance notice. It was noted that,
when interest rates change, a shorter
period better reflects the changing
market.
4. Renewals of Certificates of Deposit.
A few commenters addressed the
requirement to provide disclosures
before renewals of certificates of deposit
(CDs). One commenter noted that TISA
disclosures are provided at the time of
initial purchase of the CD and argued
that, if the CD will be renewed on the
same terms, no further disclosure
should be required. The comments also
noted that if the terms will change at
renewal, disclosure of the changes
would already have been provided
under the change-in-terms notice
requirements. Another commenter
suggested simplifying the notices by
eliminating the different requirements
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62077
for varying maturities of automatically
renewable CDs, as well as between
automatically renewable CDs and not
automatically renewable CDs (calling for
one standard notice that would include
the date the existing account matures
and a statement that the consumer
should contact the institution to obtain
further information).
5. Advertising Requirements. A
commenter requested clarification that
electronic billboards are included in the
exempt category of ‘‘outdoor media’’
and that voice response units are
included in the exempt category of
‘‘telephone response machines.’’ The
commenter stated that, during
examinations, the media in question are
not consistently treated as exempt from
the advertising requirements. Another
commenter suggested that the Agencies
simplify the advertising rules, especially
for banks that are subject to the Federal
Trade Commission Act that prohibits
unfair and deceptive practices in
advertising.
6. ‘‘Bounce Protection’’ Amendments.
A few commenters addressed the
proposed amendments to Regulation DD
regarding bounce protection programs.
These commenters expressed opposition
to the proposals, in particular those
relating to disclosing aggregated
overdraft fees on periodic statements
and to advertising specific fees and
terms of overdraft services. One of these
commenters stated that the aggregated
fees proposal would be costly to
implement and an unnecessary
disclosure for consumers; and that the
advertising proposal would be difficult
to comply with because there are
numerous and ever-changing reasons
why an institution may refuse to pay an
overdraft (which would have to be
disclosed by institutions promoting
overdraft services). Another of these
commenters recommended that, if the
Board adopts the proposals, the Board
should allow the industry adequate time
to make system and personnel changes
necessary to comply. Another
commenter stated that the costs and
burdens of implementing the new rules,
if adopted, would lead many
community banks to discontinue
offering this product, doing a disservice
to consumers.
7. Record Retention Requirements. A
commenter suggested that institutions
that are examined more frequently than
once every two years be required to
retain records of compliance for one
examination cycle (rather than for two
years, as currently required).
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62078
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
K. Consumer Protection in Sales of
Insurance
A number of industry commenters
addressed the interagency regulations
on consumer protection in insurance
sales, implementing section 47 of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act enacted
as part of the GLBA. Commenters raised
issues related to the disclosure
requirements of the regulations.
Consumer group commenters did not
comment on the regulations on
consumer protection in insurance sales.
1. Types of Insurance and Annuities
Covered by Disclosure Requirements.
One of the suggestions most frequently
expressed by commenters was that the
Agencies should exclude from
disclosure insurance products that do
not involve investment features or
investment risk from the disclosure that
there is investment risk associated with
the product, including possible loss of
value. For example, commenters argued
that fixed-rate annuities guarantee the
return to the policyholder, and that the
Agencies should exclude such annuities
from the investment risk disclosure.
Commenters also focused on the
disclosure that an insurance product is
not a deposit and is not insured by the
FDIC or any other government agency.
They contended that the disclosure
requirement should apply only to
insurance products that are similar to a
deposit product because of the fact that
consumers might confuse such
insurance products with an FDICinsured deposit. They argued that the
disclosure requirement should not
apply to types of insurance such as
credit life, property and casualty, crop,
flood, and term life insurance, where,
because such insurance products are not
similar to a deposit product, there is no
likelihood of confusion. Commenters
suggested that making the disclosure for
insurance products such as credit life
insurance in fact confuses consumers
(rather than alleviates confusion), and
therefore requires institution personnel
to spend time explaining the disclosure
to consumers.
2. Duplicative Disclosure
Requirements. Commenters noted that
credit life insurance is subject to a
disclosure requirement under section 47
of the FDIA—the fact that the institution
may not condition an extension of credit
upon the purchase of an insurance
product or annuity from the
institution—and also to a similar
disclosure provision under the Truth in
Lending Act. The former disclosure is
made at application and the latter at
loan closing. Commenters suggested that
a single disclosure at loan closing
should be sufficient. Commenters also
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
stated that some state laws require
similar disclosures. One commenter
asserted that, therefore, a consumer in
such a state must sign four times to
purchase credit insurance (twice for
federal disclosures, once for the state
disclosure, and once on the insurance
company’s form). Commenters argued
that consumers are confused by the
multiplicity of disclosures that have no
real meaning for the average consumer.
3. Procedures for Providing
Disclosures. Commenters addressed the
fact that the regulations require the
disclosures both orally and in writing,
and suggested that a single method
should suffice (for example, written
disclosures should be sufficient, except
for telephone sales, in which case oral
disclosures should be sufficient).
Commenters also noted the requirement
to obtain the consumer’s written
acknowledgment that they received
disclosures arguing it is burdensome
and unnecessary. One commenter also
suggested that an oral acknowledgment
should suffice in the case of a telephone
sale (the regulations, in that
circumstance, require that the
institution both obtain an oral
acknowledgment on the telephone, and
make reasonable efforts to obtain a
written acknowledgment).
L. Advertisement of Membership
(Deposit Insurance)—12 CFR Part 328
Several comments were received. Two
commenters had no recommendations
for changes. One of these commenters,
an industry trade association, noted it
had received few questions or
complaints about part 328 since it was
revised in 1989. The second commenter,
also an industry trade association, said
banks generally do not find the
regulation burdensome as long as it is
reasonably interpreted and not strictly
construed—such as, allowing banks to
take deposits at a customer service desk
or a branch manager’s desk without
having to display the official bank sign.
Some commenters recommended
changing part 328. One commenter
favored simplifying the exceptions to
the official advertising statement
requirement to say that it applies only
when advertising deposits. Another
commenter recommended eliminating
the exception to official advertising
statement requirement for radio and
television ads that do not exceed 30
seconds. Several commenters from an
industry trade association questioned
the need for the official sign, and one
commenter of that industry trade
association thought requiring the official
advertising statement on bank
merchandise was excessive. One
commenter thought that not every teller
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
window required an official sign, saying
that posting the official sign on the front
door or in the lobby should be
sufficient. Finally, one commenter
asked for clarification when the official
advertising statement is required, saying
that the FDIC should not require the
official advertising statement on
promotional items.
M. Deposit Insurance Coverage—12 CFR
Part 330
One commenter suggested simplifying
the rules for the various types of
accounts, particularly when combining
accounts to maximize coverage limits.
Commenters noted the difficulty in
explaining the rules to customers. A
number of commenters mentioned that
the EDIE educational program was very
helpful and some commenters asked
that it be sent to every financial
institution and branch location to assist
employees in responding to customer
questions. Most commenters also
suggested raising, or not lowering, the
deposit insurance limits. Some
commenters who favored raising the
limit suggested the limits be indexed for
inflation. In addition, commenters
suggested the following:
• Merge the BIF and SAIF.
• Assess growth related premiums on
rapidly growing institutions, but not
small de novo institutions.
• Give FDIC the flexibility to manage
the insurance fund and spread
recapitalization over a reasonable
period.
Commenters also suggested that a
rebate system be established, that the
need to ‘‘structure’’ deposits be
eliminated, and that assessment forms
are unnecessary.
N. Deposit Insurance Regulations
Many other commenters supported
legislation that would merge the BIF
and SAIF fund and allow every
institution that benefits from deposit
insurance to pay something when they
enter the system. The commenters
suggested that the Agencies factor into
the risk-based assessment other factors
such as, number of interstate locations,
types of products offered, and exam
ratings. Another commenter suggested
that new entities that open with FDIC
coverage, such as American Express, but
have not paid into the fund, should pay
a substantial fee.
One commenter felt the purpose of
the fees, to prevent dilution of the SAIF
and to ensure payment of FICO bonds,
no longer exists so the fees are moot.
One commenter stated that deposit
insurance coverage rules need
simplifying and streamlining. The same
commenter additionally recommended
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
that FDIC distribute information to
every branch office of every bank and
otherwise disseminate tools more
broadly so that consumers understand
how to expand coverage.
O. Notification of Changes of Insured
Status—12 CFR Part 307
The one commenter, a trade
association, stated that no bank or
savings association has ever raised a
regulatory burden concern about the
requirements and therefore, the
commenter had no recommendations for
change.
P. OTS Advertising Regulation and
Tying Restriction Exception
There were no comments on either
OTS regulation. (12 CFR 563.27 and 12
CFR 563.33)
III. Federal Register Release No. 4—
Anti-Money Laundering, Safety and
Soundness and Securities Regulations
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
A. Anti-Money Laundering
1. Bank Secrecy Act and Money
Laundering. The Agencies received over
125 comments discussing various issues
pertaining to compliance with the BSA
and other AML legal requirements. In
addition to the written comments
received, issues associated with BSA
compliance ranked among the most
burdensome requirements identified by
bankers during the nationwide outreach
meetings that the federal banking
agencies conducted during the EGRPRA
process. Whether in written comments
submitted in response to the Federal
Register notice, or in oral comments
delivered at the outreach meetings,
bankers expressed deep concern over
the costs in time, money, and staffing
associated with complying with the
BSA and, particularly, whether such
efforts are useful and cost effective.
a. Currency Transaction Report
Thresholds. In comments submitted to
the Federal Register, as well as in the
various Bankers Outreach Meetings,
commenters were unanimous in
supporting changes to the currency
transaction report (CTR) requirements.
With the exception of one commenter,
all were unanimous that the current
threshold of $10,000 for filing CTRs
needs to be increased. The suggested
numbers for a new threshold ranged
from $15,000 to $50,000, with most
commenters urging a new threshold of
$20,000 or $25,000. The reasons given
for the need to increase the threshold
varied among the commenters. A
number of commenters noted that the
$10,000 threshold had been established
over three decades ago and that there
was a need to adjust the threshold for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
inflation. A majority of the commenters
discussed how burdensome the CTR
requirements were, both because of the
low reporting threshold and because of
the belief that law enforcement did
little, if anything, with the CTRs that
banks file. One commenter noted that
the low threshold ‘‘clutters the system’’
with CTRs that do not have enough
value to justify the cost of filing, data
entry, storage and retrieval. Raising the
threshold, some commenters believed,
would be more efficient for both law
enforcement and the banks. A couple of
commenters suggested reviewing/
adjusting thresholds annually to allow
for inflation, and to enable government
to make changes based on resources and
law enforcement needs.
One commenter suggested that
lowering the CTR threshold to $5,000
would reduce duplicative paperwork
burden. This commenter contended that
lowering the threshold would avoid
double filing of paperwork, because
banks must file CTRs on aggregated
transactions that meet the threshold of
$10,000 and SARs on the individual
deposits making up the total. The
commenter asserted that most SARs are
required to be filed because a customer
has structured deposits that trigger the
$10,000 threshold and, if the threshold
is lowered to $5,000, the commenter
suggested that only a CTR would be
required for these same transactions.
Another commenter took a different
view and noted that excessive SARs for
‘‘structured’’ transactions are being
required because the current $10,000
threshold is too low. This commenter
suggested raising the CTR threshold to
$25,000.
One commenter noted that
exemptions from CTR reporting are too
complicated and it is easier for a bank
to file a CTR than undertake the
determination that a customer qualifies
for an exemption. The commenter
recommended that the federal banking
agencies tell FinCEN that CTR
exemption rules need to be amended to
allow exemption designations for all
non-listed businesses other than
businesses designated by FinCEN as
increased risk, without regard to
transaction history, and exemptions
should be done through a one-time
filing.
Another commenter proposed
eliminating the one-year CTR exemption
waiting period. This commenter stated
that since the PATRIOT Act already
requires upfront information to enable
institutions to identify customers, it is
duplicative and burdensome to not
allow CTR exemptions until a year has
passed. On a related note, another
commenter said that it would be better
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62079
for there to be no CTR reporting until a
customer was deemed suspicious by the
depository institution, or until the
government told the institution to begin
such reporting. Yet, another commenter
suggested eliminating the annual
recertification requirement for exempt
customers. Another commenter stated
that it had not made use of a so-called
Phase II exemption due to the time and
personnel needed to monitor and
document activity over a 12-month
period to ensure that customers qualify
for the exemption. This commenter said
that the only requirement should be to
eliminate the exemption when a
customer’s attributes no longer qualify
for the exemption. Three commenters
said that the biennial filing of exempt
accounts is unnecessary because banks
review the exemptions annually.
Another commenter proposed that the
period for establishing a relationship for
purposes of an exemption be reduced
from 12 months to 3 to 6 months.
One commenter suggested replacing
daily CTRs with monthly cash
transaction reporting. The commenter
suggested that a report for any customer
with cash transactions of over $50,000
would help government focus on the
riskiest customers. Another suggested
statutory changes to eliminate the CTR
form. The commenter suggested that the
form is difficult to fill out and that it
would be easier for banks to give
monthly reports of all deposit accounts
that had aggregate cash in/cash out of
$10,000 for the month containing
account name, account number,
taxpayer ID number, account address,
and total cash in and cash out. This
approach, said the commenter, would
eliminate ‘‘thousands of hours’’ spent
preparing individual CTRs for everyday
deposits/withdrawals. It would also
eliminate the need to file SARs for
amounts just under $10,000.
One commenter noted that the
exemption system for CTRs does not
work well for community banks,
because it is not cost effective for small
institutions that do not file a lot of CTRs
and fear regulatory action if the
exemption is used incorrectly. The
commenter recommended that the
agencies work with FinCEN to allow
institutions to more quickly exempt
business customers. Another commenter
urged easing exemption requirements
for existing customers as a way of
reducing burden on banks.
b. Suspicious Activity Reports. SARs
were the subject of much of the same
criticism that CTRs received—
commenters suggested they are
burdensome, are not followed up on,
and are not cost effective. Many
commenters stressed the need for
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62080
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
clearer, more consistent SAR guidance.
One commenter urged the banking
agencies to create a consistent policy on
SARs together with FinCEN and DOJ.
Another commenter suggested that
further guidance is needed. The
commenter asked how far back does one
need to research the account once
suspicious activity is found; the
commenter suggested 1 to 3 months.
Another commenter said ‘‘we need an
FBI agent on staff to interpret SAR
rules.’’ Several commenters noted how
time consuming it could be for a
financial institution to file a SAR. One
commenter noted that the FBI
investigated only one SAR filed by the
bank and then did not pursue it, adding
‘‘it seems there needs to be a loss to the
bank of 100K before the FBI will
investigate.’’
Another commenter noted (see above)
that the current $10,000 threshold for
CTRs leads to SARs being filed for
structured transactions just under that
amount; these SARs constitute,
according to the commenter, almost 50
percent of all the SARs filed and drive
up the costs of the system that stores/
processes all the data.
Many commenters noted that the
increased volume of SARs is degrading
their effectiveness. Commenters
suggested that agencies should work
with FinCEN to provide detailed
guidance on when SARs should be filed
and what documentation banks need to
maintain. One commenter noted that
banks currently need to ‘‘over comply’’
with SARs requirements and that there
is no consistency from agency to agency.
Several commenters contended that
little or nothing is done with SARs once
they are submitted.
Several commenters suggested raising
the threshold for filing SARs, with one
commenter stating that the threshold
amount should be raised to $100,000.
Another commenter suggested that the
threshold be tied to inflation. In the case
of SARs, the threshold should be
$10,000 when a suspect is known and
$50,000 when no suspect has been
identified. Another commenter
suggested that the threshold for ‘‘money
laundering SARs’’ be raised from $5,000
to a higher amount.
Many commenters said that unclear
requirements from the agencies
regarding SARs have led them to file socalled ‘‘defensive SARs.’’ One
commenter noted that banks do this to
protect themselves against examiner
criticism. Moreover, a commenter noted
SAR filings make CTR filings
redundant.
One commenter noted that it does not
make sense that a person identified as
a money launderer can move from bank
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
to bank. The commenter recommended
developing a ‘‘watch list’’ of such
individuals.
One commenter said that clearer
guidance is needed on when filing is
necessary. Specifically, the commenter
suggested eliminating the requirement
that a bank must file a SAR every 90
days after the first SAR is filed. Another
commenter noted that the beginning of
the 30-day period for SAR reporting is
unclear and that banks should be given
ample time to examine the activity or
maintain a process for the investigation
of facts; the 30-day period should begin
with a bank determination that
suspicious activity has occurred and
that a SAR is needed.
c. Customer Identification Program.
Many commenters noted the burden
that the customer identification program
(CIP) currently imposes on banks, and
the inconvenience that it creates for
long-time customers. One commenter
noted that ‘‘in our town, we gawk when
strangers come in.’’ This commenter
suggested a BSA exemption for banks
under $100 million in assets in
communities with a population of less
than 25,000.
Another commenter suggested that
the current definition of ‘‘established
customer’’ be amended to make clear
that it is a customer from whom the
bank has already obtained the
information required by 31 CFR
103.121(b)(2)(i). In addition, this
commenter suggested amending existing
31 CFR 103.29 to replace references to
‘‘deposit account holder’’ and ‘‘person
who has a deposit account’’ with
‘‘established customer.’’ The result
would be definitions of ‘‘customer’’ as
defined in CIP regulations and
‘‘established customer’’ (one whose
basic information has been obtained).
One commenter noted that the
frequently asked questions (FAQs)
developed for CIPs were helpful.
Additional questions and answers
should be developed as the need arises.
This commenter also indicated that
FAQs directed at community banks
would be helpful as well. Another
commenter stated that current
regulations fail to distinguish between
relationships with individual versus
institutional customers. The commenter
suggested creating distinctions between
such customers.
Three commenters suggested adding
more clarification about what types of
identification are acceptable. Another
commenter made the same point but
added that the confusion relates in
particular to customers like the Amish
and the extent of identification needed.
The commenter noted that community
banks have had to close accounts and
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
not open new ones because of
identification issues. The commenter
indicated this has impacted elderly and
foreign customers in particular and has
given rise to an underground network of
financial services.
One commenter said that the
definition of ‘‘non-U.S. persons’’ under
the CIP should be limited to foreign
citizens who are not U.S. resident
aliens. The current definition, according
to the commenter, is too broad and
makes providing services to immigrant
markets very problematic. The
commenter added that the burden of
verifying customer information is
greater than any benefit.
One commenter noted that some BSA
requirements are duplicative.
Specifically, the commenter pointed out
that BSA requirements for
recordkeeping with respect to signature
authority duplicates PATRIOT Act CIP
requirements. The commenter noted
that 31 CFR 103.34 (b)(1) requires that
the bank retain each signature card for
deposit or share accounts and notations
of specific identifying information while
section 103.121(b)(2)(ii) requires similar
identity verification and documentation.
It would make sense to eliminate
section 103.34(b)(1) in light of the
overlap. The commenter pointed out
other redundancies, this one between 31
CFR 103.34(b)(11) (requiring a record of
each name, address and taxpayer
identification number for purchasers of
certificates of deposit (CDs)) and 31 CFR
103.121(b)(2)(i) (requiring the name,
date of birth, address, and identification
number of each customer). Although
section 103.34(b)(11) also requires
additional records related to the CD
issued, according to the commenter, the
identifying information of the customer
is redundant and should be deleted.
One commenter recommended
requiring business type/occupation
documentation at the time of account
opening. According to the commenter,
this information already is included in
CTRs but not for CIPs. The commenter
suggested that having this information
available up front would enable the
government to narrow searches and
focus efforts on particular types of
businesses or occupations.
One commenter suggested that the
Department of the Treasury should
review the requirement to obtain and
perform verification of a business’
Employer Identification Number (EIN)
as part of the CIP. The commenter
proposed that the Department of the
Treasury enable financial institutions to
obtain and verify a government-issued
identification instead of the EIN. The
commenter further proposed that the
Department of the Treasury review the
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
requirement to obtain a physical street
address for all applicants under the CIP.
The commenter noted many customers
use postboxes to protect their privacy
but the post office nevertheless registers
it as a physical address. Finally, this
commenter suggested eliminating the
record retention requirement imposed
by the CIP. The commenter argued that
the need to maintain name, physical
address, date of birth and taxpayer
identification number on the account for
five years after the account is closed
creates a significant burden for financial
institutions. The commenter proposed
that the Department of the Treasury
consolidate the record retention
requirements in the CIP and require that
financial institutions maintain the
information for five years from the date
that the account is opened. Another
commenter suggested that records be
maintained no more than two years after
an account is closed.
Another commenter said that it
understood the importance of the CIP
but suggested that the renewal
requirement for the reliance safe harbor
be eliminated. The safe harbor should
authorize reliance on an affiliated
financial institution without regard to
documenting a formal reliance
certificate. Yet another commenter
questioned whether the current
exception for existing customers
provides much relief and asked what
constitutes ‘‘reasonable belief’’ that the
financial institution knows the identity
of the customer.
One commenter suggested
clarification on the discrepancies that
exist between the requirement to
maintain sufficient information to
identify a customer under section 326 of
the PATRIOT Act and Regulation B’s
prohibition on maintaining information
on the gender/race of a borrower.
2. Increased Regulatory Burden. There
was broad consensus among the
commenters that the agencies’
regulatory policy with regard to BSA
and the PATRIOT Act needs to be
clarified. Many commenters expressed
their concern about the perceived
‘‘raising of the bar’’ concerning BSA
programs and policies. Many of these
commenters noted that the perception of
raising the bar causes banks to file
reports in cases where it should not be
necessary. Two commenters pointed out
what they called the ‘‘disconnect’’
between what agency officials are saying
about BSA policy in Washington versus
what examiners are saying. A
commenter asserted that examiners
should be looking to help, not punish,
bankers seeking to comply with BSA.
One commenter suggested that there be
regional committees made up of bankers
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
and regulators to formulate effective
means to monitor BSA. Another
commenter noted that the level of
documentation required under AML
regulations is too burdensome. This
commenter noted that the level of
documentation required for small
accounts that occasionally cash checks
is time consuming. Another commenter
proposed, in light of complicated BSA
compliance, that there be an agency
person located in the bank full time,
rather than getting after-the-fact
interpretations. Another commenter
noted the growing responsibility being
placed on banks without sufficient
support from the agencies. On a related
matter, a number of commenters noted
that agency interpretations of BSA
requirements are ‘‘unpredictable,’’ with
four commenters noting that the
agencies seem to issue different
interpretations, making compliance
difficult.
One commenter noted that regulations
are created with little direction on how
to comply, and with too little time
between the final rule and
implementation. In the view of this
commenter, three to six months is not
sufficient, seeing that customers need to
be notified, disclosures need to be
rewritten, and forms changed.
Moreover, state laws (especially BSA
and privacy) conflict with federal laws
too frequently. This commenter
suggested keeping state and federal
regulations consistent, reduce record
keeping requirements to match exam
periods, raise the threshold for
reporting, increase the time between a
final rule and implementation, provide
definitive answers, provide better
guidance, and provide a tax credit equal
to the cost of regulatory burden.
One commenter noted that, since
1999, the banking industry has had to
manage the implementation of new
rules or changes to old rules roughly
every 1.5 weeks, with BSA rules
constituting a significant part of the
burden. One commenter called for
specific guidance from regulators
regarding the identification of high-risk
customers. The same commenter
suggested that the agencies issue clear
guidance with respect to what is needed
in the narrative section of SARs. Some
commenters suggested that the agencies
try to issue uniform guidance—one
specifically called for all BSA
regulations being joint regulations. One
commenter pointed to the 2005
interagency guidelines issued for Money
Service Business accounts as the type of
joint guidance for which agencies
should be striving.
a. Money Services Businesses.
Regulatory requirements on this issue
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62081
drew a lot of criticism, with many
commenters calling for a reduction in
the due diligence requirements with
respect to Money Services Businesses
(MSBs). One commenter noted that
banks have become the ‘‘unofficial
regulator’’ of MSBs. The commenter
noted that many banks have been forced
to close such accounts and that
examiners are giving the message that
they do not like to see banks working
with such businesses. The commenter
said that the reporting burden should be
on the MSBs, rather than on the banks.
One commenter noted that it is not a
bank’s responsibility to determine if an
MSB has registered with FinCEN. One
commenter proposed that the threshold
for the check casher category be
expanded to reduce burden on
independent grocery stores, especially
those with limited check cashing
services as an adjunct to their business;
such stores, the commenter said, should
not need a full compliance program but
rather should just have to comply with
CTR and SAR reporting. Another
commenter made a similar
observation—that large commercial
check cashers and payday lenders may
pose a risk that smaller ‘‘mom and pop’’
shops do not. Another commenter said
that the type of account monitoring that
is necessary and expectations of
examiners need to be clearly defined.
Commenters noted the need for
regulations setting forth in a clear
manner what is considered high- versus
low-risk MSB activity. One commenter
noted that the cost of monitoring money
service businesses is ‘‘prohibitive.’’
Moreover, noted this commenter,
discontinuing business with such
businesses ultimately hurts the wider
community. One commenter said that
examiners need to have a better
understanding of existing guidance on
MSBs. One commenter contended that
bank responsibility for monitoring such
businesses is creating a new class of
unbanked businesses, with banks
having to close such accounts because
the regulatory risks and costs are too
high. If banks are to accept such
accounts again, the agencies need to
reduce regulatory requirements.
Another commenter suggested that the
emphasis should be on wire transfer
departments, and not on small
businesses; the commenter added that if
MSB work is so important, the
government should do it directly, rather
than through the banks.
One commenter suggested that a
clearer definition of ‘‘check casher’’ is
needed. Currently, a person becomes a
check casher for cashing checks in
excess of $1,000 per day. The
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62082
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
commenter noted that, on occasion, a
business inadvertently exceeds the
limit, and questioned whether such a
business would be deemed a MSB
forever. The commenter suggested that
businesses be able to file a statement
saying that exceeding the limit was
inadvertent and would not happen
again. Likewise, the definition of check
casher needs to be revised so that an
employer who cashes employees’
paychecks is not considered a check
casher under the regulations.
One commenter noted that MSBs play
an important role in providing services
to persons who may not have traditional
banking relationships. The commenter
said that banks need regulators’ help to
recognize unidentified MSBs. Another
commenter asserted that recent
guidelines do not provide sufficient
relief of costs, burden, and exposure
stemming from continued business with
MSBs and that the institution is closing
out many such accounts.
One commenter asked whether
private ATM owners are considered
MSBs under existing regulations and
urged that the matter be clarified.
Another commenter said that businesses
should be notified by the state when
they apply/renew business licenses that
they may qualify as an MSB if they meet
certain criteria.
b. Correspondent Accounts/Shell
Banks. Commenters’ comments
included:
• The safe harbor requires
certification to open an account and
recertification every three years. The
recertification process is costly and
burdensome and banks are duplicating
this effort.
• FinCEN should maintain a central
depository where foreign banks could
submit their certification and U.S. banks
could access it directly through FinCEN.
• The recertification requirement for
shell banks should be eliminated or,
alternatively, the period for
recertifications should be extended to
five years. Additionally, the shell bank
certification process is burdensome and
time consuming and getting
recertifications from existing customers
is very burdensome. The definition of
correspondent account should be
clarified, because the current definition
is extremely broad and covers virtually
every relationship that is, or could be
expected to be, ongoing.
• Banks and broker-dealers spend
millions to comply with requirements
that they obtain ownership and other
information from each foreign bank with
which they do business and to confirm
that the foreign bank has a physical
presence in a jurisdiction. There is no
evidence that this helps detect terrorist
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
financing or money laundering.
Agencies should review the need to
continue these practices and adjust the
regulations accordingly.
• The costs/burden/regulatory risk
associated with foreign correspondent
banking had led it to terminate four out
of five relationships that it had with
foreign correspondent banks. Increased
due diligence requirements have turned
the bank into a de facto regulator of
foreign institutions. The loss of trade
financing, payment transfers, etc. could
have a negative impact on the economy.
• Correspondent banking
relationships are being reduced or
eliminated because of BSA demands,
yet these relationships are at the height
of many banking relationships and the
banks in question know their Latin
American correspondent institutions
well.
c. Sales of Monetary Instruments.
Commenters proposed that record
retention requirements for selling
monetary instruments between $3000
and $10,000 in currency be revised so
that only banks that engage in such
transactions with persons who are not
‘‘established customers’’ would have to
comply with the record keeping
requirements.
d. Office of Foreign Assets Control
Compliance. Commenters proposed that
there be a bank safe harbor for Office of
Foreign Assets Control (OFAC)
compliance. They also requested
clarification of institutions’ obligations
regarding automated clearing house
transactions and about how often they
should check their customer base
against the OFAC list.
e. Politically Exposed Persons.
Commenters indicated that the
Department of the Treasury should
provide a more detailed definition of the
term ‘‘Politically Exposed Person,’’ or
PEP. They noted that the PATRIOT Act
requires enhanced scrutiny of private
banking accounts of current and former
senior foreign political figures, thereby
requiring financial institutions to
identify such individuals but also their
family, businesses, close associates, and
others. The commenters stated that it
was not possible for banks to undertake
such detailed investigations, that the
Department of the Treasury should
provide a definition of ‘‘senior foreign
political figures,’’ and what constitutes
a relationship in terms of these
requirements. Another commenter said
that examiners had indicated that
enhanced scrutiny is applied to any
account/transaction involving PEP,
regardless of risk, and recommends
clarifying whether the same level of
monitoring is expected for PEPs
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
associated with low-risk lines of
businesses and products.
Finally, commenters indicated that
there are no definitive sources for banks
to consult regarding accounts of senior
foreign political figures/their families/
close associates. Moreover, once
someone is deemed a PEP, the
regulations do not provide a way to
change the designation.
B. Safety and Soundness
1. Corporate Practices. Some
commenters recommended that all the
Agencies review their operations in the
following areas:
• Conduct a study of exam reports to
evaluate whether examiners are
appropriately distinguishing
management from board obligations in
their exam findings, conclusions, and
recommendations.
• Review existing regulations that
examiners rely on to support their
prescriptions that directors undertake
more managerial-type responsibilities.
• Incorporate additional detailed
guidance in examiner training on
distinct and different roles of bank
management and the board.
2. Appraisal Standards for Federally
Related Transactions. Most comments
focused on the threshold to obtain an
appraisal stating that the $250,000
threshold, which has been the same
since implementation of the regulation
in the early 1990s, is out of date and
burdensome. One commenter remarked
that in 1992, the government-sponsored
entity conforming loan limit was
$202,300, and now it stands at $333,701
(at the time of the comment), yet the de
minimus amount for the appraisal rule
is still $250,000. Some suggested that
the threshold be raised from $250,000 to
$500,000. Others suggested raising the
threshold to a higher level to account for
inflation and increased cost of housing,
land, and real estate in general.
Other comments questioned the
necessity to require an appraisal by a
licensed or certified real estate
appraiser. One commenter indicated
that bank staff can do an adequate job
of assessing property valuation. Another
commenter indicated that a banker
should be able to use the County
Assessor’s value on loans up to
$500,000 without requiring a formal
appraisal. Another commenter
suggested that assessed values should be
permitted as acceptable valuation for
some loans since assessed values
typically are more conservative than
full-market-value appraisals. One
banker indicated that it cost $30 to do
an appraisal via the Internet (using
databases) and $250 to hire an appraiser
to visit the property. Yet, in his
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
experience, the Internet information was
just as reliable. Another questioned the
need for appraisals when the
transactions are between a bank and a
governmental sponsored entity. Some
felt that appraisal standards are too
stringent for residential transactions that
are sold into the secondary market,
particularly given the market discipline
imposed by such transactions.
3. Frequency of Safety and Soundness
Examinations. Some commenters stated
that on-site examinations are a
tremendous time commitment and
result in significant disruption to the
bank and suggested the Agencies should
use a risk-based approach when
determining examination frequency that
results in less frequent on-site
examinations for well-managed, wellcapitalized institutions. Commenters
believed that regulators could satisfy the
annual examination requirement with a
less burdensome, off-site examination
process that uses information already
supplied through existing reporting
requirements. Other commenters
suggested lengthening the examination
cycle to 18 to 24 months for banks that
have historically exhibited sound
banking practices. Commenters
recommended that the various
regulatory bodies review interim data,
conduct informal management reviews,
and use discretion to expedite a review
cycle when there is more than average
risk.
4. Lending Limits. One commenter
remarked that the lending limit for
national banks is 15 percent of capital
and surplus, while Kansas’s statechartered banks have enjoyed a general
lending limit of 25 percent of capital
and surplus for almost eight years.
Many of their national bank competitors
would like to see the federal law
changed for national banks as well.
Another commenter recommended that
lending limits be revised upward to
state law permissible lending limits.
Several commenters remarked that
Regulation O limits on inadvertent
overdrafts should be increased from the
current level of $1,000.
5. Real Estate Lending Standards.
There was no recommendation for
changing the real estate lending
standards regulation; however, there
were a few comments that suggested
modifying the interagency guidelines
that are attached to the regulation. The
commenters remarked that the method
of risk calculation does not
appropriately measure risk of potential
loss. Commenters also stated that the
supervisory loan-to-value guidelines
hamper the ability of small community
banks to compete in the marketplace.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
6. Security Devices and Procedures.
No comments received.
7. Standards for Safety and
Soundness. Commenters stated that the
Agencies’ rules on safeguarding
customer information were unnecessary
in light of community bank practices
and the rules add cost and burden to
their operations. Most commenters
believed the information technology
requirements are excessive compared to
the level of technology available. Some
commenters recommended that the
Agencies provide risk assessment
models to assist in identifying and
quantifying possible threats. Some
commenters stated that overseeing
service providers is burdensome and
that the Agencies should provide a
model form or checklist. Others asserted
that the Agencies should clarify
expectations about information security
requirements regarding non-affiliated
third parties and provide examples on
the types of third parties covered and
not covered by the guidelines. Most
commenters wanted to receive
additional guidance on best practices for
compliance with the guidelines. Some
commenters remarked that examination
practices are too burdensome and need
to be adjusted to the size and
sophistication of each institution.
Others expressed their uncertainty
about examination results after
incurring significant expenses. One
commenter stated that the cost for the
security review alone totaled $2,000.
8. Transactions With Affiliates. The
sole commenter stated that the
requirement to prove affiliate
arrangements are on terms and under
circumstances ‘‘that are substantially
the same as those prevailing at the time
for comparable transactions with or
involving other non-affiliated
companies’’ is extremely burdensome.
The commenter remarked that it is
difficult to find cases in which identical
services are offered by third parties and
stated that while the rule attempts to
provide relief in such cases, in practice,
it offers little relief. The commenter
asserted that 12 U.S.C. 371c–1(a)(1)(b)
permits the institution, in the
alternative, to prove that it, in good
faith, would pay a non-affiliated third
party an equivalent fee for similar
services. However, in order to respond
to an inquiry concerning an institution’s
reliance on a 12 U.S.C. 371c–1(a)(1)(b),
a substantial amount of supporting
documentation on the fees and services
would be necessary to prove that the
fees are not excessive. The commenter
believes that there should be an
exception to the comparable transaction
requirement, or alternatively, a reduced
burden of proof required if both the
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62083
parent and the financial institution
subsidiary are rated as financially
sound, and the bank is CAMELS ‘‘1’’ or
‘‘2’’ rated. If there is minimal risk to the
FDIC insurance fund (as would be the
case for a sound company), the terms of
the affiliate transactions should be
irrelevant. Alternatively, the commenter
suggested that regulators should relieve
institutions of the comparable
transaction requirement if the total fees
paid to the affiliate do not exceed the
amount that could be paid to the
affiliate in dividends.
9. Safety and Soundness—Board
a. Extensions of Credit by Federal
Reserve Banks. No comments received.
b. Limitations on Interbank Liabilities.
No comments received.
10. Safety and Soundness—FDIC
a. Annual Independent Audits and
Reporting Requirements. Several
commenters noted that the exemption
from the external independent audit and
internal control requirements in 12 CFR
part 363 for depository institutions with
less than $500 million in assets was
adequate. Because of consolidation,
together with the application of the
public company auditing standard to
banks, the exemption needs to be
increased to $1 billion to reduce the
burden on smaller institutions.
One commenter recommended
eliminating the current requirement in
part 363 for annual reports by
management and external auditors on
the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting for those insured
depository institutions with $500
million to $1 billion in assets that are
not public companies.
b. Unsafe and Unsound Banking
Practices (standby letters of credit,
brokered deposits). No comments
received.
11. Safety and Soundness—OCC
a. Other Real Estate Owned. No
comments received.
12. Safety and Soundness—OTS
a. Audits of Savings Associations and
Savings Association Holding
Companies. Refer to above comment
under FDIC heading.
b. Financial Management Policies. No
comments received.
c. Lending and Investments—
Additional Safety and Soundness
Limitations. A commenter wrote that
OTS should eliminate the credit
enhancement requirement on mortgage
and home equity loans that exceed a 90
percent loan-to-value (LTV) ratio as it
creates a competitive disadvantage. The
commenter pointed out that the cost of
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62084
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
credit enhancement drives qualified
customers to nonbanking lenders that
do not have such requirements and can
offer lower-cost products. The
commenter remarked that OTS should
eliminate the recordkeeping and
reporting requirements for loans that
exceed certain LTV limits because they
are burdensome and increase overhead
costs, which affects loan pricing. The
commenter explained that the tracking
and reporting requirement is difficult
because the association captures the
information at the account or customer
level, and the regulation requires
comparison of loans across systems, and
aggregation of loans based on collateral.
The commenter further remarked that
OTS could adequately address any
safety and soundness concerns created
by high LTV loans through underwriting
policies that ensure that borrowers have
the capacity to service such loans.
C. Securities
The federal banking agencies received
several comments concerning how the
Agencies can reduce regulatory burden
with respect to securities regulations.
Many of the comments received
addressed perceived regulatory
difficulties associated with complying
with the requirements of the SOX.
1. Regulatory Compliance. One
commenter said that penalties governing
violations of the securities laws need to
be significantly relaxed, adding that
offenders should have to contribute to
the community from which they took
rather than be jailed.
2. Reporting Requirements under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (34
Act). The letters contained several
comments concerning the increased
burden that commenters felt SOX had
imposed on public companies, but
especially for community banks.
Commenters urged the federal banking
agencies to work with the SEC to
minimize the reporting burden for
community banks. These commenters
stated that making institutions that are
not publicly traded and are less than $1
billion in assets comply with
independent audit and independent
audit committee requirements is very
burdensome and that finding outside
professionals to help comply with these
requirements, especially in small
communities, can be impossible. This
commenter noted that it is difficult to
attract and retain outside directors for
audit committees in view of the risks
involved. The threshold should be
raised to $1 billion for compliance with
such requirements.
Some commenters expressed concern
about the cost of section 404 compliance
(internal control reports). They said that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
the effort and expense of additional
certifications, documentation, and
testing requirements are not
commensurate with the operational
risks. One commenter noted in
particular that community banks lack
the internal resources to meet the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board’s
attestation standard. Banks face much
higher consulting costs, and increases in
their auditing fees, as well as legal
compliance costs.
Other commenters noted that the time
spent on section 404 compliance
detracts from other matters, such as
daily operations, long-term
performance, and strategic planning.
One commenter said that section 404
compliance requirements had forced
banks to abandon regular risk audits in
favor of concentrating on section 404
compliance.
Several commenters suggested
following the requirements of the FDIC’s
part 363 instead of having to comply
with section 404. The requirement of a
separate audit of internal controls has
created unnecessary burden; instead, a
thorough review of how management
reaches its conclusions about internal
controls would be as effective, but less
burdensome, than the required audit.
The independent audit, commenters
argued, duplicates work done through a
company’s internal audit function and
senior management. Some commenters
suggested that the FDIC and the other
agencies work with the SEC to explore
how to streamline the audit and
attestation process.
One commenter urged scaling back
the standards to a reasonable level of
inquiry that allows an auditor to opine
on the conclusions reached by
management. In the opinion of the
commenter, there are other protections
in place to safeguard the investing
public and that make the section 404
burdens ‘‘inappropriate.’’ If the SEC
does not extend a full exemption to
depository institutions, they should
revise section 404 to provide for a
partial exemption for those institutions
exempt from the part 363
requirements—either by changing the
regulations or through a change in the
law.
a. Acceleration of Filing Deadlines.
One commenter noted that, since the
passage of SOX, the SEC has accelerated
the filing deadlines for periodic reports
on Forms 10–Q and 10–K, current
reports on Form 8–K, and insider
beneficial ownership reports under
section 16 of the 34 Act. The commenter
noted that smaller public community
banks do not have employees dedicated
solely to filing these reports. The twobusiness-day deadline for section 16
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
reports is especially difficult, because
the reports have to be gathered from
principal shareholders, directors, and
executive officers. The four-businessday filing requirement for Form 8–K
creates difficulties. To ease the burden
on small banks, the SEC should change
the deadline for insured depository
institutions to 10 calendar days for
filing current reports on Form 8–K and
section 16 beneficial ownership reports.
The SEC likewise should freeze
current deadlines for periodic reports
rather than implement the final step in
the acceleration schedule that would
require annual reports to be filed within
60 days and interim reports within 35
days.
b. Thrift Securities Issues. One
commenter said that OTS should move
the requirement in 12 CFR 563.5 that
savings association certificates must
include a statement about the lack of
FDIC insurance to a place where it is
adjacent to relevant material and can be
more easily found. The commenter
specifically suggested moving the
section-to-section 552.6–3, which
discusses the certificates for savings
associations generally. In addition, OTS
should delete the notice requirements in
sections 563g.4(c) and 563g.12, because
it should not be necessary to report the
results of an offering 30 days after the
first sale, every six months during the
offering, and then again 30 days after
the last sale.
One commenter suggested that the
Board, the FDIC, and the OCC conform
their rules to those issued by OTS and
permit quarterly, rather than monthly,
statements be sent for transactions in
cash management sweep accounts. The
commenter noted that most investment
companies provide statements on a
quarterly basis to customers.
c. Confirmation of Securities
Transactions. One commenter suggested
extending the confirmation period so
that it could be given to customers as
late as one to two days after completion
of the transaction. The Agencies should
raise the general exemption from 200 to
at least 500 securities transactions for
customers over a three-year period,
exclusive of government securities
transactions.
d. Recordkeeping/Confirmation of
Securities Transactions. One commenter
suggested revising 12 CFR 12.7(a)(4)
because quarterly reports for personal
securities transactions does not meet the
intended purposes. The commenter
contended that the regulation relies on
employee disclosure of accounts and
requires a great deal of effort for a
process that tracks only those
transactions that the employee chooses
to reveal. The administration of the
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
quarterly process involves tracking
statements, updating quarterly forms,
identifying new employees quarterly to
add to the list, identifying terminated
employees for removal from the list, and
then tracking the return of the forms.
This is a great deal of effort to expend
on a process that tracks only those
transactions that the employee chooses
to reveal. The burden far outweighs the
benefit according to this commenter.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
IV. Federal Register Notice No. 5—
Banking Operations, Directors, Officers
and Employees and Rules of Procedure
A. Banking Operations
1. Funds Availability/Regulation CC.
Many commenters addressed the
provisions of Regulation CC (12 CFR
229) that relate to funds availability.
a. General Comments. Several
commenters provided general views on
Regulation CC as a whole. One
commenter indicated that the
commentary to Regulation CC provides
extremely helpful examples on how to
implement the regulation and suggested
that the Board do a comparable
commentary for its Regulation D.
However, other commenters expressed
concern that Regulation CC is too
complex and difficult, mainly because
of the number of criteria that a bank
must consider to determine the
maximum hold period for a particular
deposit. Another commenter expressed
concern that the complexity of the
regulations increased banks’ legal and
compliance risks. Still others indicated
that the time periods provided in the
availability schedule generally are too
long in light of what they perceived as
faster clearing times permitted by
electronic collection of checks.
Other commenters mentioned that
aside from the need to lengthen hold
periods for official bank checks and
government checks (an issue discussed
below) that the generally applicable
hold periods should remain unchanged.
Some of these commenters argued that
only a small percentage of checks are
being cleared more expeditiously as a
result of the Check 21 Act, and that
there has not yet been the industry-wide
improvement in collection and return
times that would be necessary to
warrant shortening hold periods. Some
of these commenters argued that
shortening hold periods at this time
would increase the fraud-related risks of
banks that do not clear checks
electronically.
b. Comments Relating to Fraud
Associated with Next-Day Availability
Items. The most frequent comment
related to increases in fraud associated
with items for which banks must give
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
next-day funds availability, particularly
official bank checks, postal money
orders, and other items drawn on units
of government. Most commenters that
identified this issue suggested
increasing the generally applicable
maximum hold time for these items to
increase the likelihood that the
depositary bank would learn of the
fraud before it was required to make the
funds deposited by the fraudulent item
available for withdrawal. Some
commenters questioned who benefits
from expedited availability for official
bank checks and government checks
and suggested that permissible hold
periods for those items could be
lengthened without unduly burdening
anyone.
In addition, some commenters
suggested that, at a minimum, the Board
should adopt an interim rule extending
availability for fraud-prone items while
it figured out how to address the
problem permanently. Other
commenters suggested that banks were
placing extended holds on official bank
checks and government checks with the
regulators’ knowledge and tacit
approval, even though doing so violated
the EFA Act and Regulation CC.
Commenters also expressed concern
that the industry, rather than the bank
regulators, was taking the lead to
address the problems associated with
fraud involving next-day availability
items.
According to one commenter,
Treasury checks and USPS money
orders presented the biggest fraud risks
associated with next-day availability
items because the Department of the
Treasury and the USPS, respectively, by
statute have longer periods of time than
do banks to decide whether or not to a
return an item unpaid. The commenter
suggested that new accounts were
particularly vulnerable to fraudulent
Treasury checks and USPS money
orders because banks cannot delay the
availability of the first $5,000 deposited
into a new account by such items and
because the bank has less familiarity
with the depositor. In addition, this
commenter suggested that the
Department of the Treasury and USPS
should lose their right of return if they
did not pay or return an item within
seven days. This commenter also asked
that the Board revise Regulation CC to
provide that an account is new for six
months, as opposed to 30 days in the
existing rule.
Another commenter indicated that,
although many depositary banks that
receive next-day availability items
attempt to verify the validity of those
items, purported issuing institutions are
increasingly reluctant to confirm
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62085
whether they issued a particular check.
This commenter suggested that the
banking agencies should issue guidance
that identifies ways in which banks can
reduce the risk of loss associated with
fraud related to such checks. The
commenter suggested that any such
guidance should request that all
depository institutions cooperate in
addressing this common problem.
Most commenters that addressed the
issue of official bank check and
government check fraud advocated a
regulatory change in response to what
they perceived to be a widespread
problem. However, other commenters
noted that they applied the same
availability policy for all but a few
checks (presumably by giving faster
availability than the law requires for
many items) yet had not experienced
heightened fraud-related problems
because of that practice.
c. Comments on the Scope and
Application of Exception Holds. Several
commenters advocated changes in the
scope of the exception holds that banks
may apply to large check deposits, to
deposits made in new accounts by
official bank checks and government
checks, and to checks that the
depositary banks has reasonable cause
to doubt it cannot collect from the
paying bank. Commenters opined that
these changes would simplify
application of these exception holds and
better protect banks.
Under the large deposit exception, up
to the first $5,000 of an aggregate
deposit by check(s) on a single banking
day is subject to the general availability
schedule but the bank may place an
additional reasonable hold on the
amount exceeding $5,000. Similarly,
under the new account exception, the
bank must make up to $5,000 deposited
to a new account on any one banking
day by official bank check(s) or
government check(s) available according
to the generally applicable availability
schedule but may delay the availability
of the amount exceeding $5,000 until
the ninth business day after deposit.
Two commenters suggested that the
large deposit exception and the largedeposit provision of the new account
exception should allow banks to
withhold the entire amount of the
relevant large-dollar check deposit.
Because the depository bank usually
will not learn whether a check is
fraudulent for several days after the
deposit, these commenters thought that
the requirements to make the first
$5,000 available left banks vulnerable to
fraud, particularly with respect to new
depositors.
Another commenter suggested that
applying the same hold period for the
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62086
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
entire deposit amount also would
reduce customer confusion. In some
cases, a commenter noted, the EFA Act
and Regulation CC allow a bank to place
a longer hold on a large deposit in an
established account than it can place on
a large deposit by official bank check or
government check in a new account.
The commenter questioned the logic of
this result.
Under Regulation CC, a bank can
delay availability of the entire amount
of a check that it reasonably believes is
uncollectible. However, a bank cannot
place an exception hold on a check for
reasonable cause to doubt collectibility
based merely on the fact that a check is
of a particular class. In that regard, some
commenters suggested that banks
should be able to delay availability
based on the class to which a check
belongs. These commenters indicated
that banks were experiencing increasing
losses due to credit card checks as a
class because a paying bank typically
returns a credit card check if charging
the consumer’s credit card for the
amount of the check would exceed the
consumer’s credit limit. They suggested
that banks should be able to delay
availability on the basis that a check is
a credit card check or, alternatively, that
credit card checks should be excluded
from the check definition and exempted
from Regulation CC’s funds availability
provisions on that basis.
d. Comments Relating to Notice
Requirements and Model Notices.
Several comments addressed the notices
that Regulation CC requires. One
commenter suggested that banks should
not be required to provide notice to
depositors of changes that improve
availability times. Another commenter
suggested that the model notice for
exception holds is confusing because it
lists all the reasons and contains check
boxes for each reason. This commenter
encouraged the Board to revise the
exception hold notice to make it more
meaningful to consumers.
e. Comments Relating to Reallocating
Liability for Remotely Created Checks.
Generally, if a paying bank wants to
return a check due to an unauthorized
drawer’s signature, it must do so by
midnight of the next day after it receives
presentment of the check. If it misses
this deadline, the paying bank generally
becomes accountable for the check. One
commenter noted that the Board had
proposed a rule that would amend
Regulation CC to reallocate liability to
the depositary bank when a paying
bank’s customer disputes a check that
was remotely created by someone else.
This commenter urged the Board to
adopt a final rule reallocating liability as
soon as possible and thought that such
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
a rule should apply to checks drawn on
all types of accounts, preempt
inconsistent state laws, include specific
loss recovery procedures for handling
consumer claims concerning remotely
created checks, and provide an effective
date six months from publication. This
commenter stated that remotely created
checks were operationally more
analogous to ACH transactions than to
other checks. On that basis, the
commenter thought that banks should
have a 60-day right of return before
becoming accountable for remotely
created checks and also should have the
ability, when recrediting a consumer for
an unauthorized remotely created
check, to delay availability of the
recredit if the account is new or the
bank suspects fraud (similar to the
exception safeguards applicable to
recredit claims for electronic funds
transfers).
f. Miscellaneous Comments.
Miscellaneous comments included
discussion of the treatment of prepaid
consumer products. A commenter
indicated that prepaid consumer card
products should not be considered
‘‘deposits’’ for purposes of Regulation D
and therefore should not be included as
‘‘accounts’’ that are subject to the
availability provisions of Regulation CC.
Prepaid card products, the commenter
noted, typically are activated and
available for use promptly after the
consumer receives them and that
usually there is little or no delay when
value is added to an existing, activated
card. The commenter further expressed
the concern that application of the
availability provisions of Regulation CC
to prepaid card products would be
complex and costly for banks and likely
would confuse consumers—consumers
who would not experience delays in
access to their funds but nonetheless
would receive funds availability
disclosures.
2. Reserve Requirements/Regulation
D. Many comment letters suggested
changes to Regulation D (Reserve
Requirements of Depository Institutions,
12 CFR 204). The most frequent
suggestions were to remove the
limitations on the number of convenient
withdrawals and transfers per month
that may be made from a savings
deposit, and to allow for-profit entities
to hold interest-bearing NOW account
checking accounts. Other suggestions
included creating a regulatory
commentary, changing reporting
practices, and clarifying existing
regulatory text.
a. Remove Limitations on Savings
Deposit Withdrawals and Transfers.
Several commenters suggested that the
Board eliminate the regulatory
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
restrictions on the number of certain
kinds of transfers and withdrawals that
may be made each month from a savings
deposit. Some commenters suggested
that the Board do away with all
limitations; others suggested that the
Board eliminate the restrictions on
preauthorized or automatic transfers
that may be made from savings deposits
that are linked to transaction accounts
in a ‘‘sweep account’’ arrangement, or at
least increase the number of such
transfers to a higher number, such as 24
per month (i.e., one every business day).
b. Expand Negotiable Order of
Withdrawal (NOW) Account Eligibility.
Three commenters suggested removing
restrictions on eligibility to maintain
NOW accounts so that corporate and
for-profit entities may maintain them.
NOW accounts are interest-bearing
checking accounts. NOW accounts
function like demand deposits.
‘‘Demand deposits,’’ however, are
subject to the Regulation Q prohibition
against payment of interest (see
Regulation Q, infra), while NOW
accounts are not. NOW accounts are
specifically authorized by 12 U.S.C.
1832. Section 1832 limits the types of
depositors that are eligible to hold NOW
accounts to individuals, non-profit
entities, and governmental units.
c. Incorporate Board or Staff
Interpretations and Opinions into
Regulation or Commentary. Several
commenters stated that numerous staff
opinions and interpretations relating to
Regulation D issues, some dating back
many years, are not available on the
Board’s Web site or in the Board’s
regulatory publications. These
commenters suggested that these
opinions and interpretations be
collected and incorporated into an
official or staff commentary to
Regulation D.
d. Miscellaneous Suggestions. Several
other commenters made miscellaneous
suggestions for amendments to
Regulation D. One commenter suggested
including U.S. banks’ foreign branch
deposits in the Regulation D definition
of deposit so that such deposits would
receive deposit priority over other
general obligations of such banks in the
event of bank liquidation. Another
commenter suggested that the Board
should not impose reserve requirements
on the liabilities of subsidiaries of
parent depository institutions when the
parent holds only a recently acquired
and relatively insignificant interest in
the subsidiary.
One commenter stated that Regulation
D and Regulation Q appeared
unnecessarily duplicative of similar
FDIC regulations (for example, 12 CFR
329, Interest on Deposits) and suggested
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
that the Agencies promulgate joint
regulations on these subjects.
In addition, a commenter suggested
clarifying the regulatory text of the
Regulation D definition of savings
deposit, citing the definition’s difficulty
to read and interpret. This commenter
also suggested extending the period of
time over which a depository
institution’s average transaction
accounts should be computed so as to
reduce ‘‘spikes’’ in reserves when
transaction accounts rise suddenly and
also suggested that there should be
reduced regulatory reporting for
depository institutions that regularly
meet reserve requirements by holding
vault cash.
Finally, one commenter suggested
that the Board amend the Regulation D
definition of deposit to exclude all
prepaid card products.
3. Prohibition against Payment of
Interest on Demand Deposits/
Regulation Q. Several commenters
addressed the Board’s Regulation Q
(Prohibition against Payment of Interest
on Demand Deposits, 12 CFR 217). Of
these, the majority suggested that the
Board authorize the payment of interest
on demand deposits or eliminate the
prohibition outright. The other
comments suggested expanding the
eligibility to hold NOW accounts in
order to allow corporations and other
for-profit entities to hold interestbearing checking accounts. One
commenter expressed support for
Regulation Q in its current state and
recommended that it not be repealed.
a. Eliminate Prohibition against
Payment of Interest on Demand
Deposits. Several commenters suggested
that the Board eliminate the prohibition
in Regulation Q against the payment of
interest on demand deposits. One
commenter stated that, if the statutory
prohibition against payment of interest
on demand deposits were repealed, the
Board should allow a two-year phase-in
period during which depository
institutions could offer MMDAs (savings
deposits) with the capacity to make up
to 24 preauthorized or automatic
transfers per month to a linked
transaction account.
4. Reimbursement for Providing
Financial Records/Regulation S. Two
comment letters addressed the
provisions of Regulation S (12 CFR part
219), which relate to a financial
institution’s right to reimbursement for
certain record requests by government
authorities.
One commenter stated that the rule
contained too many exceptions to the
general reimbursement requirement and
suggested that the rule require the
government to always reimburse the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
institution unless the institution itself is
a target of the investigation to which the
request relates. Another commenter
stated that the Board should review and
update the fee schedule for
reimbursements more regularly.
5. Collection of Checks and Other
Items by Board and Funds Transfers
through Fedwire (Regulation J). No
comments received.
6. Assessments. The one commenter,
a state association, polled its members
and submitted the following summary
of the comments it received: Many
members believe the current risk-based
system recognizes the efforts of sound
management and encourages banks to
maintain a high rating. Some members
expressed strong sentiment that the two
insurance funds be merged, and that
every institution that benefits from the
deposit insurance should have to pay
something when they enter the system.
One member suggested that other risk
factors such as the number of interstate
locations, types of products offered, and
exam ratings should be factored into the
risk-based fee assessment.
7. Assessments of Fees upon Entrance
to or Exit from the Bank Insurance Fund
or Savings Association Insurance Fund.
Two comments were received. One
commenter supports legislation that
would merge the BIF and SAIF funds.
The other commenter believes new
entities that open with FDIC coverage,
but have not paid into the fund, should
pay a substantial entry fee.
8. Determination of Economically
Depressed Regions. No comments
received.
B. Directors, Officers, and Employees
1. Regulation O. Generally, most
commenters requested a review of
Regulation O reporting requirements
and quantitative thresholds, because
they view them as overly burdensome
and somewhat ambiguous, with
outdated dollar amounts that need
updating to reflect today’s economy.
One industry recommendation for
relieving some of the burden without
creating more risk to the industry was
to ease lending limits and reporting
requirements for banks with composite
ratings of ‘‘1’’ or ‘‘2’’ and management
ratings of not lower that ‘‘2.’’ Another
recommendation by community banks
was to add a Regulation O summary
chart to capture the limitations on loans
to various types of insiders in an easy
to grasp, comprehensive way, with cross
references to Regulation W. Another
idea was to review Regulation O
interpretive letters issued over the years
and convert them into a commentary
comparable to the Regulation CC
commentary.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62087
2. Management Interlocks. Several
commenters asserted that the
exemptions in the Board’s Regulation L
that would allow otherwise prohibited
persons to serve in a management
position should be drafted in a clearer
manner. Most of these commenters also
noted that the management interlocks
restriction is especially challenging for
small community banks, particularly in
rural areas.
One commenter said that OTS is the
only federal banking agency that takes
the position that the Depository
Institutions Management Interlocks Act
applies to trust-only institutions. The
commenter urged OTS to reevaluate its
position.
3. Board Composition Requirements.
Several commenters requested that OTS
amend its regulation to permit a
majority of directors of a savings
association to be officers or employees
of the association as long as the holding
company owns at least 60 percent of any
class of voting shares of the association.
C. Rules of Procedure
1. Uniform Rules of Practice and
Procedure. One comment was received
from a trade association that noted that
since the Rules of Practice and
Procedure were updated within the past
five years, its members suggested no
significant burden reductions.
The Agencies did not receive any
other comments on the individual
agency rules of procedures.
V. Federal Register Notice No. 6—
Prompt Corrective Action, Capital and
Community Reinvestment Act—Related
Agreements
A. Capital
The Agencies requested EGRPRArelated comments on capital regulations
as part of a broader joint ANPR seeking
comment on proposed risk-based capital
guidelines that was published in the
Federal Register on October 20, 2005.
(See 70 FR 61068, October 20, 2005.)
Few of the comments received
addressed burden reduction per se,
although a number of the comments did
address ways in which capital
regulations, and proposed revisions
thereto, could contribute to, or ease,
financial institutions’ regulatory burden.
Several comments fit into this category.
1. Opt-Out for Highly Capitalized
Banks. Several commenters supported
the Agencies adopting an opt-out
provision as part of a revised Basel I that
would give highly capitalized
community banks the option to
continue using the existing risk-based
capital rules and avoid the regulatory
burden of more complex risk-based
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62088
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
rules. One commenter noted that for
such banks, computing risk-based
capital minimums and ratios using the
Basel IA formula could present
significant regulatory burden without
any corresponding benefit. The same
commenter suggested that the opt-out be
limited to banks with less than $5
billion in assets that have a capital-toasset ratio of 7 percent or higher.
2. Number of Risk-Weight Categories.
Several commenters said that the
revisions to the risk categories should
not add additional categories that would
create undue regulatory burden for
banks.
3. Same Rules for All Institutions.
Two commenters noted, with some
concern, that the banking agencies tend
to develop one size fits all rules,
regardless of the number of staff
available, or lack thereof, to comply
with the rules, as well as the cost to
comply, as a percentage of assets. The
commenter requested that regulations
relate to the true risk that an
institution’s size and location pose to
the banking industry. One of these
commenters urged that the federal
banking agencies not set a single
standard for banks, noting that it could
result in significant regulatory burden
for some of the less complex banks in
the country.
4. General Burden. Several
commenters expressed concern that
Basel IA could lead to increased
regulatory burden for banks not
adopting the more advanced Basel II
approach. One commenter expressed
concern that international banks could
face increased burden since the
proposed Basel IA rule changes could
impose additional and duplicative
burdens on their U.S. bank subsidiaries.
The commenter noted that many U.S.
subsidiaries of international banks do
not collect data that Basel IA would
require. This commenter urged
simplification and flexibility in the
standards for Basel IA to reduce or
eliminate the need to change existing
data systems to meet requirements. A
second commenter expressed concern
that the proposed capital rules likewise
could require banks to develop new data
gathering systems that they do not
currently have, increasing burden on
them.
Another commenter urged the
Agencies to give all non-Basel II
institutions the option of using either
the existing Basel I framework or the
proposed Basel IA standard. This
commenter urged regulators not to
require institutions to calculate a capital
charge under Basel IA.
5. Calculation for Disallowed Deferred
Tax Assets in Calculating Risk-Based
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
Capital Ratio. One commenter
recommended that the Agencies review
Call Report instructions and the
calculation for disallowed deferred tax
assets in calculating risk-based capital
ratios. The commenter urged that, for
small banks (under $150 million in
assets), regulators should eliminate the
calculation and simplify the
instructions. Outsourcing the
calculations, according to the
commenter, is not cost-effective for
community banks. Since many such
banks already hold 12 percent or more
risk-based capital, the results of the
calculation are insignificant to the
overall capital calculations of these
banks. The commenter stated that there
must be an easier, more cost-effective
way of calculating these numbers.
B. Community Reinvestment
The banking agencies’ regulations
implementing the Community
Reinvestment Act (CRA) were not
included in the sixth EGRPRA request
for comment along with the agencies’
other regulations falling within the
broader EGRPRA category of
Community Reinvestment (i.e., the CRA
Sunshine regulations, discussed under
B.3 below).64 During the past two years,
the agencies solicited comment,
separately from the EGRPRA process, on
burden reduction measures for their
CRA regulations and received
voluminous comments in response.65
The banking agencies have adopted
final rules revising the CRA regulations,
mindful of the comments related to
burden reduction.66 The banking
agencies felt it appropriate to include a
summary of the comments to the CRA
rules in this report on regulatory
burden, however, because the regulatory
burden imposed by community
reinvestment rules was one of the
foremost topics raised by commenters to
the CRA rules, at the EGRPRA outreach
meetings as well as in written comments
submitted in response to the EGRPRA
requests for comment. The following
summarizes those comments, divided
into those comments received by the
Board, FDIC, and OCC in response to
64 See
71 FR 287, January 4, 2007.
66 FR 37602, July 19, 2001 (Joint Advance
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking); 69 FR 5729,
February 6, 2004 (Joint Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking); 69 FR 51611, August 20, 2004 (FDIC
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking); 69 FR 56175,
September 20, 2004 (FDIC extension of comment
period for proposed rule); 69 FR 68257, November
24, 2004 (OTS Notice of Proposed Rulemaking); and
70 FR 12148, March 11, 2005 (OCC, the Board, and
FDIC Notice of Proposed Rulemaking).
66 See 69 FR 51155, August 18, 2004 (OTS Final
Rule); 70 FR 10023, March 2, 2005 (OTS Final
Rule); and 70 FR 44256, August 2, 2005 (OCC, the
Board, and FDIC Final Rule).
65 See
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
their joint notice requesting comment,
and those received in response to the
separate OTS request for comment.
1. CRA Proposed Interagency
Rulemaking. Together the federal
banking agencies received over 10,000
public comments from consumer and
community organizations, banks and
industry trade associations, academics,
federal and state government
representatives, and individuals on the
Agencies’ proposal to reduce undue
regulatory burden by extending
eligibility for streamlined lending
evaluations and the exemption from
data reporting to banks under $1 billion
without regard to holding company
affiliation.
a. Increase in Size Threshold for
Small Banks from $250 million to $1
billion. Most banks were supportive of
changing the threshold for small
institutions. Community organizations
opposed the proposal stating that an
increase would cause banks to reduce
their investments and services in lowand moderate-income areas and result
in a reduction in the public data
available. Some community
organizations criticized the proposal to
adjust the asset threshold annually for
small and intermediate small banks
based on changes to the Consumer Price
Index (CPI), while most banks
supported tying the small and
intermediate small bank thresholds to
changes in the CPI.
b. Community Development Test for
Intermediate Small Banks. Many banks
opposed the creation of separate new
standards and suggested institutions
with less than $500 million in assets be
evaluated under the streamlined small
bank lending test. Most community
organizations supported the
requirement for a bank to engage in all
three activities to earn a satisfactory
rating on the Community Development
Test (CDT) and asserted that the primary
consideration should be the institution’s
responsiveness to community needs.
Many banks and industry trade
associations commented favorably on
the flexibility that the CDT offered and
some large banks requested that the CDT
be made available to banks with assets
of $1 billion or more. A number of
banks and trade associations supported
raising the threshold without creating a
tier of intermediate small banks (ISBs)
that would be subject to the CDT. A few
banks stated that the regulatory burden
reduction would not be realized if banks
continue to collect information under
the proposed CDT. A number of
community organizations supported the
evaluation of ISBs under a CDT and a
streamlined lending test.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
c. Community Development
Definition. Banks and community
organizations generally supported
expanding the definition to make bank
activities eligible for community
development consideration in a larger
number of rural areas. Comments were
received on defining ‘‘rural’’ using
existing government definitions (Office
of Management and Budget and Census
Bureau) and community organizations
offered a variety of suggestions. Banks
favored revising the definition to
include activities in a designated
disaster area; some community
organizations opposed the revision.
Banks expressed concerns about many
banks having few or no eligible tracts in
their assessment areas, increasing
pressure to make community
development investments outside of
their assessment areas. Banks asked that
any rule distinguishing ‘‘underserved’’
rural areas be simple. Some expressed
concern that using the CDFI Fund’s
criteria for distressed areas would be
complicated and cause uncertainty, but
some indicated the criteria were
appropriate. Many banks suggested that
an area be eligible regardless of its
income if targeted by a government
agency for redevelopment. Community
banks expressed a strong preference that
a bank’s support for meeting community
needs such as education be considered
as ‘‘community development’’ in rural
communities of all kinds, not just
‘‘underserved’’ or ‘‘low- or moderateincome’’ communities. Community
organizations disagreed that all rural
areas should be eligible, but agreed that
more rural areas should be eligible than
are now. Many requested that the
Agencies consider both expanding the
standard for classifying rural tracts as
low- or moderate-income and adopting
criteria such as the distress criteria of
the CDFI Fund to identify additional
eligible tracts. At the same time,
community organizations generally
sought to keep the proportion of eligible
rural tracts in rough parity with the
proportion of eligible urban tracts.
d. Effect of Certain Credit Practices on
CRA Evaluations. Most community
organizations strongly supported the
proposal and recommended that the
provision be expanded to include
evidence of discriminatory or other
illegal credit practices by any affiliate of
a bank. Some banks and industry trade
associations opposed the standard as
unnecessary because other legal
remedies are available to address
discriminatory or other illegal credit
practices and opposed extending the
‘‘illegal credit practices’’ standard to
loans by an affiliate that are considered
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
in a bank’s lending performance. A few
large banks were concerned that their
CRA performance would be adversely
affected by technical violations of law.
2. CRA Proposed Rulemaking—OTS.
OTS received an overwhelming number
of comments on the CRA NPR issued in
2004. Most comments were from
financial institutions and their trade
associations (Financial Institution
Comments) or from consumer and
community members and organizations
(for example, civil rights organizations,
Community Development Corporations,
Community Development Financial
Institutions, community developers,
housing authorities, and individuals)
(Consumer Comments). Other
commenters included members of
Congress, other federal government
agencies, and state and local
government agencies and organizations.
The Financial Institution Comments
strongly supported raising the asset
threshold and eliminating the holding
company test. Most of these commenters
expressly supported raising the asset
threshold beyond the level in the
proposed rule. Most suggested
thresholds ranging from $1 billion to $2
billion. Many commenters argued that
raising the asset threshold would reduce
regulatory burden and allow community
banks to focus their resources on
economic development and meeting
credit demands of the community,
rather than compliance burdens. They
also asserted that raising the asset
threshold was necessary to reflect
consolidation in the bank and thrift
industries. Other commenters noted that
raising the asset threshold to $1 billion
would have only a small effect on the
amount of total industry assets under
the large institution test but would
provide substantial additional relief by
reducing the compliance burden on
more than 500 additional institutions.
The consumer comments strongly
opposed raising the asset threshold and
urged the banking agencies to withdraw
the proposed rule. Most of the
comments focused on the proposed
raising of the asset threshold to $500
million but did not specifically mention
the proposed elimination of the holding
company test. Many consumer
comments argued that raising the asset
threshold would eliminate the
investment and service parts of the CRA
examination for many institutions,
would reduce the rigor of CRA
examinations, and would lead to less
access to banking services and capital
for underserved communities. In
particular, these commenters argued
that Low Income Housing Tax Credits
and Individual Development Accounts
would suffer, diminishing the
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62089
effectiveness of the Administration’s
housing and community development
programs. The commenters observed
that this would be contrary to the
statutory obligation on financial
institutions to affirmatively serve credit
and deposit needs on a continuing basis.
Commenters also noted that the change
would disproportionately affect rural
communities and small cities where
smaller institutions have a significant
market share. Other consumer
comments emphasized the need for
rural banks and other depository
institutions to serve the investment and
deposit needs of all the communities in
which they are chartered and from
which they take deposits.
Comments from members of Congress
were mixed. One commenter supported
raising the asset threshold to $1 billion.
It stated that such a move would not
have a significant impact on the total
amount of assets nor the total number of
institutions covered by the large
institution examination, but would
provide relief to many additional
institutions. Other commenters opposed
raising the asset threshold. OTS
received other letters from members of
the U.S. Senate that generally echoed
the consumer comments discussed
above.
3. Disclosure and Reporting of
Community Reinvestment Act—Related
Agreements (CRA Sunshine Act)—12
CFR part 35; 12 CFR 207 (Regulation G);
12 CFR part 346; 12 CFR part 533. The
Agencies received several written
comments on the CRA Sunshine Act
requirements and comments were made
at several of the Agencies’ outreach
meetings. One commenter representing
an industry trade association believes
that the implementing regulations do
hold the regulatory burden on
community organizations and financial
institutions to a minimum, consistent
with the requirements of the statute.
Another commenter representing a
financial institution stated that the
regulation has not affected its level of
CRA activity; however, the additional
disclosure and reporting has increased
the time, effort and cost to comply. In
addition, the commenter remarked that
the benefits of disclosing the
information have yet to be publicly
communicated and believes the
regulation should be repealed. Yet
another commenter representing
financial institutions stated that
Congress should repeal the Act because
it does not further the purposes of the
CRA and imposes significant
paperwork, regulatory and cost burdens
on banks that far outweigh any benefits.
This commenter believes the law does
not further the interests of communities;
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62090
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
instead, it wastes resources that could
be better deployed to serving the
affordable credit and financial services
needs of communities. Short of repeal of
the law, the commenter urges the
Agencies to completely overhaul the
implementing regulations.
Other comments from bankers,
consumer groups, and outreach meeting
participants were also supportive of
repealing the provisions of the Act. In
the interim, commenters suggested that
the Agencies take steps to reduce
unnecessary burden. Commenters also
suggested the Agencies clarify that only
those agreements that would have a
material impact on a bank’s CRA rating
should be disclosed, so long as
community groups’ First Amendment or
other constitutionally protected rights
were preserved.
Commenters also stated that the
theory the provisions were based on
were flawed and disclosures filed have
not exposed any pattern of improper
payments by banks to community
groups and that allegations that
community groups have succeeded in
using CRA mainly as a vehicle for
funding their organizations are baseless.
Instead, commenters contended that the
CRA Sunshine Act has imposed an
additional and unnecessary burden on
both banks and nonprofits and that
confusion as to the circumstances and
contacts that trigger disclosure remain.
Commenters argue that repeal would
facilitate the flow of capital to affordable
housing, small business, and
community development financing for
low- and moderate-income people and
communities. In addition, a commenter
recommends:
• Exempting all CRA contacts that
arise in the context and purpose of
ordinary CRA business dealings, absent
any coercive aspect.
• Allowing disclosure should only be
triggered by comments or testimony
made in conjunction with CRA-related
agreements during a CRA examination
or a deposit facility application process.
• Revising the material impact
standard and make it, not CRA contact,
the trigger for requiring disclosure
under the proposed rule.
• Providing a reporting exemption for
non-negotiating parties of a CRA
agreement.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
Appendix I–D: Economic Growth and
Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act
12 U.S.C.A. 3311
United States Code Annotated
Title 12. Banks and Banking
Chapter 34. Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council
Section 3311. Required review of
regulations
(a) In general
(e) Report to Congress
Not later than 30 days after carrying
out subsection (d)(1) of this section, the
Council shall submit to the Congress a
report, which shall include—
(1) a summary of any significant
issues raised by public comments
received by the Council and the
appropriate federal banking agencies
under this section and the relative
merits of such issues; and
(2) an analysis of whether the
appropriate federal banking agency
involved is able to address the
regulatory burdens associated with such
issues by regulation, or whether such
burdens must be addressed by
legislative action.
Not less frequently than once every 10
years, the Council and each appropriate
federal banking agency represented on
the Council shall conduct a review of all
regulations prescribed by the Council or
by any such appropriate federal banking
agency, respectively, in order to identify
outdated or otherwise unnecessary
regulatory requirements imposed on
insured depository institutions.
CREDIT(S)
(Pub. L. No. 104–208, Div. A, Title II,
Section 2222, September 30, 1996, 110
Stat. 3009–414.)
(b) Process
II. NCUA Report
In conducting the review under
subsection (a) of this section, the
Council or the appropriate federal
banking agency shall—
(1) categorize the regulations
described in subsection (a) of this
section by type (such as consumer
regulations, safety and soundness
regulations, or such other designations
as determined by the Council, or the
appropriate federal banking agency);
and
(2) at regular intervals, provide notice
and solicit public comment on a
particular category or categories of
regulations, requesting commentators to
identify areas of the regulations that are
outdated, unnecessary, or unduly
burdensome.
A. Introduction
The National Credit Union
Administration (NCUA), an
independent regulatory agency within
the executive branch, oversees the
nation’s system of federal credit unions
(FCU) and provides federal share
insurance for all federally insured credit
unions. Throughout the Economic
Growth and Regulatory Paperwork
Reduction Act (EGRPRA) process,
NCUA participated in the planning and
comment solicitation process with the
other Federal Financial Institutions
Examination Council (FFIEC) agencies.
Because of the unique circumstances of
federally insured credit unions and their
members, however, NCUA issued its
notices separately from the other FFIEC
agencies. NCUA’s notices were
consistent and comparable with those
published by the other FFIEC agencies,
except on issues unique to credit
unions. As required by EGRPRA, the
NCUA invited public review and
comment on any aspect of its
regulations that are outdated,
unnecessary, or unduly burdensome.
Accordingly, this NCUA report,
provided separately from that of the
other FFIEC agencies, summarizes the
comments NCUA received. The NCUA
report also identifies and discusses the
significant issues raised by commenters.
The regulatory review required by
EGRPRA has provided a significant
opportunity for the public and NCUA to
step back and review groups of related
regulations and identify possibilities for
streamlining. The EGRPRA review’s
overall focus on the ‘‘forest’’ of
regulations offers a new perspective in
identifying opportunities to reduce
(c) Complete review
The Council or the appropriate federal
banking agency shall ensure that the
notice and comment period described in
subsection (b)(2) of this section is
conducted with respect to all
regulations described in subsection (a)
of this section not less frequently than
once every 10 years.
(d) Regulatory response
The Council or the appropriate federal
banking agency shall—
(1) publish in the Federal Register a
summary of the comments received
under this section, identifying
significant issues raised and providing
comment on such issues; and
(2) eliminate unnecessary regulations
to the extent that such action is
appropriate.
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
regulatory burden. Of course, reducing
regulatory burden must be consistent
with ensuring the continued safety and
soundness of federally insured credit
unions and appropriate consumer
protections.
EGRPRA also recognizes that burden
reduction must be consistent with
NCUA’s statutory mandates, many of
which currently require implementing
regulations. In response to the review
process, commenters highlighted certain
areas in which legislative changes might
be appropriate. In this respect, the
NCUA has carefully considered the
relationship among burden reduction,
regulatory requirements and statutory
mandates.67 Section V of this NCUA
report describes the statutory changes
affecting credit unions in the Financial
Services Regulatory Relief Act of 2006
(FSRRA), enacted by Congress in
October 2006.
Finally, NCUA has, independent of
EGRPRA, developed and implemented
its own regulatory review process. Since
1987, a formally adopted NCUA policy
requires review of NCUA regulations at
least once every three years with a view
toward eliminating, simplifying, or
otherwise easing the regulatory
burden.68 The review includes an
internal review and solicitation of
public comments concerning many of
the same aspects that EGRPRA also
involves. Considered together, these two
processes enable NCUA to conduct an
ongoing, comprehensive review of its
rules and regulations with a view
toward improving regulatory structure,
systems, and efficiency.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
B. NCUA Methodology
As required by EGRPRA, NCUA first
categorized its regulations by type, such
as ‘‘consumer regulations’’ or ‘‘safety
and soundness’’ regulations. NCUA
categorized its regulations into 10 broad
categories. A listing of the regulations
by category is attached as Appendix II–
A of this report. Next, the FFIEC
agencies provided notice and solicited
comment from the public on one or
more of these regulatory categories.
Notices were published in the Federal
Register for a 90-day comment period.
67 Credit unions are also subject to regulations
issued by other nonbanking agencies, such as rules
issued by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development (under Real Estate Settlement
Procedures Act of 1974) and by the Department of
the Treasury (under the BSA including rules
required by the PATRIOT Act). The rules of these
other agencies are beyond the scope of NCUA’s
EGRPRA review and NCUA’s jurisdiction. NCUA
intends, however, to alert the relevant agencies
about comments it has received raising significant
issues regarding these related rules.
68 Interpretive Ruling and Policy Statement (IRPS)
87–2, 52 FR 35231 (September 8, 1987), as amended
by IRPS 03–2, 68 FR 32127 (May 29, 2003).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
A summary of the comments received
by NCUA, including the Federal
Register citation, is attached as
Appendix II–B of this report; a summary
of the comments received by the other
FFIEC agencies is in Appendix I–C.
1. Outreach. Through numerous
programs and policies, NCUA conducts
outreach to credit unions and the public
and provides opportunities for
individuals, groups and institutions
affected by or interested in credit unions
to communicate with the agency. These
include programs such as Access Across
America, in which NCUA principals
travel the country and solicit input,
ideas, and policy suggestions from
credit unions and their members on a
wide range of topics. The agency also
has a national ombudsman who
investigates complaints relating to
regulatory issues and recommends
solutions on matters that cannot be
resolved at the operational (regional)
level. The agency has an active Web
site, with comprehensive contact
information for all program offices. The
Web site also discloses travel schedules
for NCUA’s board members, who travel
extensively throughout the country to
speak and listen to concerns of credit
unions and their members. In view of
these programs, NCUA did not
participate in the banker or consumer
outreach meetings the FDIC held at
various locations during 2004 and 2005.
C. Significant Issues Raised
NCUA received a total of 41
comments in response to its 6 notices.
Some of the comments addressed rules
administered by the Federal Reserve
Board affecting all depository
institutions, including credit unions,
and those comments were forwarded to
the Federal Reserve Board for
consideration. With respect to matters
exclusively relating to credit unions, the
most significant issues raised and the
agency’s response follows, including
NCUA’s evaluation of the merits of
suggested rule changes as well as a
description of any action the agency has
taken.
1. Anti-Money Laundering. The area
of Bank Secrecy Act compliance has
grown in significance in recent years,
along with concerns about personal and
financial privacy among consumers.
Several commenters sought guidance
and clarification from NCUA about
filing Suspicious Activity Reports
(SARs). In addition to a request for
additional guidance, several
commenters recommended raising the
threshold for filing Currency
Transaction Reports from the current
$10,000 trigger, as well as raising the
monetary instruments trigger and the
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62091
money laundering trigger. One
commenter sought an outright
exemption from the filing requirements
for small credit unions. Two
commenters recommended merging the
Office of Foreign Assets Control with
the Financial Crimes Enforcement
Network.
NCUA is not the primary agency with
responsibility for these rules.
Nevertheless, NCUA is concerned about
the need for clearer guidance for credit
unions in fulfilling their obligations in
this area. Effective November 27, 2006,
NCUA issued a final rule modifying
section 748.1(c) of its rules to clarify the
reportable activity this section covers,
identifying important filing procedures
and highlighting record retention
requirements. The final rule addresses
other key aspects of the SAR process,
including the confidentiality of the
reports and safe harbor information. The
rule requires a credit union to inform its
board of directors promptly of its SAR
reporting activity.
While the changes expand the amount
of information in the rule, they do not
increase regulatory burden. The changes
are intended to provide fundamental
information about the SAR process in a
single location to facilitate the ability of
credit unions to access reporting and
filing requirements quickly. The board
notification provision formalizes a
common practice and, together with the
other proposed changes, provides
consistency with the SAR regulations
established by the other FFIEC
regulators. The changes are not intended
to and do not eliminate the need for
credit unions to review the instructions
accompanying the SAR form and the
requirements of 31 CFR 103.18, which
may be necessary to ensure a report is
accurately and fully completed.
2. Risk-Based Capital. Several
comments called for a risk-based
approach to capital requirements for
federal credit unions (FCUs). One noted
that credit unions are unique among
financial institutions in their regulatory
capital structure, which makes only
limited distinctions in the types or
quality of assets in determining their
capital position. These commenters
assert an approach to capital that takes
into account the various types of assets
FCUs hold would provide greater
flexibility and better protection against
risks to safety and soundness.
NCUA agrees with these comments
but notes that a change to the FCU Act
is required to implement them. In 2005,
NCUA prepared and submitted to
Congress a proposal for a risk-based
capital program coupled with a prompt
corrective action (PCA) enforcement
plan. Since that time, NCUA has met
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62092
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
with members of Congress and with
representatives of the Department of the
Treasury to discuss the proposal and to
respond to questions or concerns. As of
year-end 2006, Congress had not
enacted legislation implementing the
risk-based capital program.
In 1998, Congress amended the FCU
Act to apply PCA requirements to
federally insured credit unions based on
net worth levels. A credit union is
considered:
• ‘‘Well capitalized’’ if it has a net
worth ratio of not less than 7 percent,
• ‘‘Adequately capitalized’’ if it has a
net worth ratio of not less than 6
percent,
• ‘‘Undercapitalized’’ if it has net
worth below 6 percent,
• ‘‘Significantly undercapitalized’’ if
it has a net worth ratio of less than 4
percent, and
• ‘‘Critically undercapitalized’’ if it
has a net worth ratio less than 2 percent.
A credit union whose capital ratio
falls below 6 percent is required to
produce a net worth restoration plan
and may also be subject to other
regulatory requirements. A credit union
that becomes undercapitalized is subject
to specific restrictions on asset growth
and the ability to make member
business loans. In cases involving a
credit union that is critically
undercapitalized, the NCUA Board has
90 days to take action as the Board
determines, such as conserving,
liquidating the credit union or other
appropriate action.
NCUA and federally insured credit
unions have had more than seven years
of experience operating under the 1998
PCA rules. This experience, as
supported by the Call Report data,
indicates the PCA categories set by
statute are too high. NCUA believes they
operate to penalize low risk institutions,
which results in an inefficient use of
capital. The categories also overshadow
any risk-based system and limit the
benefits of behavior modification that
would otherwise flow from a robust risk
based PCA requirement. The rules also
contribute to unwarranted bias against
credit union charters by establishing a
‘‘one-size-fits-all’’ effect for federally
insured credit unions and create
inequities in treatment for the required
deposit in the National Credit Union
Share Insurance Fund (NCUSIF) and
membership capital in corporate credit
unions.
NCUA believes the statutory mandate
to take prompt corrective action to
resolve problems at the least long-term
cost to the NCUSIF is sound public
policy. Further, this policy is consistent
with NCUA’s fiduciary responsibility to
the NCUSIF. However, PCA for credit
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
unions does not adequately distinguish
between low-risk and higher risk
activities.
The current PCA system’s high
leverage requirement (ratio of net worth
to total assets) coupled with the natural
tendency for credit unions to manage to
capital levels well above the PCA
requirements essentially creates a onesize-fits-all system. This penalizes
institutions with conservative risk
profiles. While providing adequate
protection for the NCUSIF, a welldesigned, risk-based system with a
lower leverage requirement would more
closely relate required capital levels
with the risk profile of the institution
and allow for better use of capital.
The current high leverage ratio
imposes an excessive capital
requirement on low-risk credit unions.
With a lower leverage requirement
working in tandem with a welldesigned, risk-based requirement, credit
unions would have a greater ability to
serve members and manage their
compliance with PCA. By managing the
composition of the balance sheet, credit
unions could shift as needed to lower
risk assets resulting in the need to hold
less capital. A PCA system comparable
to that in the banking system would
provide sufficient protection for
NCUSIF. Such a system for credit
unions would also remove charter bias
and level the playing field by
eliminating differing capital standards
unrelated to risk. While credit unions
cannot raise capital as quickly in some
cases as other financial institutions, the
majority of credit unions have a
relatively conservative risk profile
(driven by the restrictions of powers
relative to other institutions and their
cooperative, member-owned structure)
and a comparatively low loss history.
Thus, credit unions should not be
required to hold excessive levels of
capital.
3. Field of Membership and
Chartering. This subject generated the
greatest number of comments. The
following reflects the most significant
issues. Commenters suggested:
• Eliminating the requirement that a
proposed group to be added to an
existing credit union’s membership
must be located in ‘‘reasonable
geographic proximity’’ to a credit
union’s service facility or alternatively
permitting a shared ATM or other
shared facility to meet this requirement.
In addition, with respect to adding
groups to an existing charter,
commenters suggest eliminating the
requirement that a group (as opposed to
the credit union) must provide
documentation about its ability and
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
willingness to establish and support a
credit union of its own.
• Removing the preference that
groups with membership in excess of
3,000 consider forming their own credit
union rather than joining an existing
credit union, and clarifying that the
preference is not applicable in the case
of voluntary mergers of credit unions.
• Allowing an FCU that converts to a
community charter to retain select
employee groups located outside the
community.
• Allowing an FCU to provide check
cashing and wire transfer services to
nonmembers.
The last of these items was addressed,
with NCUA support, in the FSRRA, and
FCUs may now provide check cashing
and wire transfer services to
nonmembers within their field of
membership. Full implementation of the
remaining suggestions would require
legislative action to change the FCU Act.
With respect to the first proposal, NCUA
believes the current geographic
proximity requirement is appropriate.
As noted in NCUA’s Chartering and
Field of Membership Manual (Manual),
groups served by a credit union must
have access to a service facility. As
further clarified in the Manual, the lack
of availability of other credit union
service is a factor to be considered in
this respect. The Manual also describes
a variety of service facility types, such
as owned branches (including mobile
branches) and proprietary ATMs that
meet this requirement. A shared ATM
does not qualify as a service facility
within this meaning. The Manual
describes circumstances in which a
shared branch or other shared facility
will qualify. Overall, as reflected by the
Manual, NCUA continues to believe
accessibility to credit union services
must remain as the primary
consideration in determining whether a
proposed group should be included
within a credit union’s field of
membership.
Similarly, NCUA does not support a
change to the statutory bias in favor of
groups numbering more than 3,000
actual and potential members chartering
their own credit union. NCUA believes
every group would benefit from having
its own credit union if it has the
resources necessary to make the venture
viable. The Manual provides sufficient
flexibility for credit unions to accept
groups over 3,000 where stand-alone
viability, properly documented, is
unlikely, and NCUA is not aware of
undue burden arising from this
requirement. In mergers, NCUA
interprets the FCU Act to require a
similar analysis where a group
numbering greater than 3,000 is served
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
by a credit union proposing to merge
with another credit union, except in
cases where the continuing credit union
is also providing services to the same
group. NCUA supports a change to the
FCU Act to eliminate this requirement
in the case of mergers.
NCUA supports the other chartering
suggestions. The agency perceives little
or no benefit from requiring a credit
union that converts from a multiple
common bond or occupational charter
to a community charter to exclude
employee groups currently served by
the credit union from continued service
under the community charter. Credit
unions should not be required to face
the difficult choice of converting to a
community basis or maintaining fidelity
with a group that formed the original
basis for the charter but which may no
longer represent an economically viable
basis for continued operations. NCUA
notes, in this respect, that many credit
unions faced with this dilemma have
elected to surrender their federal charter
in favor of a state charter.
4. Member Business Lending. In the
area of member business lending,
commenters suggested it would reduce
regulatory burden if NCUA could:
• Raise the level below which a
member business loan does not count
against the aggregate ceiling for member
business loans by a single credit union
from $50,000 to $100,000.
• Raise or eliminate the aggregate
member business loan ceiling, which
currently stands at the lesser of 1.75
times a credit union’s net worth or 12.25
percent of its total assets.
Commenters assert that credit unions
making member business loans do not
adversely affect the profitability of other
financial institutions. Moreover, they
assert, credit unions frequently provide
business loans in amounts and
circumstances that many commercial
banks will not. These credit union loans
fulfill credit needs of small businesses
and sole proprietorships, many of which
operate on a scale too small to attract
the interest of commercial banks; in
many cases, they are not able to afford
the rates and charges imposed by more
traditional commercial lenders.
Changing these restrictions requires
changing the FCU Act. NCUA concurs
in the points made by the commenters
and supports both a change in the
aggregate limits and an increase in the
threshold below which a member
business loan need not be counted
against the aggregate limits. The agency
believes FCUs have shown an excellent
capacity for making prudent lending
decisions in this area and also that its
rules provide an adequate regulatory
framework.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
Another comment made in this area
was that NCUA should take steps to
align its member business rules with
SBA’s lending requirements to facilitate
FCU participation in various SBA
guaranteed lending programs. NCUA
amended its member business lending
rule in October 2004 specifically to
accomplish this objective. Results have
been excellent, with many credit unions
now availing themselves of the SBA
guarantee, to the significant benefit of
both credit unions and small business
members. Effective January 20, 2006,
NCUA again amended its member
business lending rule, this time to
broaden the definition of construction
and development loans.
D. Accomplishments and Burden
Reduction Efforts
1. NCUA’s Regulatory Flexibility
Program. Independent of the EGRPRA
burden reduction initiative, NCUA
established a Regulatory Flexibility
Program (RegFlex) in 2002 to exempt
qualifying credit unions in whole or in
part from a series of regulatory
restrictions. Qualifying credit unions are
also granted certain additional powers.
(See 12 CFR 742.) A credit union may
qualify for RegFlex automatically or by
application to the appropriate Regional
Director. To qualify automatically for
RegFlex, a credit union must have a
composite CAMEL rating of ‘‘1’’ or ‘‘2’’
for two consecutive examination cycles
and, as originally conceived, was
required to achieve a net worth ratio of
9 percent (200 basis points above the net
worth ratio to be classified ‘‘well
capitalized’’) for a single Call Reporting
period. If a credit union is subject to a
risk-based net worth (RBNW)
requirement, however, the credit
union’s net worth must surpass that
requirement by 200 basis points.
A credit union unable to qualify
automatically for RegFlex may apply to
the appropriate Regional Director for a
RegFlex designation if it has a CAMEL
‘‘3’’ rating or better or meets the net
worth criterion. A Regional Director has
the discretion to grant RegFlex relief in
whole or in part to an eligible credit
union. A credit union’s RegFlex
authority can be lost or revoked. A
credit union that qualified for RegFlex
automatically is disqualified once it
fails, as the result of an examination
(but not a supervision contact), to meet
either the CAMEL or net worth criteria
in the rule. (See 12 CFR 742.6.) RegFlex
authority can be revoked by action of
the Regional Director for ‘‘substantive
and documented safety and soundness
reasons’’ (see 12 CFR 742.2(b)). The
decision to revoke is appealable to
NCUA’s Supervisory Review
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62093
Committee, and, thereafter, to the NCUA
Board. (See 12 CFR 742.7.) RegFlex
authority ceases when that authority is
lost or revoked, even if an appeal of a
revocation is pending. (Id.) Past actions
taken under that authority are
‘‘grandfathered,’’ i.e., they will not be
disturbed or undone.
From its inception, the RegFlex
program has given qualifying credit
unions relief from the following
regulatory restrictions:
• Fixed Assets. The maximum limit
on fixed assets (5 percent of shares and
retained earnings) (see 12 CFR
701.36(c)(1));
• Nonmember Deposits. The
maximum limit on nonmember deposits
(20 percent of total shares or $1.5
million, whichever is greater) (see 12
CFR 701.32(b));
• Charitable Contributions.
Conditions on making charitable
contributions (relating to the charity’s
location, activities and purpose, and
whether the contribution is in the credit
union’s best interest and is reasonable
relative to its size and condition) (see 12
CFR 701.25);
• Discretionary Control of
Investments. The maximum limit on
investments over which discretionary
control can be delegated (100 percent of
credit union’s net worth) (see 12 CFR
703.5(b)(1)(ii) and (2));
• Zero-Coupon Securities. The
maximum limit on the maturity length
of zero-coupon securities (10 years) (see
12 CFR 703.16(b));
• ‘‘Stress Testing’’ of Investments.
The mandate to ‘‘stress test’’ securities
holdings to assess the impact of a 300basis-point shift in interest rates (see 12
CFR 703.12(c));
• Purchase of Eligible Obligations.
Restrictions on the purchase of eligible
obligations (see 12 CFR 701.23(b)), thus
expanding the range of loans RegFlex
credit unions can purchase and hold as
long as they are loans those credit
unions would be authorized to make
(auto, credit card, member business,
student, and mortgage loans, as well as
loans of a liquidating credit union up to
5 percent of the purchasing credit
union’s unimpaired capital and
surplus).
Along with amendments to parts 703
(investments) and 723 (member
business loans) in 2003, RegFlex credit
unions received further relief from the
following restrictions:
• Member Business Loans. The
requirement that principals personally
guarantee and assume liability for
member business loans (see 12 CFR
723);
• Borrowing Repurchase
Transactions. The maturity limit on
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62094
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
investments purchased with the
proceeds of a borrowing repurchase
transaction; (Id.); and
• Commercial Mortgage-Related
Securities. The restriction on
purchasing commercial mortgagerelated securities of issuers other than
the government sponsored enterprises
(Id.)
In 2005, the NCUA Board reassessed
the RegFlex program to ensure its
continued availability to credit unions
least likely to encounter safety and
soundness problems, thus minimizing
the risk of loss to the NCUSIF. The
agency’s experience indicated these
credit unions consistently maintain a
high net worth ratio and a high CAMEL
rating. Accordingly, the NCUA Board
issued a proposed rule reducing from 9
percent to 7 percent the minimum net
worth ratio to qualify for RegFlex, but
extending from one to six quarters the
period the minimum net worth must be
maintained to qualify. That rule was
finalized in February 2006.
2. Improvements to NCUA Call Report
(Form 5300). Like the other federal
financial institution regulators, NCUA
requires all federally insured credit
unions to file periodic reports with the
agency. (See 12 CFR 741.6.) Effective
with the reports due for the second
quarter of 2006, NCUA made significant
revisions to the form 5300. The revised
Form NCUA 5300 consolidates
information, reduces ancillary
schedules, and is easier to read and use.
Based on the revisions, the short form
is no longer needed, and the new design
provides many benefits for credit
unions. The Call Report will be
consistent in form each cycle, which
should assist smaller credit unions in
completing the form. The form is now
shorter—16 pages, compared to 19 pages
in the previous version. In addition, the
revised form is designed so small credit
unions generally will not have to
complete supporting schedules. Only
the first 10 pages require input by all
credit unions. For comparison, the
previous short form was only 8 pages,
but the new, easier format will reduce
the burden.
The new design also provides
efficiencies and benefits to NCUA. By
eliminating the short form, the NCUA
only has to maintain one 5300 form, one
set of edits and warnings, and one set
of Financial Performance Report
specifications. This will improve
efficiency and reduce the likelihood of
introducing errors in the reporting
system. In addition, the cost of printing
and mailing will be reduced with the
distribution of a single form. Both
internal and external quarterly financial
trend analysis will be improved, since
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
all credit unions will report
comprehensive quantitative data.
Further, the shift to one Call Report will
simplify maintenance of the Financial
Performance Report and provide
additional data needed for small credit
unions to use the expanded Financial
Performance Report fully. Additionally,
trend reports from NCUA’s Automated
Integrated Regulatory Examination
System (AIRES) will be more consistent
and detailed for smaller credit unions.
For example, quarterly detail that is
currently not provided for real estate
loans and investments will be available.
In summary, the consolidation of the
Call Report and elimination of the Form
NCUA 5300SF will improve the
agency’s efficiency, increase the
accuracy of the information collected,
and simplify the reporting process for
credit unions, large and small.
3. Other Regulatory Burden Reduction
Efforts. Effective July 3, 2003, NCUA
amended its investment rule for FCUs.
(See 12 CFR 703.) The amendments
clarified and reformatted the rule to
make it easier to read and locate
information. The amendments
expanded FCU investment authority to
include purchasing equity-linked
options for certain purposes and
exempted RegFlex eligible FCUs from
several investment restrictions. As
noted previously, NCUA made changes
in its RegFlex program to conform to the
revisions to the investment rule.
Effective October 31, 2003, NCUA
amended its member business loan
(MBL) regulations to provide greater
flexibility to credit unions to meet the
business loan needs of their members
within statutory limits and appropriate
safety and soundness parameters. (See
12 CFR 723.) Major changes included:
(1) Reducing construction and
development loan equity requirements;
(2) allowing RegFlex credit unions to
determine whether to require personal
guarantees by principals; (3) allowing
well-capitalized credit unions to make
unsecured MBLs within certain limits;
(4) providing that purchases of
nonmember loans and nonmember
participation interests do not count
against a credit union’s aggregate MBL
limit, subject to an application and
approval process; (5) allowing 100
percent financing on certain business
purpose loans secured by vehicles; (6)
providing that loans to credit unions
and credit union service organizations
(CUSOs) are not MBLs for purposes of
the rule; and (7) simplifying MBL
documentation requirements. Other
provisions in the MBL regulation were
simplified and unnecessary provisions
were removed. At the same time, NCUA
amended its PCA rule regarding the risk
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
weighting of MBLs and its CUSO rule to
permit CUSOs to originate business
loans.
Effective January 29, 2004, NCUA
updated and clarified the definitions of
certain terms used in the loan
participation rule. (See 12 CFR 701.22.)
Specifically, the definition of ‘‘credit
union organization’’ was amended to
conform to the terms of the CUSO rule.
Also, the definition of ‘‘financial
organization’’ was broadened to provide
FCUs greater flexibility in choosing
appropriate loan participation partners.
Also effective January 29, 2004,
NCUA amended its share insurance
rules to simplify and clarify them and
provide parity with the deposit
insurance rules of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC). (See 12
CFR 745.) These amendments provided
continuation of coverage following the
death of a member and for separate
coverage after the merger of insured
credit unions for limited periods of
time. The amendment also clarified that
the interests of nonqualifying
beneficiaries of a revocable trust
account are treated as the individually
owned funds of the owner even where
the owner has not actually opened an
individual account. Finally, the
amendment clarified that there is share
insurance coverage for Coverdell
Education Savings Accounts, formerly
known as Education IRAs.
Effective March 26, 2004, NCUA
revised its rules concerning maximum
borrowing authority to permit federally
insured, state-chartered credit unions
(FISCUs) to apply for a waiver from the
maximum borrowing limitation of 50
percent of paid-in and unimpaired
capital and surplus (shares and
undivided earnings, plus net income or
minus net loss). (See 12 CFR 701 and
741.) This amendment provided FISCUs
with more flexibility by allowing them
to apply for a waiver up to the amount
permitted under state law. In the same
rulemaking, NCUA added a provision to
its regulations to allow an FCU to act as
surety or guarantor on behalf of its
members. The final rule established
certain requirements to ensure FCUs
and FISCUs, if permitted under state
law, acting as a surety or guarantor, are
not exposed to undue risk.
Effective April 1, 2004, NCUA revised
its living trust account rules to provide
insurance coverage of up to $100,000
per qualifying beneficiary who, as of the
date of a credit union’s failure, would
become entitled to the living trust assets
upon the owner’s death. (See 12 CFR
745.) The intent of this amendment was
to provide for share insurance coverage
for qualifying beneficial interests
irrespective of defeating contingencies,
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
an issue that had proven to be quite
complex and confusing to many credit
unions and their members. The
amended rule also specifically allowed
for separate insurance for both a life
estate and a remainder interest for
qualifying beneficiaries. This
configuration is typically used by a
husband and wife, with the survivor
receiving a life estate and the remainder
interest going to specified qualified
beneficiaries upon the death of the
survivor. NCUA determined to amend
its rule to make it consistent with the
FDIC’s position and determined not to
require a credit union to maintain
records disclosing the names of living
trust beneficiaries and their respective
trust interests. The FDIC solicited
comment specifically on this matter and
concluded that to do so would be
unnecessary and burdensome. The
NCUA Board concurred with that
judgment, recognizing that a grantor
may elect to change the beneficiaries or
their interests at any time before death
and requiring a credit union to maintain
a current record of this information is
impractical and unnecessarily
burdensome.
The general principles governing
share insurance coverage in NCUA’s
regulations, however, still require that
the records of the credit union disclose
the basis for any claim of separate
insurance (see 12 CFR 745.2(c)). This
obligation may be met if the title of the
account or other credit union records
refer to a living trust. The final rule
makes reference to this requirement, but
specifically disclaims any requirement
that the credit union’s records must
identify beneficiaries or disclose the
amount or nature of their interest in the
account. NCUA’s objectives in this rule
change were to simplify the rule and
also to conform all types of revocable
trust arrangements to similar rules on
calculating insurance coverage.
Effective July 29, 2004, the NCUA
amended its regulations governing an
FCU’s authority to act as trustee or
custodian to authorize FCUs to serve as
trustee or custodian for Health Savings
Accounts (HSAs). (See 12 CFR 721 and
724.) The NCUA issued the rule as an
interim final rule so FCUs and their
members could take advantage of the
authority granted in the Medicare
Prescription Drug, Improvement and
Modernization Act of 2003 (Medicare
Act). The Medicare Act authorizes the
establishment of HSAs by individuals
who obtain a qualifying high deductible
health plan and specifies that an HSA
may be established and maintained at
an FCU. The final rule also amended
NCUA’s incidental powers regulation to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
include trustee or custodial services for
HSAs as a pre-approved activity.
Effective August 30, 2004, NCUA
amended its Community Development
Revolving Loan Program (CDRLP)
regulation to permit student credit
unions to participate in the program.
(See 12 CFR 705.) Before this rule
change, NCUA took the position that,
although student credit unions are
designated as low-income credit unions
for purposes of receiving nonmember
deposits, they did not qualify to
participate in the CDRLP because they
were not specifically involved in the
stimulation of economic development
activities and community revitalization.
NCUA changed its view, recognizing the
importance of student credit unions and
their impact on the economic
development and revitalization of the
communities they serve. Student credit
unions not only provide their members
with valuable financial services
generally not available but also a unique
opportunity for financial education.
NCUA acknowledged that well run
student credit unions would benefit
greatly from participation in the CDRLP
and changed its rule. As a result, these
credit unions are now better able to
serve their communities.
Effective August 2, 2004, NCUA
issued final revisions to its regulations
regarding investment in collateralized
mortgage obligations (CMOs) to
authorize all FCUs and corporate credit
unions to invest in exchangeable CMOs
representing interests in one or more
stripped mortgage backed securities
(SMBS), subject to certain safety and
soundness limitations. (See 12 CFR
703.) Before that date, NCUA
regulations prohibited FCUs and certain
corporate credit unions from investing
in SMBS and exchangeable CMOs that
represent interests in one or more
SMBS. NCUA determined its concern
about the safety and soundness aspects
of direct SMBS investment could be
reconciled for some exchangeable CMOs
representing interests in one or more
SMBS, which can be safe investments
for credit unions. The rule also
authorized FCUs and corporate credit
unions to accept exchangeable CMOs as
assets in a repurchase transaction or as
collateral on a securities lending
transaction regardless of whether the
CMO contains SMBS.
Effective October 29, 2004, the NCUA
Board issued final revisions to its fixedasset rule. (See 12 CFR 701.36.) The
fixed-asset rule governs FCU ownership
of fixed assets and, among other things,
limits investment in fixed assets to 5
percent of a FCU’s shares and retained
earnings. The amendment clarified and
reorganized the requirements of the rule
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62095
to make it easier to understand. The
final rule also eliminates the
requirement that an FCU, when
calculating its investment in fixed
assets, include its investments in any
entity that holds fixed assets used by the
FCU and established a timeframe for
submission of requests for waiver of the
requirement for partial occupation of
premises acquired for future expansion.
Effective November 26, 2004, NCUA
amended the collateral and security
requirements of its MBL rule to enable
credit unions to participate more fully
in Small Business Administration (SBA)
guaranteed loan programs. (See 12 CFR
723.) As noted above, in 2003, NCUA
had amended its MBL rule and other
rules related to business lending to
enhance credit unions’ ability to meet
members’ business loans needs. In
addition to comments on those
amendments, NCUA received other
suggestions on how it could improve the
MBL rule. Among the most significant,
commenters suggested NCUA amend
the MBL rule ‘‘so that it could be better
aligned with lending programs offered
by the Small Business Administration,’’
such as the SBA’s Basic 7(a) Loan
Program.
While NCUA recognized the merits of
this suggestion, NCUA could not
include it in the final rulemaking
because it addressed issues outside the
scope of the rulemaking. The
Administrative Procedure Act generally
prohibits federal government agencies
from adopting rules without affording
the opportunity for public comment.
(See 5 U.S.C. 553.) NCUA noted in the
final rule, however, that it would review
this suggestion to determine if it would
be appropriate to act on it in a
subsequent rulemaking. As a result of
that review, NCUA issued a proposed
amendment to its MBL rule in June 2004
to permit credit unions to make SBA
guaranteed loans under SBA’s less
restrictive lending requirements instead
of under the more restrictive MBL rule’s
lending requirements. NCUA reviewed
the SBA’s loan programs in which credit
unions can participate and determined
they provide reasonable criteria for
credit union participation and
compliance within the bounds of safety
and soundness. Additionally, these SBA
programs directed as small businesses
are ideally suited to the mission of
many credit unions.
NCUA noted in the proposal that it
recognizes NCUA’s collateral and
security requirements for MBLs,
including construction and
development loans, are generally more
restrictive than those of the SBA’s
guaranteed loan programs and could
hamper a credit union’s ability to
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62096
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
participate fully in SBA loan programs.
As a result, the MBL rule’s collateral
and security requirements could prevent
a credit union from making a particular
loan that it could otherwise make under
SBA’s requirements. NCUA adopted the
final rule to provide relief from these
more restrictive requirements and to
enable credit unions to better serve their
members’ business loans needs.
Effective October 21, 2005, NCUA
amended its rule concerning CUSOs to
provide that a wholly owned CUSO
need not obtain its own annual financial
statement audit from a certified public
accountant if it is included in the
annual consolidated audit of the FCU
that is its parent. (See 12 CFR 712.) The
amendment reduced regulatory burden
and conformed the regulation with
agency practice, which, since 1997, had
been to view credit unions with wholly
owned CUSOs in compliance with the
rule if the parent FCU has obtained an
annual financial statement audit on a
consolidated basis.
Effective January 20, 2006, NCUA
revised its MBL rule to clarify the
minimum capital requirements a
federally insured corporate credit union
(corporate) must meet to make
unsecured MBLs to members that are
not credit unions or corporate credit
union service organizations. (See 12
CFR 723.) NCUA also revised the
definition of a construction or
development loan (C&D loan) to include
certain loans to borrowers who already
own or have rights to property and the
definition of net worth to be more
consistent with its definition in the FCU
Act and NCUA’s PCA regulation.
Finally, the rule clarified that a state
may rescind a state MBL rule without
NCUA’s approval.
Effective January 22, 2007, NCUA
revised its rule governing the
conversion of insured credit unions to
mutual savings banks or mutual savings
associations. The final rule improves the
information available to members and
the board of directors as they consider
a possible conversion. The final rule
includes revised disclosures, revised
voting procedures, procedures to
facilitate communications among
members, and procedures for members
to provide their comments to directors
before the credit union board votes on
a conversion plan.
The conversion issue has been among
the most significant and important
issues confronting the credit union
industry. As noted in the preamble to
the proposed rule, published for a 60day comment period in June 2006, the
conversion from a credit union charter
to a bank charter is a fundamental shift.
The decision to convert belongs to the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
members. To make this decision,
members must be fully informed as to
the reasons for the conversion and have
time to consider the advantages and
disadvantages of conversion. They
should also have an opportunity to
communicate their views to the credit
union’s directors and to communicate
with other members about the proposed
conversion.
The NCUA solicited public comment
on ways to improve the conversion
process in each of these areas. The final
rule, adopted after consideration of all
public comments, requires a converting
credit union to give advance public
notice that the board intends to vote on
a conversion proposal and establishes
procedures for members to share their
views with directors before they adopt
the proposal; thereafter, the rule
outlines a procedure for any member to
share his views about the proposal
among the membership. The rule also
clarifies that credit union directors may
vote in favor of a conversion proposal
only if they have determined the
conversion is in the best interests of the
members and requires the board of
directors to submit a certification to the
NCUA of its support for the conversion
proposal and plan. The rule also
simplifies the required disclosures and
includes new requirements for delivery
of both the disclosures and the ballots
to the membership. Finally, the rule sets
out procedures to govern NCUA’s
review and approval of a conversion
request and procedures for appeal of the
decision to the NCUA Board.
E. Legislative Issues
1. Financial Services Regulatory
Relief Act of 2006. Congress enacted the
FSRRA in October. The EGRPRA
process served as an impetus to the
FFIEC agencies to work together in
considering legislative
recommendations in connection with
burden reduction objectives. The new
law makes several changes to the FCU
Act, including several new powers for
FCUs and clarification of NCUA’s
enforcement authority. The provisions
affecting FCU powers are summarized
below.
a. Check Cashing and Money Transfer
Services. The new law changes section
107(5) of the FCU Act, 12 U.S.C.
1757(5), to allow FCUs to provide check
cashing and money transfer services to
all persons described in the field of
membership and, therefore, eligible to
become members of the credit union,
whether or not they have actually joined
the credit union. This expansion will
introduce low cost financial services to
persons of low income and will provide
a viable alternative for them to the
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
frequently expensive, sometimes
predatory practices to which they are
often relegated. It will also allow these
persons to begin to gain confidence in
more traditional financial organizations,
which many of them, especially recent
immigrants, often lack. NCUA believes
this measure is in furtherance of the
credit union mission of serving persons
of modest means in their field of
membership.
b. Increase in Loan Maturity Limits.
The new law makes a change to the FCU
Act to permit the NCUA Board to
establish FCU general loan maturity
limits up to 15 years or longer,
liberalizing the previous statutory limit
of 12 years (see 12 U.S.C. 1757(5)). The
increase, implemented through a
rulemaking finalized in October,
provides FCUs with the flexibility to
make loans for a much wider variety of
purposes, in accordance with commonly
accepted market practices. This
liberalization also permits FCUs to offer
products and services commonly
available from other financial
institutions.
c. Preservation of Credit Union Net
Worth in Mergers. The new law amends
the FCU Act to preserve the net worth
of credit unions after a merger (see 12
U.S.C. 1790d(o)(2)(A)). Under the new
law, a continuing credit union in a
merger can include pre-merger retained
earnings of the merging credit union in
calculating regulatory net worth. The
change, which will also require a
change to NCUA’s PCA rules, was
necessary because a proposed final rule
by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB) would count only the
retained earnings of the continuing
credit union toward net worth following
a merger. The FASB proposal has the
effect of artificially lowering the postmerger capital ratio for the resulting
credit union. Without this change,
voluntary mergers between credit
unions would have been discouraged.
While the FSRRA was an important
step in addressing regulatory burden,
NCUA believes it is important for
Congress to continue to look for ways to
reduce any unnecessary regulatory
burdens on credit unions. NCUA
developed or supported a number of
legislative burden reducing proposals
that ultimately were not included in the
FSRRA. Congress may find these
proposals a useful starting point in
considering additional regulatory relief
measures in the future.
F. Conclusion
The NCUA fully supports the
rationale of the EGRPRA legislation.
That rationale conforms with the
NCUA’s own independent commitment
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
to review its regulations periodically to
assure they are effective, necessary, and
not unduly burdensome.
Appendix II–A: Subject and Regulation
Cite, by Category
Category
Subject
1. Applications and Reporting.
Change in official or senior executive officer in credit unions that are
newly chartered or in troubled condition.
Field of membership/chartering ..............................................................
Fees paid by federal credit unions .........................................................
Conversion of insured credit unions to mutual savings banks ..............
Mergers of federally insured credit unions; voluntary termination or
conversion of insured status.
Applications for insurance ......................................................................
Conversion to a state-chartered credit union .........................................
Purchase of assets and assumption of liabilities ...................................
12 CFR 701.14
Loans to members and lines of credit to members ...............................
12 CFR 701.21
Participation loans ..................................................................................
Borrowed funds from natural persons ....................................................
Statutory lien ...........................................................................................
Leasing ...................................................................................................
Member business loans .........................................................................
Maximum borrowing ...............................................................................
Investment and deposit activities ...........................................................
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
701.22
701.38
701.39
714
723
741.2
703
Fixed assets ...........................................................................................
Credit union service organizations (CUSOs) .........................................
Payment on shares by public units and nonmembers ...........................
Designation of low-income status; receipt of secondary capital accounts by low-income designated credit unions.
Share, share draft, and share certificate accounts ................................
Treasury tax and loan depositories; depositories and financial agents
of the government.
Refund of interest ...................................................................................
Incidental powers ....................................................................................
12
12
12
12
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
701.36
712
701.32
701.34
Charitable contributions and donations ..................................................
Credit union service contracts ................................................................
Purchase, sale, and pledge of eligible obligations .................................
Community Development Revolving Loan Program ..............................
Central liquidity facility ............................................................................
Designation of low-income status; receipt of secondary capital accounts by low-income designated credit unions.
Regulatory Flexibility Program ...............................................................
Prompt corrective action .........................................................................
Adequacy of reserves .............................................................................
Nondiscrimination requirement (Fair Housing) .......................................
Truth in Savings (TIS) ............................................................................
Loans in areas having special flood hazards .........................................
Privacy of consumer financial information .............................................
Share insurance .....................................................................................
Advertising ..............................................................................................
Disclosure of share insurance ................................................................
Notice of termination of excess insurance coverage .............................
Uninsured membership share ................................................................
Corporate credit unions ..........................................................................
Loans and lines of credit to officials .......................................................
12
12
12
12
12
12
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
701.25
701.26
701.23
705
725
701.34
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
742
702
741.3(a)
701.31
707
760
716
745
740
741.10
741.5
741.9
704
701.21(d)
Reimbursement, insurance, and indemnification of officials and employees.
Retirement benefits for employees ........................................................
Management officials interlock ...............................................................
Fidelity bond and insurance coverage ...................................................
Report of crimes or suspected crimes ...................................................
Bank Secrecy Act ...................................................................................
Liquidation (involuntary and voluntary) ..................................................
Uniform rules of practice and procedure ................................................
Local rules of practice and procedure ....................................................
Lending ...................................................................................................
Investments ............................................................................................
Supervisory committee audit ..................................................................
Security programs ..................................................................................
Guidelines for safeguarding member information ..................................
Records preservation program and record retention appendix .............
12 CFR 701.33
2. Powers and Activities:
a. Lending, Leasing
and Borrowing.
b. Investment and Deposits.
c. Miscellaneous Activities.
3. Agency Programs ...........
4. Capital ............................
5. Consumer Protection .....
6. Corporate Credit Unions
7. Directors, Officers, and
Employees.
8. Money Laundering .........
9. Rules of Procedure ........
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62097
10. Safety and Soundness
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Regulation cite
Sfmt 4703
12
12
12
12
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
701.1; IRPS 03
701.6
708a
708b
12 CFR 741.0; 741.3; 741.4; 741.6
12 CFR 741.7
12 CFR 741.8
12 CFR 701.35
12 CFR 701.37
12 CFR 701.24
12 CFR 721
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
CFR
701.19
711
713
748.1(c)
748.2
709 and 710
747 subpart A
747, subpart B
701.21
703
715
748
748, Appendix A
749
01NON2
62098
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
Category
Subject
Regulation cite
Appraisals ...............................................................................................
Examination ............................................................................................
Regulations codified elsewhere in NCUA’s regulations as applying to
federal credit unions that also apply to federally insured state-chartered credit unions.
Appendix II–B: Summary of Comments,
by Category
I. Applications and Reporting (68 FR
35589, June 16, 2003)
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
A. Field of Membership and Chartering
Section 701.1; IRPS 03–1
Seven commenters commented on
field of membership (FOM) and
chartering. The commenters were
generally pleased with the direction
NCUA has taken with chartering;
however, six commenters encouraged
NCUA to do even more in this area. One
commenter cautioned NCUA to chart a
prudent course in this area and carefully
consider the effects of granting larger
FOMs to FCUs with low penetration in
their existing FOMs.
The statutory changes suggested by
some of the commenters were:
• Remove the ‘‘reasonable proximity’’
requirement in section 1759(f)(1)(B) of
the FCU Act. Requiring a physical
presence does not make sense in this
century of Internet and remote banking.
• Remove the preference in the Credit
Union Membership Access Act
(CUMAA) for forming new groups over
adding a group to an existing credit
union. A few commenters suggested
eliminating the presumption in CUMAA
that a group over 3,000 may be able to
form its own credit union, requiring a
special analysis and consideration.
• Clarify that the limitation of 3,000
does not apply to voluntary mergers of
healthy FCUs.
• Eliminate the undefined local
community test.
• Allow FCUs to continue to serve
SEGs after the FCU converts to a
community charter. Numerous FCUs
have converted to state charter because
of this limitation.
• Leave it to each FCU as to how to
define ‘‘family’’ and ‘‘household.’’
• State that commercial banks and
thrifts have no standing to challenge
NCUA FOM policies that implement the
FCU Act.
• Allow FCUs to provide check
cashing and money transfer services to
nonmembers.
The regulatory changes suggested to
IRPS 03–1 were:
• The IRPS permits an FCU to add a
select group if it is in ‘‘reasonable
proximity’’ to a wholly owned ATM or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
a service facility in which it has some
ownership interest. Several commenters
suggested deleting the ‘‘wholly owned’’
requirement for ATMs and the
ownership requirement for a service
facility. The commenters noted that the
wholly owned requirement penalizes
smaller credit unions and hurts credit
unions that have joined an ATM
network in the spirit of cooperation.
• Eliminate the geographic limitation
on occupational common bond based on
employment in a trade, industry, or
profession (TIP). It is not required in the
FCU Act, and any safety and soundness
concerns can be addressed in the
business plan.
• TIP should not be limited to single
common bond credit unions.
• Eliminate the requirement that a
credit union expanding to add a group
must include with its application
certain documentation from the group.
The credit union should be allowed to
provide all the necessary information.
Most groups do not have the time or the
expertise to provide the information
NCUA requires. NCUA should allow an
FCU to provide and attest to the
information that is currently required in
the group’s documentation.
• Remove the restrictions on
voluntary mergers. The legislative
history and recent court decisions
support the interpretation that the
limitations on the expansion of multiple
common bond credit unions do not
apply to voluntary mergers.
B. Fees Paid by Federal Credit Unions
Section 701.6
Five commenters commented on this
provision of the regulations. One
commenter supported NCUA’s efforts to
decrease costs and urged NCUA to
continue this effort. Four commenters
noted that the overhead transfer rate
(OTR) is directly related to the operating
fee and urge more transparency in the
process. Some of the suggestions in
conjunction with greater transparency
were that NCUA: Make certain it is
basing its calculations on accurate
information; place the procedures for
calculating the OTR in the regulations;
and release the OTR analysis to the
credit union community 60 days prior
to setting a new OTR. One commenter
commended NCUA on its efforts to
accurately calculate the OTR.
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
12 CFR 722
12 CFR 741.1
12 CFR 741, subpart B
C. Applications for Insurance Sections
741.0; 741.3; 741.4; 741.6
One commenter commented on these
provisions. The commenter suggested
NCUA digitize the insurance
application (a digital package of
electronic forms). The commenter made
the following suggestions for the Form
5300 Call Report: (1) Make filing as easy
as possible (electronic filing with edit
checks); (2) minimize the changes to the
Call Report, because this is unduly
burdensome to small credit unions; and
(3) improve the instructions.
D. Change in Officials Section 701.14
Two commenters commented on this
provision. One commenter stated the
regulation is overly burdensome and
invasive and suggested NCUA review
and simplify it. The other commenter
suggested shortening the timeframe for
the region to determine if the
application is complete from 10 to 5
days and shortening the region’s 30-day
timeframe to approve or disapprove an
application. The commenter believes
newly chartered and troubled credit
unions should be a high priority, and
that any delay in the process could
derail the success of the credit union.
E. Conversion of Insured Credit Union
to Mutual Savings Bank Part 708a
Four commenters commented on this
provision. The commenters supported
NCUA’s proposed changes to this
provision. The proposal is intended to
ensure more accurate disclosure by
requiring credit unions to provide the
members with specific information so
that they have sufficient knowledge to
make an informed decision. The
commenters also suggested amending
the statute so that NCUA can require a
higher percentage for approval than a
majority of those voting (see 12 U.S.C.
1785(b)(2)(B)). The commenters do not
believe it is right that a small number of
members could decide the fate of the
credit union. The suggestions were to
require that a majority of all members
vote in favor of the conversion or that
a minimum of 20 percent of the
members vote and that a majority of
those members vote in favor of the
conversion. (This is the requirement for
conversion to private insurance.)
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
F. Mergers of Federally Insured Credit
Unions; Voluntary Termination or
Conversion of Insured Status Part 708b
Three commenters commented on this
process. One commenter suggested
amending the voting requirements in
section 708b.203(c), which covers the
conversion from federal to private
insurance, from a majority of the
members that vote, provided 20 percent
vote, to requiring a majority of all
members, as is required for termination
of insurance in section 708b.201(c). This
would require an amendment to section
1785(d)(2) of the FCU Act.
One commenter suggested allowing
credit unions converting from state to
federal charter to retain investments
authorized under state law but not
authorized under federal law for a
reasonable period of time instead of
requiring immediate divestiture.
One commenter asked NCUA not to
follow expected guidance from FASB on
the issue of merging credit unions. The
guidance is expected to require the
acquiring credit union in a merger of
two or more credit unions to treat the
merger as a purchase rather than a
pooling of interests.
G. Conversion to State Chartered Credit
Union Section 741.7
One commenter commented on this
provision. The commenter suggested
that when an FCU converts to state
charter it should not be required to
submit a new request for insurance and
go through the insurance review
process.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
II. Powers and Activities
A. Lending, Leasing, and Borrowing
1. Loans to Members and Lines of
Credit to Members Section 701.21. Five
commenters commented on this
provision. Three commenters suggested
amending the FCU Act to give NCUA
more latitude in adjusting the interest
rate. One commenter suggested
simplifying section 701.21(c)(7), the
regulatory provision governing interest
rates, by reducing it to one paragraph
and stating the current rate, effective as
of a date certain and explaining that the
rate is periodically revised by NCUA.
Two commenters suggested revising
the FCU Act by either eliminating the
statutory 12-year loan limitation or
increasing it to 15 years (see 12 U.S.C.
1757(5)).
One commenter suggested increasing
the 20-year limitation on mobile home
loans and home equity loans (see 12
CFR 701.21(f)).
Two commenters suggested amending
the FCU Act to eliminate the
requirement for board approval for loans
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
to officials over $20,000 and instead
allow the board to set the limit or, at a
minimum, raise the amount (see 12
U.S.C. 1757(5)(A)(5)).
One commenter suggested that NCUA
review its regulatory preemption
provisions to ensure that they are
consistent with the current case law.
One commenter suggested moving the
overdraft policy rules from the lending
section of the regulations to the share
section. The commenter is concerned
that by including them in the lending
provision this may lend support to the
position that overdraft policies fall
within Regulation Z.
One commenter suggested clarifying
in the regulations that the board may
delegate the setting of loan rates and
terms to credit union management.
One commenter suggested eliminating
the provision in section 701.21(g) that
states that ‘‘no loan shall be secured by
a residence located outside the United
States, its territories and possessions, or
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.’’
Credit unions serve facilities that have
locations throughout the world. Because
of this provision an FCU cannot assist
a member trying to buy a home in a
foreign country.
2. Loan Participation Section 701.22.
One commenter commented on this
section. The commenter suggested
revising section 701.22(d)(4) by
removing the requirement that an FCU
that is not the originating lender get the
approval of the board of directors or
investment committee prior to
disbursement. The commenter believes
that the rule should allow the board to
delegate this authority to senior
management with the board setting the
parameters. The commenter also
suggests removing the requirement in
section 701.22(c)(2) that the originating
lender retain 10 percent of the face
amount of the loan. The commenter
notes that other types of financial
institutions do not have this limitation.
This is a statutory requirement and
would require an amendment to the
FCU Act (see 12 U.S.C. 1757(5)(E)).
3. Share, Share Draft, and Share
Certificate Accounts Section 701.35.
Two commenters commented on this
provision. One commenter suggested
NCUA pursue a statutory change to
permit credit unions to accept deposits
as well as shares. One commenter
suggested a legislative change to delete
from the FCU Act the requirement that
‘‘[i]f the par value of a share exceeds $5,
dividends shall be paid on all funds in
the regular share account once a full
share has been purchased.’’ (See 12
U.S.C. 1763.)
4. Member Business Loans Part 723.
Five commenters commented on this
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62099
provision, and all five suggested raising
the statutory exemption from $50,000 to
$100,000 with one recommending
deleting it in its entirety (see 12 U.S.C.
1757a(c)(B)(iii)). The commenters
believe this amendment is necessary for
credit unions to provide better service to
their members. Two commenters
suggested eliminating or revising the
statutory restriction limiting a credit
union’s business lending to the lesser of
either 1.75 times net worth or 12.25
percent of total assets (see 12 U.S.C.
1757a(a)). The commenters note that
credit unions’ business lending has no
effect on the profitability of other
insured institutions and is filling a
niche for business loans of modest
amounts. They suggest that, at a
minimum, the amount should be raised
to the amount permitted for thrifts.
Two commenters supported targeted
statutory relief, such as for agricultural
and faith-based loans.
One commenter suggested additional
relief in section 701.21 for residential
mortgage lending when the borrowing is
basically for personal investment rather
than for true business enterprise
purposes. This commenter also
suggested: Better aligning the MBL
regulatory requirements with SBA’s
loan requirements; and providing
additional flexibility with respect to the
regulatory loan-to-value limitation for
MBLs.
5. Maximum Borrowing Section
741.2. Two commenters commented on
this provision. One commenter noted
that NCUA has a proposed rule out for
comment removing the borrowing
limitation of 50 percent of paid-in and
unimpaired capital and surplus for
federally insured state-chartered credit
unions. The commenter noted the
limitation is statutory for FCUs and that
the commenter would restrict its
comments on this issue to the proposed
rule. The other commenter suggested
allowing all RegFlex credit unions to
exceed the limitation or remove it for all
credit unions. This suggestion would
require an amendment to section
1757(9) of the FCU Act.
6. Leasing Part 714. One commenter
commented on this section. The
commenter suggested that NCUA amend
the rule by eliminating the 25 percent
residual value requirement in section
714.4(c). The commenter believes credit
unions should have the ability to make
an informed business decision as to
what the residual value should be for
each lease.
B. Investment and Deposits
1. Designation of Low-Income Status;
Receipt of Secondary Capital Accounts
by Low-Income Designated Credit
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
62100
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
Unions Section 701.34. Four
commenters commented on this
provision. Two commenters suggested
eliminating the 20 percent of total
shares limit on nonmember deposits in
low-income credit unions. These
commenters noted that the limit
restricts philanthropic and corporate
investment and that prompt corrective
action (PCA) already addresses the
safety and soundness concerns this
limitation is addressing. One
commenter suggested eliminating the
requirement in section 701.34(b)(3) that
a secondary capital account have a
minimum maturity of five years. The
commenter believes this is overly
restrictive.
One commenter stated its support for
secondary capital and encouraged
NCUA to allow the use of secondary
capital in all credit unions.
2. Fixed Assets Section 701.36. Three
commenters commented on this
provision. Two commenters suggested
reviewing section 701.36(d), which
requires an FCU that purchases property
for expansion to have a plan to utilize
the property for its own operation. The
commenters believe this requirement
unnecessarily limits an FCU’s future
expansion options. The commenters
suggested three years is not a reasonable
time to require full utilization and
suggested deleting it and conditioning
the purchase of the property on an
ongoing relationship with the sponsor
or other entity willing to provide longterm leases.
One commenter objected to the 5
percent of shares and retained earnings
limitation on the purchase of fixed
assets in section 701.36(c). The
commenter believes this is too limiting
and that the definition of fixed assets
should be modified to only include land
and buildings. In addition, the
commenter suggested that for FCUs
applying for a waiver from the 5 percent
limitation that NCUA not require copies
of blueprints. This is not a regulatory
requirement but may be required by
some regions. The commenter believes
the waiver process should be simplified.
3. Investment and Deposit Activity
Part 703. Three commenters commented
on this provision. The commenters
identified the following restricted
activities as areas for relief: Assetbacked securities, short-term corporate
commercial paper, corporate notes and
bonds, non-agency mortgage-backed
securities, shares and stocks of other
financial institutions, derivative
authority in order to hedge interest rate
risk, utilization of financial futures or
interest rate risk, securities related to
small businesses, residual interest in
CMOs/REMICs, mortgage servicing
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
rights, and real estate investment trusts.
One commenter suggested allowing
FCUs that have the expertise to engage
in these activities to do so instead of
limiting expanded investment options
to RegFlex credit unions.
One commenter suggested exempting
all FCUs and not just RegFlex FCUs
from the 100 percent limitation in
section 703.5(b)(ii). This provision
permits an FCU to delegate
discretionary control over the purchase
and sale of its investments to a person
other than a credit union employee up
to 100 percent of its net worth. This
commenter also suggested lifting the
prohibition on the purchase of an
investment with the proceeds from a
borrowing transaction if the purchased
investment matures after the maturity of
the borrowing repurchase transaction.
This provision does not apply to
RegFlex credit unions.
One commenter supported legislation
that would increase the investment
options for FCUs so that they have the
same authority that is approved for
other federally regulated financial
institutions. This commenter also
supported exempting FCUs from
registering with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as broker/dealers
when engaging in certain activities.
Banks are already exempt from this
requirement.
4. Credit Union Service Organization
Part 712. Three commenters commented
on this provision. Two of the
commenters supported a statutory
change to remove the 1 percent
limitation on investments and loans to
credit union service organizations
(CUSOs) or, at a minimum, increase it
to 3 percent or 5 percent.
Two commenters suggested that,
although the list of permissible
activities in the current regulation is
broader than prior versions of the rule,
NCUA should go even further. The
commenters suggested the rule include
guidance as to which activities are
related to the routine activities of an
FCU and allow FCUs to determine if the
activity is permissible. The specific
examples currently in the rule should be
included as an appendix to the rule and
for guidance purposes only.
C. Miscellaneous Activities
1. Incidental Powers Part 721. Two
commenters commented on this
provision. One commenter supported
legislation to permit FCUs to operate
full trust departments. The other
commenter suggested expanding section
721.3(d) to permit FCUs to lease excess
space regardless of whether it intends to
eventually occupy space. This
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
restriction prevents FCUs from being
competitive with banks.
2. Charitable Contributions Section
701.25. Three commenters commented
on this provision. One commenter
suggested eliminating the rule in its
entirety because this activity does not
pose a safety and soundness concern.
Two commenters suggested eliminating
the requirement in section 701.25(b)
that a not-for-profit recipient that is not
a 501(c)(3) be located in or conduct
activities in the community in which
the credit union has a place of business.
The commenters suggested allowing the
FCU to select the recipient based on
location of members.
3. Purchase, Sale and Pledge of
Eligible Obligations Section 701.23. One
commenter commented on this
provision and suggested a statutory
change to remove the limitation of 5
percent of unimpaired surplus and
capital limitation on the purchase of
eligible obligations (see 12 U.S.C.
1757(13)).
4. FCU Bylaws. Two commenters
suggested that NCUA include the FCU
Bylaws in its EGRPRA review. One of
those commenters also noted that, by
including some of the standard bylaw
amendments in the revised 1998 FCU
Bylaws (FCU Bylaws) and requiring
NCUA approval to adopt those not
included in the FCU Bylaws, NCUA had
reduced regulatory flexibility. It should
be noted that as part of its 2004
regulatory review NCUA is seeking
comment on the FCU Bylaws.
III. Agency Programs Parts 705, 725, and
742; Section 701.34 (70 FR 75986,
December 22, 2005)
One commenter suggested reducing
NCUA’s requirement that a credit union
have 7 percent capital for six
consecutive quarters to be eligible for
participation in the agency’s RegFlex
program. This commenter urged the
agency to continue to look for ways,
consistent with safety and soundness
considerations, to reduce the regulatory
burden for community development and
low-income credit unions. One
commenter recommended NCUA adopt
the approach followed by the
Department of the Treasury’s CDFI Fund
for designating median incomes in
geographic areas for NCUA’s program of
designating low-income credit unions.
The commenter noted that NCUA
follows this convention in designating
‘‘underserved areas.’’ This commenter
also opposed recent changes by NCUA
to the secondary capital rules, such as
the requirement to obtain the Regional
Director’s approval before accepting an
investment of secondary capital. This
commenter offered several comments on
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
aspects of the NCUA’s revolving loan
program rule, including eliminating
some unnecessary provisions,
improving the administration of other
provisions, and either eliminating the
community needs plan outright or
making it subject to public review. The
commenter recommended NCUA
consider changing the loan program into
a secondary capital program and
eliminating as unnecessary and
burdensome compliance with our nonmember public unit share account rules
once the loan to NCUA is repaid.
IV. Capital Part 702; Section 741.3 (70
FR 75986, December 22, 2005)
Seven of the eight commenters
expressed strong support for a riskbased capital approach and advocated
that NCUA continue to pursue
necessary changes to the FCU Act to
enable it to fully implement such a
program. Six of these also advocated
implementation of a risk-based capital
program for corporate credit unions as
well, and urged NCUA to continue its
ongoing dialogue with the industry on
this topic. One commenter noted that
corporations have relatively more
conservative investments and less risky
loan portfolios, which supports the
argument that a risk-based approach to
capital is appropriate. One commenter
noted that credit unions are unique
among regulated financial institutions
in their absence of a risk-based capital
regime. In respect of the prompt
corrective action rules, one commenter
recommended that NCUA not require a
credit union meeting the ‘‘adequately
capitalized’’ test to undertake corrective
action; another suggested that corrective
action not be required where the credit
union’s capital ratio falls between 4
percent and 5 percent. One commenter
noted that implementation of a riskbased net worth program could be
complicated and expensive for smaller
credit unions. Another commenter
noted its support for the current
accounting treatment allowed for a
credit union’s investment in the
NCUSIF.
V. Consumer Protection
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
A. Lending-Related Rules (69 FR 5300,
February 4, 2004)
Note: Includes certain Federal Reserve
Board (FRB) rules that affect credit unions.
Commenters did not offer suggestions on any
rule developed or issued by NCUA, although
one commenter suggested that the Federal
Credit Union Act should be amended by
eliminating or modifying the usury ceiling
contained in section 107 of the Act.
1. Regulation Z, Truth in Lending 12
CFR 226 (FRB). Two commenters
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
suggested amending Regulation Z to
require that the costs associated with
accepting a below-market financing
offer, such as foregoing an available
rebate or price reduction, be included in
the finance charge and calculation of the
annual percentage rate (APR). Two
commenters suggested revising
Regulation Z’s requirement that debt
cancellation fees may only be excluded
from APR where the applicant has asked
for the debt cancellation product in
writing. The commenters characterized
this requirement as unduly burdensome
and asked that it be amended. They
noted that many applicants seek credit
through telephonic or electronic means,
and that requiring a written request for
a debt cancellation product is timeconsuming and unnecessary. Two
commenters requested that Regulation Z
be amended to exclude cash advance
fees from APR, noting these fees are
typically assessed on a one-time basis,
which they consider to be inconsistent
with the purpose of disclosing APR.
Two commenters requested that fees
assessed as part of an overdraft
protection program be excluded from
APR. One commenter recommended
that the three-day right of rescission
available to applicants seeking a home
equity loan or a mortgage refinance be
eliminated. The commenter
characterized the provision as
unnecessary and rarely used. One
commenter recommended that
Regulation Z be amended to permit use
of a consolidated APR disclosure where
rates for cash advance, purchase, and
balance transfer are the same. One
commenter asked that the Federal
Reserve provide clearer guidance on
Regulation Z’s disclosure requirements
where a risk-based credit card program
is offered.
Two commenters recommended
amending the Truth in Lending Act to
eliminate the required use of APR.
These commenters suggested that use of
APR has become counterproductive and
confusing to consumers, who do not
understand what costs comprise APR or
why there is a difference between their
note rate and the APR. One noted that
several of the cost components in APR
are not imposed or controlled by the
lender. One stated that most consumers
no longer use APR for comparison
purposes, and also that the costs of
calculating APR exceed any benefit from
its use. Both commenters believe
consumers would be better served with
a more simplified disclosure of the
interest rate and an itemization of costs
and discount points assessed by the
lender.
2. Regulation C, Home Mortgage
Disclosure 12 CFR 203 (FRB). Three
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62101
commenters objected to recent
amendments to Regulation C adopted by
the Federal Reserve requiring lenders to
pursue questioning related to race when
they receive applications electronically
or via the telephone. These commenters
stated that lenders who receive these
types of applications are typically
unaware of the applicant’s race. They
suggested that pursuit of such
information by the lender is both
unnecessary and possibly
counterproductive, instilling doubt in
the mind of the applicant as to the
integrity of the process. One commenter
cautioned that the Federal Reserve
should avoid exalting the pursuit of data
over the regulation’s basic purpose,
which is to discourage unlawful
discrimination. Two commenters
pointed out that the Federal Reserve’s
recent determination to change Hispanic
to an ethnic rather than a racial category
could be counterproductive, since
ethnicity is not a protected class under
the fair lending rules. One commenter
suggested that the Federal Reserve
should raise the threshold for reporting
obligations under Regulation C to
include only those lenders who
originate at least $25 million in
mortgage loans annually. This change
would place depository institution
lenders on the same footing as nondepository lenders. One commenter
opposed the Federal Reserve’s recent
amendment to this rule expanding the
definition of home loan to include any
loan in which some amount of the
proceeds is earmarked for home
improvement. The commenter believes
this change makes the scope of the rule
too broad and more difficult to monitor
for compliance purposes.
3. Regulation B, Equal Credit
Opportunity 12 CFR Part 202 (FRB). All
four commenters objected to the Federal
Reserve’s recent amendments to
Regulation B imposing new standards
for determining if an application for
credit has been made jointly. The
commenters believe these new
standards, which preclude a lender from
relying on either a joint financial
statement or joint signatures on the
promissory note as evidence of intent to
jointly apply for an extension of credit,
unduly increase the compliance burden
and will result in delays. One
commenter noted that use of the new
standards is particularly difficult with
telephonic or electronic credit
applications.
4. Flood Insurance Part 760. Two
commenters complained that the federal
statute that authorizes funding for flood
insurance needs annual congressional
appropriation. The commenters are
concerned that the appropriation
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62102
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
process results in needless uncertainty
about whether the required funds will
be available. The commenters suggested
that the enabling legislation be amended
to provide for an automatic
appropriation.
5. Federal Credit Union Act; Usury
Ceiling. One commenter called for an
amendment to section 107 of the
Federal Credit Union Act to eliminate
the 15 percent annual interest rate
ceiling. The commenter noted that the
FCU Act provides the NCUA Board with
authority to establish a different usury
ceiling under certain circumstances for
periods not in excess of 18 months. The
commenter stated that the possibility of
change every 18 months creates
uncertainty hindering the development
of new loan products. The commenter
believes the NCUA Board has ample
authority to regulate against interest rate
risk and suggested that the statutory
usury ceiling has become unnecessary
and arguably excessive.
6. Guidance on Electronic
Disclosures. One commenter asked that
the Federal Reserve provide guidance to
the financial sector about the use of
electronic disclosures under its lending
regulations, as well as its electronic
funds transfer and truth in savings
regulations. The commenter stated that
greater flexibility is necessary
concerning what constitutes an
‘‘electronic address’’ and that
clarification is necessary about how a
consumer may evidence his or her
consent to accept disclosures
electronically.
B. Share Account—Deposit
Relationships and Miscellaneous
Consumer Regulations (69 FR 41202,
July 8, 2004)
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
Note: Includes FRB rules governing
Electronic Fund Transfers (Regulation E).
1. Truth in Savings Part 707. Two
commenters suggested amending the
Truth in Savings rule to eliminate the
requirement that annual percentage
yield on savings accounts be calculated
and disclosed periodically, citing
confusion that results on the part of
consumers from this calculation. Two
commenters also suggested that the rule
be amended to eliminate the cumulative
reporting of fees, as is presently
required. One commenter suggested
updating the dollar amount for
determining if a bonus is permissible
from $10 to $25, along with eliminating
the required aggregation of de minimis
items. Other suggestions to improve this
rule included conforming the change in
terms notice requirement to the 21 days
that is required in Regulation E, as well
as permitting the use of the acronym
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
‘‘APY’’ for annual percentage yield,
similar to that which is permitted in
Regulation Z for annual percentage rate.
A commenter suggested modifying the
requirement in the rule pertaining to
advance disclosures in the case of noncheck transactions, citing the difficulty
in doing so with present technology.
Two commenters suggested allowing
notices to be delivered electronically
through the home banking interface,
rather than through e-mail, given the
better security available in such
programs. One commenter noted that
this is a preferable approach in other
consumer disclosures as well, such as
Regulations Z, E, and M. Finally, one
commenter supported the continued use
of this rule as the principal avenue for
regulation of bounce protection
programs.
2. Privacy Part 716. Two commenters
noted opposition to the requirement of
annual consumer privacy notices where
there has been no change in privacy
policy and no right of opt-out. One
commenter acknowledged this is a
statutory requirement and sought
NCUA’s support for a change in the law.
This commenter also stated there was
no need to change the form of privacy
notices, especially where a short form
with no opt out is used. Three
commenters indicated that any change
to the privacy notices ought to await
completion of rule changes required by
the Fair and Accurate Credit
Transactions Act (FACT Act), which
was enacted last year and amends the
Fair Credit Reporting Act. One
commenter suggested NCUA should
amend the definition of affiliate to
include a company that may be owned
or controlled by more than one credit
union.
3. Electronic Funds Transfers 12 CFR
Part 205 (FRB). Two commenters
opposed any change from current
requirements relating to debit card
transactions, and indicated that
technological difficulties exist with
providing fee information in connection
with point of sale debit card
transactions. One commenter also noted
opposition to any requirement that
transaction fees on ATM or POS
transactions be disclosed on a year-todate, cumulative basis on periodic
account statements.
4. Share Insurance Part 745. One
commenter approved of the use of
examples of share insurance coverage in
the appendix to the share insurance
regulation and asked that two additional
examples, relating to insurance coverage
for joint revocable trusts, be added. One
commenter suggested that NCUA
include the examples as part of official
staff commentary, subject to notice and
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
public comment. The commenter also
recommended that NCUA include staff
interpretations in the official
commentary, as an alternative to the use
of private legal opinion letters.69
VI. Corporate Credit Unions (70 FR
75986, December 22, 2005)
A. Corporate Credit Unions Part 704
Commenters addressed several other
aspects of the corporate rule and related
matters. One commenter requested
different treatment for corporations for
Bank Secrecy Act compliance and antimoney laundering rules because of
corporates’ lower risk profile. One
commenter advocated more flexibility
for corporates’ investments, such as
permitting derivatives indexed to
inflation, to allow beneficial hedging
opportunities. This commenter also
advocated narrowing the scope of the
corporate CUSO rule so the rule only
applies to CUSOs in which a corporate
has a controlling interest. This
commenter opposed the loan limits
applicable to corporate lending to
CUSOs and suggested NCUA make
loans to CUSOs subject to the same or
comparable rules as member loans. This
commenter stated the requirement that
a corporate obtain a legal opinion
addressing the issue of corporate
separateness is burdensome and
unnecessary in view of the actual risks.
This commenter also asserted part B
Expanded Authority, part V, is unduly
burdensome when applied to wholesale
corporates, because it restricts loan
participation authority to loans made by
members and natural person credit
unions cannot be members of wholesale
corporates.
Two commenters requested NCUA
change the provisions of section 704.2
to enable corporates to settle ACH
transactions on the settlement date, not
the advice date. One commenter
requested NCUA remove the restriction
in section 704.14(a)(2), contending it
unnecessarily restricts corporates from
considering the full range of potential
directors. This commenter also
advocated that NCUA allow CUSOs to
engage in the full range of permissible
lending available to credit unions and
allow corporates to deal in CUSO loans
in the same manner as credit union
loans. This commenter advocated
greater flexibility in the loans to one
borrower limits, especially for
corporates holding expanded
authorities. This commenter also
indicated the requirement in section
704.12(a)(1), pertaining to providing
69 The appendix to part 745 is published for
comment as part of the rulemaking process and
includes both example and interpretations.
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
services to nonmembers only through a
correspondent agreement, is overly
burdensome and reduces competition
and so should be eliminated. Finally,
this commenter recommended NCUA
prepare guidance on corporate mergers
because they are likely to continue for
the foreseeable future.
VII. Directors, Officers, and Employees
(70 FR 39202, July 7, 2005)
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
A. Parts 711 and 713; Sections 701.21,
701.33, and 701.19
1. Officers, Directors, and Employees.
Two commenters wrote in support of a
provision currently in both the Credit
Union Regulatory Improvements and
the Regulatory Relief bills pending in
Congress that would allow a credit
union to reimburse a volunteer for
wages lost due to time spent in service
to the credit union. Two commenters
recommended that NCUA amend
section 701.21, the general lending rule,
to specify that a credit union employee
who is also a member of its board of
directors can receive any discounts, for
example in interest rates, that the credit
union makes available to other
employees.
Two commenters that had previously
submitted comments on the proposed
amendments to part 713 reiterated their
comments here. Each suggested that
NCUA expand its eligibility criteria for
the higher deductible beyond credit
unions that qualify under NCUA’s
RegFlex program and allow well
capitalized credit unions to qualify
under the rule. One reiterated its
support for the proposed changes to the
coverage limits in the rule. The other
reiterated its request that NCUA add a
waiver procedure to enable credit
unions needing a longer time period to
procure a bond with different coverage
as required by the rule. This same
commenter asked that we also include
an exemption procedure for credit
unions to avoid having to meet the new
coverage limits. A third commenter
suggested that NCUA clarify the
distinction between references to a
credit union’s board of directors and the
NCUA Board.
One commenter requested that NCUA
broaden the provisions in section
701.19(c) to allow greater discretion and
flexibility in making investments to
support employee benefit plans.
VIII. Anti-Money Laundering (70 FR
5946, February 4, 2005)
A. Anti-Money Laundering Part 748
Five commenters sought guidance and
clarification from NCUA concerning
requirements to file SARs; one sought
an outright exemption from the filing
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
requirements for small credit unions.
Three commenters recommended
raising the threshold for filing Currency
Transaction Reports from the current
$10,000 trigger; one sought an
expansion of the time in which filing is
required to 30 days. One commenter
recommended raising the thresholds for
reporting on monetary instruments from
the current $3,000 trigger and for filing
money laundering SARs from its current
reporting threshold of $5,000. This
commenter also advocated establishing
a de minimis threshold for reporting
insider theft and abuse, as well as
eliminating the annual recertification
requirements for exempt customers.
Two commenters sought training and
guidance from NCUA, in concert with
the other banking regulators, on what
constitutes an adequate anti-money
laundering program and what
requirements apply in testing and
auditing of these programs. Two
commenters recommended that the
Office of Foreign Assets Control be
merged with FinCEN under the auspices
of the Department of the Treasury.
IX. Rules of Practice and Procedure (70
FR 39202, July 7, 2005)
A. Parts 709, 710, 747
1. Rules of Practice and Procedure. No
commenters addressed any aspect of the
rules of practice and procedure.
X. Safety and Soundness (70 FR 39202,
July 7, 2005)
A. Safety and Soundness Parts 703, 715,
722, 741, 748, 749; Section 701.21
Four commenters suggested amending
the Federal Credit Union Act to provide
NCUA with greater flexibility in
establishing maximum rates and
maturities on loans. One commenter
suggested liberalizing the requirements
in the lending rules governing approval
for loans to insiders. Although the MBL
rule was not specifically included in
this notice, two commenters
recommended changes to it, including
expanding the permissible maturity
limits and allowing individual boards of
directors to make some of the decisions
that currently require NCUA waiver or
specific approval. One commenter
suggested expanding the privileges
available to RegFlex credit unions in the
MBL context to all adequately
capitalized credit unions. The same
commenter suggested raising the
threshold for the mandatory use of
appraisals above its current statutory
limit of $250,000 for real estate loans.
Three commenters addressed the
investments rule. One recommended
eliminating restrictions on purchasing
steeply discounted CMOs, and another
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
62103
suggested extending the investment
privileges available to RegFlex credit
unions to all adequately capitalized
credit unions. The third commenter
suggested amending the investment
regulation to require closer monitoring
and reporting of investments that fall
outside of the board’s investment
policy.
One commenter requested that the
NCUA permit smaller credit unions to
file the 5300 Call Report on a
semiannual or annual basis, rather than
a quarterly basis. Four commenters
sought clarification and liberalization of
our recordkeeping rule, including
guidance on what constitutes a vital
record and clarification about the time
period after which records that pertain
to a merged credit union may be
destroyed by the continuing credit
union.
B. Impact of NCUA Rules on Federally
Insured Credit Unions Part 741
One commenter sought clarification
on the extent to which NCUA’s rules
apply to state-chartered, federally
insured credit unions. This commenter
opposed NCUA’s current method, as
reflected in 12 CFR 741, that notes those
rules that apply to federally insured
state credit unions. The commenter
believes this approach leads to
confusion and uncertainty, especially
when a rule may not apply in its
entirety to a state credit union. The
commenter recommends NCUA should
restate explicitly which of the rules
outside of part 741 apply to these credit
unions, even if this results in some
redundancy in the rules.
C. Miscellaneous
Two commenters addressed
documents recently published by NCUA
that provide guidance to credit unions.
The guidance documents, dealing with
overdraft protection programs and
incident response programs in cases
involving breach of security, are
intended to assist credit unions to
comply applicable regulatory and
statutory requirements but do not have
the force or effect of regulations. One
commenter suggested that the bounce
program guidance was incorrect in
calling for overdrafts to be reported as
loans, and also questioned the
recommendation in the guidance
concerning notice to consumers about
the availability of overdraft protection
in non-checking account transactions
such as debit card or ATM use. The
other commenter, addressing the
security program guidance,
recommended that NCUA clarify the
steps a credit union should take in
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
62104
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 / Notices
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with NOTICES2
monitoring an account that has been the
subject of a security breach.
Although not discussed in an
EGRRPA notice, one commenter offered
specific suggestions in support of
several items included in the regulatory
relief bills currently pending, including
support for raising the CUSO
investment authority from 1 percent to
3 percent of assets, or higher as
determined by the credit union’s level
of capital adequacy. The commenter
also supports allowing a continuing
credit union in a merger to include the
retained earnings of the merging credit
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:07 Oct 31, 2007
Jkt 214001
union in calculating and reporting its
net worth, as well as permitting credit
unions to cash checks and provide wire
transfer services to anyone within the
field of membership. Finally, the
commenter supports allowing a
converting credit union to continue to
serve members of a select employee
group post-conversion and providing
NCUA with greater flexibility in
adjusting the FCU usury ceiling.
XI. Total Comments Received, by Type
In response to its 6 published notices
soliciting comment on its 10 categories
of rules, NCUA received a total of 41
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
comments. Of these, 17 were generated
by national trade associations, 13 by
natural person credit unions, 6 by state
credit union leagues, 3 by corporate
credit unions, and 2 by individuals.
End of text of the Joint Report to
Congress, July 31, 2007, Economic
Growth and Regulatory Paperwork
Reduction Act
Tamara J. Wiseman,
Executive Secretary, Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council.
[FR Doc. 07–5385 Filed 10–31–07; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4810–33–P; 6210–01–P; 6714–01–P;
6720–01–P; 7535–01–P
E:\FR\FM\01NON2.SGM
01NON2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 72, Number 211 (Thursday, November 1, 2007)]
[Notices]
[Pages 62036-62104]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 07-5385]
[[Page 62035]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part IV
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint Report to Congress, July 31, 2007; Economic Growth and Regulatory
Paperwork Reduction Act; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 211 / Thursday, November 1, 2007 /
Notices
[[Page 62036]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS EXAMINATION COUNCIL
Joint Report to Congress, July 31, 2007; Economic Growth and
Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act
AGENCY: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council.
ACTION: Notice.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: Pursuant to section 2222 of the Economic Growth and Regulatory
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (EGRPRA), the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) is publishing a report
entitled ``Joint Report to Congress, July 31, 2007, Economic Growth and
Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act'' prepared by its constituent
agencies: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board),
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the National Credit
Union Association (NCUA), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
(OCC), and the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) (collectively, the
Agencies).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: OCC: Heidi Thomas, Special Counsel,
Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, (202) 874-5090; or Lee
Walzer, Counsel, Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, (202)
874-5090, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW.,
Washington, DC 20219.
Board: Patricia A. Robinson, Assistant General Counsel, (202) 452-
3005; or Michael J. O'Rourke, Counsel, (202) 452-3288; or Alexander
Speidel, Attorney, (202) 872-7589, Legal Division; or John C. Wood,
Counsel, Division of Consumer and Community Affairs, (202) 452-2412; or
Kevin H. Wilson, Supervisory Financial Analyst, Division of Banking
Supervision and Regulation, (202) 452-2362, Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue, NW.,
Washington, DC 20551. For users of Telecommunication Device for the
Deaf (TDD) only, contact (202) 263-4869.
FDIC: Steven D. Fritts, Associate Director, Division of Supervision
and Consumer Protection, (202) 898-3723; or Ruth R. Amberg, Senior
Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898-3736; or Susan van den Toorn,
Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898-8707, Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, 550 17th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20429.
OTS: Karen Osterloh, Special Counsel, Regulations and Legislation
Division, (202) 906-6639; or Josephine Battle, Program Analyst,
Operation Risk, Supervision Policy, (202) 906-6870, Office of Thrift
Supervision, 1700 G Street, NW., Washington, DC 20552.
NCUA: Ross P. Kendall, Staff Attorney, Office of the General
Counsel, (703) 518-6562, National Credit Union Administration, 1775
Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-3428.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: EGRPRA requires the FFIEC and the Agencies
to conduct a decennial review of regulations, using notice and comment
procedures, to identify outdated or otherwise unnecessary regulatory
requirements imposed on insured depository institutions. 12 U.S.C.
3311(a)-(c). The FFIEC and the Agencies have completed this review and
comment process.
EGRPRA also requires the FFIEC or the appropriate agency to publish
in the Federal Register a summary of comments that identifies the
significant issues raised and comments on these issues; and to
eliminate unnecessary regulations to the extent that such action is
appropriate. 12 U.S.C. 3311(d). The FFIEC also must submit a report to
Congress that includes a summary of the significant issues raised and
the relative merits of these issues, and an analysis of whether the
appropriate agency is able to address the regulatory burdens associated
with these issues by regulation or whether the burdens must be
addressed by legislative action. 12 U.S.C. 3311(e). The attached report
fulfills these requirements for the recently completed review of
regulations. The text of the Joint Report to Congress, July 31, 2007,
Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act, follows:
Preface \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ John M. Reich, Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision
and the leader of the interagency EGRPRA program, wrote this
Preface.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prudent regulations are absolutely essential to maintain rigorous
safety and soundness standards for the financial services industry, to
protect important consumer rights, and to assure a level-playing field
in the industry. As a regulator, I clearly understand the need for
well-crafted regulation.
However, outdated, unnecessary or unduly burdensome regulations
divert precious resources that financial institutions might otherwise
devote to making more loans and providing additional services for
countless individuals, businesses, nonprofit organizations, and others
in their communities. Over the years, Congress passed a variety of laws
to deal with problems that have cropped up and the regulators adopted
numerous regulations to implement those laws. In fact, over the past 17
years, the federal bank, thrift, and credit union regulators have
adopted more than 900 rules. Accumulated regulation has reached a
tipping point for many community banks and has become an important
causal factor in recent years in accelerating industry consolidation.
In passing the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1996 (EGRPRA), Congress clearly recognized the need to eliminate
any unnecessary regulatory burden. That is why Congress directed the
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council and its member
agencies to review all existing regulations and eliminate (or recommend
statutory changes that are needed to eliminate) any regulatory
requirements that are outdated, unnecessary, or unduly burdensome.
As this comprehensive report makes clear, the agencies have worked
diligently to satisfy the requirements of EGRPRA. Over a three-year
period ending December 31, 2006, the agencies sought public comment on
more than 130 regulations, carefully analyzed those comments (as
indicated in this report), and proposed changes to their regulations to
eliminate burden wherever possible.
In addition to obtaining formal, written comments on all of our
regulations, the federal banking agencies hosted a total of 16 outreach
sessions around the country involving more than 500 participants in an
effort to obtain direct input from bankers, representatives of
consumer/community groups, and many other interested parties on the
most pressing regulatory burden issues.
Besides reviewing all of our existing regulations in an effort to
eliminate unnecessary burdens, the federal banking agencies worked
together to minimize burdens resulting from new regulations and current
policy statements as they were being adopted. We also reviewed many
internal policies in an effort to streamline existing processes and
procedures. Finally, we have sought to communicate our regulatory
requirements, policies and procedures more clearly to our
constituencies to make them easier to understand.
On the legislative front, the federal banking agencies worked
together, preparing and reviewing numerous legislative proposals to
reduce regulatory burden, testifying before Congress on several
occasions about the need for regulatory burden relief, and providing
technical assistance to the staff of the Senate Banking Committee and
the House Financial Services
[[Page 62037]]
Committee on their regulatory relief bills. Congress ultimately passed,
and the President signed into law, the Financial Services Regulatory
Relief Act of 2006. As part of this process, the agencies,
representatives of the industry, and consumer and community groups were
asked to provide positions on the many legislative proposals that were
submitted to Congress. The 2006 Act included a number of important
regulatory relief provisions.
Financial institutions of all sizes suffer under the weight of
unnecessary regulatory burden, but smaller community banks
unquestionably bear a disproportionate share of the burden due to their
more limited resources. While it is difficult to accurately measure the
impact regulatory burden has played in industry consolidation, numerous
anecdotal comments from bankers across the country as well as from
investment bankers who arrange merger and acquisition transactions
indicate it has become a significant factor. Accordingly, I am deeply
concerned about the future of our local communities and the
approximately 8,000 community banks under $1 billion in assets that
represent 93 percent of the industry in terms of total number of
institutions but whose share of industry assets has declined to
approximately 12.5 percent, and whose share of industry profits have
declined to approximately 11.2 percent (as of December 31, 2006).
Community banks play a vital role in the economic wellbeing of
countless individuals, neighborhoods, businesses and organizations
throughout our country, often serving as the economic lifeblood of
their communities. Many of the CEOs of these institutions are concerned
about their ability to profitably compete in the future, unless there
is a slowdown in the growth of new banking regulations.
Ultimately, a significant amount of the costs of regulation are
borne by consumers, resulting in higher fees and interest rates. If
financial services are going to continue to be affordable, and in fact
if we are going to be successful in bringing more of the unbanked into
the mainstream, constant vigilance will be required to avoid the
increasing costs resulting from the burden of accumulated regulations.
With every new regulation or policy imposed on the industry, I
think it is important for Congress and the agencies to consider the
regulatory burden aspects and to minimize those burdens to the extent
possible. I want to take this opportunity to thank my colleagues at
each of the agencies for their active support and participation on this
interagency project. The staffs at each of the agencies devoted much
time and energy to make sure we met not only the letter of the EGRPRA
law, but the spirit as well. We look forward to continuing to work with
Congress on these important issues and continuing to use the valuable
information about regulatory burden issues that was shared with the
agencies by the many participants in the EGRPRA process.
I. Joint Agency Report
A. Introduction
This report describes the actions by the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) and each of its member
agencies: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the
Board), Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), National Credit
Union Administration (NCUA), Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
(OCC), and Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS), hereinafter ``the
Agencies,'' \2\ to fulfill the requirements of the Economic Growth and
Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (EGRPRA). Section 2222 of
EGRPRA requires the Agencies to:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ In 2006, the State Liaison Committee, which represents state
bank and credit union regulators, was added to the FFIEC as a voting
member.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conduct a decennial review of their regulations, using
notice and comment procedures, in order to identify those that impose
unnecessary regulatory burden on insured depository institutions;
Publish in the Federal Register a summary of comments
received during the review, together with the Agencies' identification
and response to significant issues raised by the commenters;
Eliminate any unnecessary regulations, if appropriate; and
Submit a report to Congress that discusses the issues
raised by the commenters and makes recommendations for legislative
action, as appropriate.
The Agencies have completed the first decennial review of their
regulations. This report to Congress includes both the Agencies'
comment summary and their discussion and analysis of significant issues
identified during the EGRPRA review process. The report also describes
legislative initiatives that would further reduce unnecessary
regulatory burden on insured depository institutions, including, in
some cases, references to current initiatives being considered by
Congress. Separately, the Agencies have published in the Federal
Register a summary of comments received, together with the Agencies'
identification and response to significant issues raised by the
commenters. Finally, since the inception of the EGRPRA review process
in 2003, the Agencies have individually and collectively started a
number of burden-reducing initiatives. This report describes those
accomplishments.
Throughout the EGRPRA process, NCUA participated in the planning
and comment solicitation process with the federal banking agencies.
Because of the unique circumstances of federally insured credit unions
and their members, however, NCUA established its own regulatory
categories and publication schedule and published its notices
separately. NCUA's notices were consistent and comparable with those
published by the federal banking agencies, except on issues unique to
credit unions. In keeping with this separate approach, the discussion
of NCUA's regulatory burden reduction efforts and analysis of
significant issues is set out separately in Part II of this report. The
summary of comments received by NCUA is contained in Appendix II-B.
The Agencies' EGRPRA-mandated review coincided with work in the
109th Congress on regulatory relief legislation. Each Agency presented
testimony to congressional oversight committees about priorities for
regulatory burden relief and described the burden-reducing impact of
legislative proposals that were under consideration by Congress. The
Agencies' ongoing work on the EGRPRA review laid the foundation for
them to achieve consensus on a variety of burden-reducing legislative
proposals. A number of these proposals were enacted as part of the
Financial Services Regulatory Relief Act of 2006 (FSRRA), which was
signed into law on October 13, 2006.\3\ Appendix I-A of this report
highlights key burden-reducing provisions included in that legislation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ Pub. L. 109-351.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. The Federal Banking Agencies' EGRPRA Review Process
1. Overview of the EGRPRA Review Process
Consistent with the requirements of EGRPRA, the federal banking
agencies first categorized their regulations, and then published them
for comment at regular intervals, asking commenters to identify for
each of the categories regulations that were outdated, unnecessary or
unduly burdensome.\4\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ As noted above, the NCUA developed its own categories of
regulations and published its notices separately from the bank
regulatory agencies. Details relating to its regulatory categories
and its burden reduction efforts are set out Part II of this report.
The summary of comments received by NCUA is attached as Appendix II-
B of this report.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 62038]]
The 131 regulations were divided into 12 categories, listed below
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
alphabetically:
Applications and Reporting
Banking Operations
Capital
Community Reinvestment Act
Consumer Protection
Directors, Officers and Employees
International Operations
Money Laundering
Powers and Activities
Rules of Procedure
Safety and Soundness
Securities
Semiannually, the federal banking agencies published different
categories of regulations. The first Federal Register notice was
published on June 16, 2003. It sought comment on the agencies' overall
regulatory review plan as well as the following initial three
categories of regulations for comment: Applications and Reporting;
Powers and Activities; and International Operations.\5\ The federal
banking agencies requested public comment about the proposed categories
of regulation, the placement of the rules within each category and the
agencies' overall plan for reviewing all of their regulations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ 68 FR 35589.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The federal banking agencies adjusted the proposed publication
schedule due to concerns raised that the consumer regulation category
encompassed so many different regulations that it would prove too
burdensome to respond adequately within the comment period timeframe.
As a result, the agencies divided that category into two notices with
smaller groups of regulations for review and comment.
There were a total of six Federal Register notices, each issued at
approximately six-month intervals with comment periods of 90 days. In
response to these comment requests, the agencies received more than 850
letters from bankers, consumer and community groups, trade associations
and other interested parties.
There were numerous recommendations to reduce regulatory burden or
otherwise improve existing regulations. Each recommendation was
carefully reviewed and analyzed by the staffs of the appropriate
federal banking agency or agencies to determine whether proposals to
change specific regulations were appropriate.
To further promote public input, the federal banking agencies also
co-sponsored 10 outreach sessions for bankers, as well as 3 outreach
sessions for consumer and community groups, in cities around the
country. The agencies then sponsored three joint banker and consumer/
community group focus meetings in an effort to develop greater
consensus among the parties on legislative proposals to reduce
regulatory burden. (Please refer to Appendix I-B for a more complete
discussion of the federal banking agencies' EGRPRA review process as
well as a table indicating the timing and categories of regulations
that were published for comment as part of the EGRPRA process.)
2. Significant Issues Arising From the EGRPRA Review and the Federal
Banking Agencies' Responses
Section 2222 of EGRPRA requires a summary of the significant issues
raised by the public comments and the Agencies' responses and comments
on the merits of such issues and analysis of whether the Agencies are
able to address the issues by regulation or whether legislation is
required. Several significant issues received substantial federal
banking agency support and were successfully included in the FSRRA
during the 109th Congress. Below is a summary of the significant issues
and relevant comments received by the federal banking agencies together
with the banking agencies' recommendations.
a. Bank Secrecy Act/Currency Transaction Report
Issues:
(1) Should the $10,000 Currency Transaction Report (CTR) threshold
be increased to some higher level?
(2) Can the CTR forms be simplified to require less information on
each form?
(3) Should the existing CTR exemption process be revised to make it
less burdensome on the industry, such as by adopting a ``seasoned
customer'' exemption?
Context: The $10,000 threshold for filing CTRs has not changed
since the requirement was first established by the Department of the
Treasury some 30 years ago. Financial institutions are required to
report currency transactions in excess of $10,000. These reports are
filed pursuant to requirements implemented in rules issued by the
Department of the Treasury and are filed with the Internal Revenue
Service. In addition to the appropriate federal supervisory agency for
the financial institution (including the Board, FDIC, OCC, and OTS),
the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN), Federal Bureau of
Investigation (FBI), and other federal law enforcement agencies use CTR
data. The FBI and other law enforcement bodies have stated that CTR
requirements serve as an impediment to criminal attempts to legitimize
the proceeds of a crime. Moreover, they serve as a key source of
information about the physical transfer of currency, at the point of
the transaction.
Comments: Many of the written and oral comments received during the
EGRPRA process reflected widespread concern that the reports'
effectiveness had become degraded over time, because ever-larger
numbers of transactions met or surpassed the threshold, resulting in
growing numbers of CTR filings. Many commenters and participants in the
outreach meetings expressed concern that, with the increased number of
CTR filings, the federal banking and law enforcement agencies were not
able to make effective use of the information being provided.
Commenters noted that the low threshold for CTR filings created more
regulatory burden for banks. One commenter noted that certain policies
such as requiring banks to continue filing for exempt status for
transactions between themselves were unnecessary.
Several commenters raised concerns about the burdens associated
generally with the CTR process and the utility of the information that
depository institutions must provide. To ease some of this burden,
commenters urged the adoption of a broader ``seasoned customer''
exemption, as well as other reforms in the CTR process. The federal
banking agencies received several comments about the difficulties of
obtaining a CTR exemption under current procedures. Some bankers
contended that it was easier for a bank to file a Suspicious Activity
Report (SAR) than to undertake the determination that a customer
qualified for an exemption from the CTR filing requirement. One
commenter suggested that the Agencies grant exemptions through a one-
time filing (and eliminate the yearly filing requirement).
Although the federal banking agencies received extensive comments
on the burdens associated with the CTR filing process, there were no
concrete suggestions as to what types of information were unnecessary
in the context of a CTR filing. One commenter suggested that lowering
the threshold would reduce duplicative paperwork burden, while another
noted that the process of requesting an exemption from CTR reporting
was too complicated. Another commenter suggested replacing
[[Page 62039]]
daily CTR filings with monthly cash transaction reporting.
Current Initiatives: Congress recently enacted legislation that
requires the Government Accountability Office (GAO) to conduct a study
of the CTR process. Section 1001 of the FSRRA requires the Comptroller
General of the United States to conduct a study and submit a report to
Congress within 15 months of enactment of the legislation on the volume
of CTRs filed. The FSRRA also requires the Comptroller General to
evaluate, on the basis of actual filing data, patterns of CTRs filed by
depository institutions of various sizes and locations. The study,
which will cover a period of three calendar years before the
legislation was enacted, will identify whether, and the extent to
which, CTR filing rules are burdensome and can or should be modified to
reduce burden without harming the usefulness of such filing rules to
federal, state, and local anti-terrorism, law enforcement, and
regulatory operations.
The study will examine the:
1. Extent to which financial institutions are taking advantage of
the exemption system available;
2. Types of depository institutions using the exemption system, and
the extent to which the exemption system is used;
3. Difficulties that limit the willingness or ability of depository
institutions to reduce their CTR reporting burden by taking advantage
of the exemption system;
4. Extent to which bank examination problems have limited the use
of the exemption system;
5. Ways to improve the use of the exemption system, including
making the exemption system mandatory so as to reduce the volume of
CTRs unnecessarily filed;
6. Usefulness of CTR for law enforcement, in light of advances in
information technology;
7. Impact that various changes in the exemption system would have
on the usefulness of CTR; and
8. Changes that could be made to the exemption system without
affecting the usefulness of CTR.
The study is to contain recommendations, if appropriate, for
changes in the exemption system that would reflect a reduction in
unnecessary costs to depository institutions, assuming a reasonably
full implementation of the exemption system, without reducing the
usefulness of the CTR filing system to anti-terrorism, law enforcement,
and regulatory operations.
The GAO produced a report in April 2006 that looked at Bank Secrecy
Act (BSA) enforcement and made three recommendations to improve
coordination among FinCEN and the federal banking agencies:
1. As emerging risks in the money laundering and terrorist
financing area are identified, the federal banking agencies and FinCEN
should work together to ensure that these are effectively communicated
to both examiners and the industry through updates of the interagency
examination manual and other guidance, as appropriate;
2. To supplement the analysis of shared data on BSA violations,
FinCEN and the federal banking agencies should periodically meet to
review the analyses and determine whether additional guidance to
examiners is needed; and
3. In light of the different terminology the federal banking
agencies use to classify BSA noncompliance, FinCEN and the federal
banking agencies should jointly assess the feasibility of developing a
uniform classification system for BSA violations.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ See ``Bank Secrecy Act: Opportunities Exist for FinCEN and
the Banking Regulators to Further Strengthen the Framework for
Consistent BSA Oversight,'' Report to the Committee on Banking,
Housing and Urban Affairs, U.S. Senate, U.S. Government
Accountability Office, at pages 19-20 (April 2006).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The federal banking agencies have undertaken several initiatives
that address the GAO's recommendations to improve coordination among
the agencies and FinCEN regarding BSA enforcement, including the
measures outlined below.
Under the auspices of the FFIEC BSA/Anti-Money Laundering (AML)
Working Group, the federal banking agencies, FinCEN, and the Conference
of State Bank Supervisors (CSBS) continue to meet monthly to address
all facets related to BSA/AML policy, examination consistency,
training, and issues associated with BSA compliance. Under the auspices
of their General Counsels, the federal banking agencies have developed
and published an Interagency Statement on Enforcement of BSA/AML
Requirements to help ensure consistency among the agencies in BSA
enforcement activities.\7\ The federal banking agencies and FinCEN also
work together to issue appropriate guidance to financial institutions
on how to meet BSA/AML compliance requirements. One example of a joint
product is the FFIEC BSA/AML Examination Manual that was issued to
ensure consistency in BSA/AML examinations by providing a uniform set
of examination procedures. The manual is a compilation of existing
regulatory requirements, supervisory expectations, and sound practices
in the BSA/AML area. The manual provides substantial guidance to
institutions in establishing and administering their BSA/AML programs
and is updated to incorporate emerging risks in the money laundering
and terrorist financing area, as deemed appropriate by the federal
banking agencies in consultation with FinCEN.\8\ In addition, the
federal banking agencies have individually and jointly held frequent
outreach sessions for the industry to discuss such guidance and
emerging issues.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ See Interagency Statement on Enforcement of Bank Secrecy
Act/Anti-Money Laundering Requirements, July 19, 2007.
\8\ The FFIEC BSA/AML Examination Manual was issued in 2005 and
revised in 2006; further revisions are underway for issuance in
August 2007.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, as part of the legislative process leading up to the
enactment of the FSRRA, Congress considered, but did not enact, other
statutory proposals for CTR relief. The current Congress also is
continuing to consider such initiatives and a bill to provide for a
seasoned customer exemption from CTR filing (H.R. 323, the Seasoned
Customer CTR Exemption Act of 2007) passed the House of Representatives
on January 23, 2007. This is similar to a provision passed by the House
in 2006.
The federal banking agencies continue to work with FinCEN, as the
administrator of the BSA, to effectively oversee anti-money laundering
compliance and ensure the safety and soundness of the financial
institutions they regulate and to find ways to achieve these goals
while eliminating unnecessary regulation. Recently, Secretary of the
Treasury Paulson announced a Treasury initiative to administer the BSA
in a more efficient and effective manner. The federal banking agencies
will continue their close coordination with FinCEN to improve its
communications with the industry. Moreover, the agencies will continue
to work with Congress to analyze proposed legislative changes and
provide recommendations and comments as requested.
Recommendation: The Board, FDIC, OCC, and OTS appreciate the
comments received concerning the CTR exemption process. The federal
banking agencies believe that any changes must be carefully balanced
with the critical needs of law enforcement for necessary information to
combat money laundering, terrorist financing, and other financial
crimes. Any changes to the exemption process must not jeopardize or
detract from law
[[Page 62040]]
enforcement's mission.\9\ The federal banking agencies further believe
that, in light of the attention and study given to this issue by
Congress and in other forums, it would be premature to adopt changes in
this area before the reports and recommendations are complete.
Therefore, the agencies are not recommending any changes at this time
but may do so once the GAO finalizes its report.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ The FBI has advised that to dramatically alter currency
transaction reporting requirements--without careful, independent
study--could be devastating and a significant setback to
investigative and intelligence efforts relative to both the global
war on terrorism and traditional criminal activities. Statement of
Michael Morehart Section Chief, Terrorist Financing Operations,
Counterterrorism Division, Federal Bureau of Investigation, before
the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs, April 4,
2006; see also, Statement of Kevin Delli-Colli, Deputy Assistant
Director, Financial & Trade Investigations Division, Office of
Investigations, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Department
of Homeland Security, before the Senate Committee on Banking,
Housing and Urban Affairs, April 4, 2006.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. Anti-Money Laundering/Suspicious Activity Report
Issue: Should the federal banking agencies, together with FinCEN,
revise or adopt policies relating to SARs to help reduce the number of
defensive SARs that are being filed?
Context: Financial institutions must report known or suspected
criminal activity, at specified dollar thresholds, or transactions over
$5,000 that they suspect involve money laundering or attempts to evade
the BSA. SARs play an important role in combating money laundering and
other financial crimes.
Comments: Many commenters stated that SAR filing requirements were
burdensome and costly. Some commenters complained that they filed
numerous SARs and rarely, if ever, heard back from law enforcement.
They questioned whether they were simply filing these forms into a
``black hole.'' One commenter noted that SAR filings make CTR filings
redundant. Commenters complained both in writing and during the EGRPRA
bankers' outreach meetings that the filing of SARs and the development
of an effective SAR monitoring system add to compliance costs for banks
and imposed a significant regulatory burden on them.
Current Initiatives: The federal banking agencies, in cooperation
with FinCEN, seek to pursue effective SAR policies that contribute to
efforts to track money laundering transactions while minimizing burden
on regulated institutions that must file such reports. The federal
banking agencies believe it is important to provide clear guidance to
financial institutions on all SAR filing issues and will continue to
work with FinCEN to do so.\10\ In considering what further changes to
make to SAR policies, it is important to closely coordinate with law
enforcement so as not to undermine efforts to combat money laundering
and curtail other illicit financial transactions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ For example, in 2007 FinCEN issued tips for SAR form
preparation and filing that addressed a variety of issues, including
what constitutes supporting documentation for a SAR. See ``SAR
Activity Review, Trends, Tips & Issues,'' Issue 11, May 2007.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As noted in the GAO's 2006 report on BSA oversight by the federal
banking agencies, all of the Agencies have implemented extensive BSA/
AML training for examiners, including joint training through the
FFIEC.\11\ The federal banking agencies have also stepped up their
hiring of examiners to meet the need for greater BSA/AML compliance.
The extensive training federal banking agencies have implemented has
resulted in greater examiner expertise on BSA/AML matters.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ See footnote 6, pages 50-59.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, the Department of the Treasury Inspector General
directed FinCEN to undertake a SAR data quality review, which FinCEN
subsequently shared with the federal banking agencies. The federal
banking agencies indicated at the time that they found the analysis of
the SAR filings to be useful in enabling financial institutions to
address relevant problems or issues. FinCEN has publicly indicated that
there is no evidence to suggest that the SAR filings include
significant numbers of ``defensively filed'' SARs; rather, reviews show
useful and properly filed reports.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ See the prepared remarks of Robert W. Werner, Director,
FinCEN, before the American Bankers Association/American Bar
Association Money Laundering Enforcement Conference, October 9,
2006, available on FinCEN's Web site (https://www.fincen.gov/werner_
statement_10092006.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recommendation: The federal banking agencies, along with FinCEN,
seek to pursue effective SAR policies that contribute to efforts to
track suspicious transactions while minimizing burden on regulated
institutions that are required to file such reports. It is important to
provide clear guidance to financial institutions on all SAR filing
issues and to continue to work with FinCEN to do so. In considering
what further changes to make to SAR policies, the Agencies believe that
it is important to coordinate closely with law enforcement so as not to
undermine efforts to combat money laundering and curtail other illicit
financial transactions.
c. Patriot Act
Issues:
(1) Can the federal banking agencies provide greater guidance as to
the types of identification that are acceptable under a bank's Customer
Identification Program (CIP)?
(2) Can the recordkeeping requirements under the Uniting and
Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to
Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001\13\ (PATRIOT Act) be
revised to reduce burden?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ Pub. L. No. 107-56, October 26, 2001.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Context: Department of the Treasury and federal banking agency
regulations require depository institutions to obtain identification
information from customers as a condition to opening/maintaining
account relationships.\14\ The regulation requires every depository
institution to have a written CIP. The CIP must include risk-based
procedures to enable the depository institution to form a reasonable
belief that it knows the true identity of each customer. With respect
to individuals, the regulation requires institutions to obtain, at a
minimum, the name, date of birth, and address of the prospective
customer, as well as an identification number, such as a tax
identification number (for a U.S. person) or, in the case of a non-U.S.
person, a tax ID number, passport number and country of issuance, alien
registration number, or the number and country of any other
identification number evidencing nationality or residence and
containing a photograph of the individual or similar safeguard. For
entities such as a corporation, the institution must also obtain a
principal place of business, local office, or other physical location
from the business applicant. The CIP must also contain procedures for
verifying that the customer does not appear on a designated government
list of terrorists or terrorist organizations. However, to date, the
government has not designated such a list for purposes of CIP
compliance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ See generally 31 CFR 103.121.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The CIP regulations further require institutions to verify the
identity of customers within a ``reasonable time'' after an account is
opened. Institutions may conduct such verification through documents,
non-documentary methods, or some combination of the two. An
institution's CIP likewise must address situations where the
institution is unable to verify a customer's identity.
Comments: During the EGRPRA process, the federal banking agencies
received extensive comments
[[Page 62041]]
concerning the CIP under the PATRIOT Act. Many commenters noted the
burden that the requirements impose on institutions and asserted that
these requirements can cause inconvenience, even for long-time
customers of a financial institution. Commenters had a number of
suggestions for improved guidance, including: (1) Amending the
definition of ``established customer'' to clarify that it refers to a
customer from whom the bank has already obtained the information
required by 31 CFR 103.121(b)(2)(i); (2) providing greater clarity
about the types of identification that are acceptable; and (3) amending
the definition of ``non-U.S. persons'' to refer only to foreign
citizens who are not U.S. resident aliens.
The purpose of the CIP requirements is to aid in addressing both
money laundering and terrorist financing. It can be crucial to have
good records about the identity of customers in order to help prosecute
cases involving money laundering or terrorist financing. Existing rules
already contain detailed guidance about the types of identification
that can be used to satisfy the requirements of the PATRIOT Act. In
addition, the CIP does not apply to existing customers of the financial
institution provided that the financial institution has a reasonable
belief that it knows the true identity of the person.
With respect to recordkeeping requirements, the regulations issued
pursuant to section 326 of the PATRIOT Act require institutions to keep
records of their efforts to verify the identity of customers for five
years after the account is closed. Many institutions commented during
the EGRPRA process that this recordkeeping requirement was burdensome.
Current Initiatives: The federal banking agencies have worked in
close collaboration with FinCEN in an effort to ensure that the
requirements imposed by the PATRIOT Act are appropriate and necessary,
and the agencies will continue to work with FinCEN to enhance the
effectiveness of the Act's requirements while looking for ways to
reduce the burden on financial institutions. For example, the federal
banking agencies together with securities and futures industry
regulators have worked to provide additional guidance on the
application of the CIP rule. This guidance, in the form of frequently
asked questions, has been updated as necessary to respond to industry
questions and can be found on FinCEN's Web site (https://www.fincen.gov/
faqsfinalciprule.pdf). The guidance that applies to depository
institutions is also incorporated into the FFIEC BSA/AML Examination
Manual.
Recommendation: While the federal banking agencies jointly issued
the regulations at 31 CFR 103.121 with the Department of the Treasury,
the agencies cannot unilaterally revise the regulation. While the
agencies regularly discuss PATRIOT Act issues with their counterparts
in FinCEN and the Department of the Treasury, the authority to amend
many of the recordkeeping rules required under the PATRIOT Act is
solely within the jurisdiction of the Department of the Treasury.
Nonetheless, the comments will be a helpful contribution to the
discussion of the issues.
d. Interest on Demand Deposits (Regulation Q) and NOW Account
Eligibility
Issues:
(1) Should the prohibition against payment of interest on demand
deposits be eliminated?
(2) Should the NOW account eligibility rules be liberalized?
Context: The prohibition against payment of interest on demand
deposits is a statutory prohibition and an amendment enacted by
Congress would be necessary to repeal the prohibition. Section 19(i) of
the Federal Reserve Act provides that no bank that is a member of the
Federal Reserve System may, directly or indirectly, by any device
whatsoever pay any interest on any demand deposit. Similar statutory
provisions apply to non-member banks and to thrift institutions. The
Board's Regulation Q implements section 19(i) and specifies what
constitutes ``interest'' for purposes of section 19(i). As a practical
matter, the effect of section 19(i) is to prevent corporations and for-
profit entities from holding interest-bearing checking accounts. This
is because federal law separately permits individuals and non-profit
organizations to have interest-bearing checking accounts, known as
``negotiable order of withdrawal,'' or NOW, accounts. (See 12 U.S.C.
1832.)
Comments: Several commenters suggested that the prohibition against
the payment of interest on demand deposits be eliminated. One commenter
stated that, if the statutory prohibition against payment of interest
on demand deposits were repealed, the Board should allow a two-year
phase-in period, during which depository institutions could offer MMDAs
(savings deposits) with the capacity to make up to 24 preauthorized or
automatic transfers per month to another transaction account.
Current Initiatives: For the past several years, Congress has
considered, but not enacted, legislation that would repeal the
prohibition in section 19(i) against the payment of interest on demand
deposits. Some of this legislation also would have made certain changes
with respect to NOW accounts.
Recommendation: The federal banking agencies support legislation
that would repeal the prohibition against payment of interest on demand
deposits in section 19(i) and related statutes. Such legislation would
allow corporate and for-profit entities, including small businesses, to
have the extra earning potential of interest-bearing checking accounts
and would eliminate a restriction that currently distorts the pricing
of checking accounts and associated bank services. The federal banking
agencies, however, do not have a joint position at this time on whether
to expand NOW account eligibility and, as such, are making no joint
recommendation with respect to this issue. We will continue to work
with Congress on these important matters.
e. Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (Regulation C)
Issues:
(1) Should the tests for coverage of financial institutions be
changed to exempt more institutions from the reporting requirements of
the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA)? If so, how?
(2) Should revisions be made to the data that are required to be
reported under HMDA, such as revising the reporting requirements for
higher-priced loans?
Context: The purpose of HMDA is to provide the public with mortgage
lending data to help determine whether financial institutions are
serving the housing needs of their communities, assist public officials
in distributing public sector investment so as to attract private
investment to areas where it is needed, and to assist in identifying
possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing
antidiscrimination statutes. HMDA requires banks, savings associations
and credit unions that make ``federally related mortgage loans,'' as
defined by the Board, to report data about their mortgage lending if
they have total assets that exceed an asset threshold that is now set
by statute (indexed for inflation in 2007 at $36 million) and a home or
branch office in a metropolitan statistical area. Board Regulation C,
which implements HMDA, clarifies that these institutions are subject to
HMDA reporting for a given year if, in the preceding calendar year,
they made at least one ``federally related mortgage loan,'' which is
[[Page 62042]]
defined to be a home purchase loan or refinancing of a home purchase
loan (1) made by an institution that is federally insured or regulated
or (2) insured, guaranteed, or supplemented by a federal agency or (3)
intended for sale to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Each federal banking
agency enforces the requirements of HMDA with respect to the
institutions for which such agency is the primary federal supervisor.
Comments: Commenters have suggested revising the coverage tests for
HMDA reporting requirements so that fewer institutions are subject to
reporting, such as by raising the statutory asset test or exempting
institutions that make only a de minimis number of mortgage loans in a
year. Commenters asserted these changes could be made within the
framework of HMDA, which provides the Board authority to make
exceptions to the statute's requirements in certain circumstances.
Moreover, the Board could also recommend that Congress consider making
changes in the coverage tests that are not now authorized under HMDA.
Current Initiatives: With respect to whether revisions should be
made to the data reporting requirements under HMDA, such as revising
the reporting requirements for higher-priced loans, the Board completed
a multi-year review of Regulation C in 2002. As part of this process,
the Board considered numerous comments from the public on additional
data to be reported under HMDA relating to the pricing of loans and
ways to improve and streamline the data collection and reporting
requirements of Regulation C. As a result of the review, the Board made
several changes to HMDA reporting requirements, including adding
reporting requirements for higher-priced loans. In determining whether
to add each new data requirement, the Board carefully weighed what data
would be most beneficial in improving HMDA analysis against the
operational/compliance costs to industry in collecting the data. The
revisions to Regulation C became effective on January 1, 2004.
Recommendation: Any expansion of the coverage tests that results in
fewer institutions subject to HMDA reporting requirements would warrant
a careful analysis that would include weighing the benefits of reduced
reporting for institutions against the loss of HMDA data. The more
financial institutions that are exempted from HMDA data reporting
requirements, the more difficult it would be for the federal banking
agencies, other government officials and interested parties to monitor
and analyze aggregate trends in mortgage lending, and compare the
mortgage lending of particular institutions to the mortgage lending of
all other lenders in a given geographic area or product market. It
would also be more difficult for supervisors to identify institutions,
loan products, or geographic markets that show disparities in the
disposition of loan applicants by race, ethnicity or other
characteristics and that require further investigation under the fair
lending laws.
It has been two years since institutions began reporting and
disclosing data relating to the new reporting items. With so few years
of reporting data available, it is too early to assess the
effectiveness of the new data items and consider how the reporting
requirements could be changed. Any changes would have to take into
account both the burden on financial institutions and the benefits of
the new data to policymakers and the public. The Board and other
federal banking agencies will, however, carefully consider these issues
after more experience has been gained with the new reporting
requirements. Several statutory changes to HMDA reporting were
considered by Congress as part of its consideration of the FSRRA,
including proposals to expand the HMDA exemptions. While the federal
banking agencies took differing positions on these proposals, all of
the agencies recognize that any statutory changes to HMDA reporting
must be carefully balanced to ensure that consumer protection and
access to HMDA data for appropriate consumer purposes are not
diminished.
f. Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z)
Issues:
(1) Should the consumer disclosures required under the Truth in
Lending Act (TILA), as well as those required under the Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 (RESPA), be simplified in an effort
to make them more understandable?
(2) Should the statutory right of rescission be eliminated for all
home-secured lending or for certain transactions (such as refinancings
with new creditors where no new money is provided or refinancings
involving ``sophisticated borrowers'')? Alternatively, should consumers
be able to more freely waive their three-day right of rescission for
home-secured lending?
Consumer Loan Disclosures
Context: Ensuring that consumer disclosures, including those in
mortgage transactions covered by TILA and RESPA, are effective and
understandable is important in carrying out the purposes of the
statutes. The volume of paperwork in such transactions has increased
greatly due in part to reasons other than the required disclosures,
such as liability-protection concerns of lenders. Nevertheless, it is
essential to review the disclosure requirements periodically to
consider whether disclosures are achieving their intended purposes. The
Board's Regulation Z implements TILA, and each Agency enforces the
requirements of TILA with respect to the institutions for which such
agency is the primary federal supervisor.\15\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ See Part II of this report for a discussion of comments
submitted by credit unions to NCUA on this topic.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comments: Regulation Z was one of the most heavily commented-upon
regulations during the EGRPRA review process. A general comment from
many industry commenters was that consumers are frustrated and confused
by the volume and complexity of documents involved in obtaining a loan
(especially a mortgage loan), including the TILA and RESPA disclosures.
Some commenters acknowledged that the increased volume and complexity
of loan documents also stemmed from lenders' attempts to address
liability concerns. Many commenters requested that the required loan
disclosures be provided in a manner that would facilitate consumer
understanding of the loan terms. (For a more complete summary of the
comments received, see the discussion of comments received for TILA/
Regulation Z in Appendix I-C of this report.)
Current Initiatives: The Board is conducting a multi-stage review
of Regulation Z, which implements TILA. In 2004, the Board issued an
advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR) requesting public comment
on all aspects of the regulation's provisions affecting open-end
(revolving) credit accounts, other than home-secured accounts,
including ways to simplify, reduce or improve the disclosures provided
under TILA.\16\ The next stage of the review is expected to be a review
of the disclosures for mortgage loan transactions (both open-end and
closed-end) as well as other closed-end credit, such as automobile
loans. The multi-stage review will consider revisions to the
disclosures required under TILA to ensure that disclosures are provided
to consumers on a timely basis and in a form that is readily
understandable.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ See 69 FR 70925, December 8, 2004.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recommendation: The federal banking agencies have all testified
[[Page 62043]]
before Congress on the need to simplify and streamline consumer loan
disclosures. Among other things, the Board's review will consider ways
to address concerns about information overload, which can adversely
affect how meaningful disclosures are to consumers. The Board will use
extensive consumer testing to determine what information is useful to
consumers to address concerns about information overload. After the
Board's review and regulatory changes are in place, the agencies will
consider what, if any, legislative changes may be necessary.
Revisions to the Right of Rescission
Context: Under TILA, consumers generally have three days after
closing to rescind a loan secured by a principal residence. Among other
things, the right of rescission does not apply to a loan to purchase or
build a principal residence or a consolidation or refinancing with the
same lender that already holds the mortgage on the residence and in
which no new advances are being made to the consumer. The statute
authorizes the Board to permit consumers to waive this right, but only
to meet bona fide personal financial emergencies (see 15 U.S.C.
1635(d); 12 CFR 226.15(e) and 226.23(e)).
The right of rescission is intended to provide consumers a
meaningful opportunity to fully review the documents given to them at a
loan closing and determine if they want to put their home at risk under
the repayment terms described in the documents. Thus, substantial
revision to the statutory three-day right of rescission, either through
allowing waivers more freely or exempting the requirement for some or
all home-secured loans, would require careful study. Currently,
consumers are presented with a substantial amount of documents at
closing, and the final cost disclosures provided at closing may differ
materially from earlier cost disclosures provided to the consumer.
Under these circumstances, consumers may benefit by having the
opportunity to review the terms and conditions of the loan after the
loan closing. The three-day right of rescission is particularly
important, and the ability to freely waive that right may potentially
be more problematic, for loan products and borrowers who are more
susceptible to predatory lending practices.
The three-day right of rescission plays an important role in
protecting consumers, and this may be the case even in refinancings
with new creditors where no additional funds are advanced. Refinancings
occur for many reasons and may have terms that place the consumer's
home more at risk. For example, to obtain a lower initial monthly
payment, a consumer may refinance a 30-year fixed-rate, home-secured
loan with a loan that has an adjustable rate, that provides for
interest-only payments or a balloon payment, or that has a longer loan
term. Depending on the consumer's circumstances, these changes may
place the consumer's home more at risk or otherwise be less favorable
to the consumer. If their refinancing is with a new creditor, consumers
can use the three-day rescission period to review the terms of these
loans. Therefore, even in a refinancing with no new funds advanced, the
right to rescind a transaction with a new creditor can be important to
consumers. Issues concerning the right of rescission will be considered
in the course of the Regulation Z review discussed above.
Comments: Many industry commenters contended that the right of
rescission was an unnecessary and burdensome requirement, and they
suggested either eliminating the right of rescission or allowing
consumers to waive the right more freely than under the current rule
(which requires a bona fide personal emergency). Representatives of
consumer and community groups called the right of rescission one of the
most important consumer protections and urged the regulators not to
weaken or eliminate that right.
Recommendation: The Board will consider issues concerning the right
of rescission in the course of the Regulation Z review discussed above.
In addition, in 2006 Congress considered regulatory burden relief
proposals and ultimately enacted the FSRRA. At that time, suggestions
were made to include amendments to TILA that would expand the
circumstances under which a consumer could waive the three-day right of
rescission. All of the federal banking agencies opposed or expressed
concern about waiving this important consumer protection right without
adequate safeguards to ensure that consumers are protected from the
abuses that may occur from expanding the waiver authority.
g. Regulation O
Issue: While the FSRRA eliminated certain Regulation O reporting
requirements, several commenters also asked whether the insider lending
limits should be increased to parallel those permitted under some state
laws.
Context: Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act impose
various restrictions on extensions of credit by a member bank to its
insiders. By statute, these restrictions also apply to nonmember state
banks and savings associations. The Board's Regulation O implements
sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act for member banks.
Regulation O governs any extension of credit by a member bank to an
executive officer, director, or principal shareholder of (1) the member
bank, (2) a holding company of which the member bank is a subsidiary,
or (3) any other subsidiary of that holding company. Regulation O also
applies to any extension of credit by a member bank to a company
controlled by such a person and a political or campaign committee that
benefits or is controlled by such a person. Each federal banking agency
enforces the requirements of Regulation O with respect to the
institutions for which such agency is the primary federal supervisor.
Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act specifically prohibits a
member bank from making extensions of credit to an executive officer of
the bank (other than certain mortgage loans and educational loans) that
exceed ``an amount prescribed in a regulation of the member bank's
appropriate federal banking agency.'' Regulation O currently limits the
amount of such ``other purpose'' loans to $100,000.
Comments: A number of industry commenters requested a review of
Regulation O reporting and threshold requirements because they view
them as overly burdensome and somewhat ambiguous, with outdated dollar
amounts that need updating to reflect today's economy.
Recommendation: The federal banking agencies currently have the
statutory authority to raise the limit on ``other purpose'' loans for
institutions under their supervision if the federal banking agencies
were to determine that such action was consistent with safety and
soundness. In this regard, the Board plans to consult with the other
agencies on a proposal to increase the Regulation O limit on other
purpose loans as part of its upcoming comprehensive review of
Regulation O.
h. Corporate Governance/Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Issues:
(1) Should banks that are not publicly traded and that have less
than $1 billion in assets be exempt from the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002\17\ (SOX)?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ Pub. L. 107-204, July 30, 2002.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Should banks that comply with part 363 of the FDIC's rules be
exempt from section 404 of SOX?\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ 15 U.S.C. 7262.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Should the exemption for compliance with the external
[[Page 62044]]
independent audit and internal control requirements of 12 CFR 363 be
raised from $500 million to $1 billion?
Context: SOX was enacted to improve corporate governance and
financial management of public companies in order to better protect
investors and restore investor confidence in such companies. Section
404 of SOX applies directly to public companies only, including insured
depository institutions and their parent holding companies that are
public companies, and indirectly to institutions that are subsidiaries
of holding companies that are public companies. Section 404 of SOX does
not apply to institutions that are not ``publicly traded,'' such as
nonpublic companies or subsidiaries of nonpublic companies. Section 404
of SOX requires the management and external auditors of all public
companies to assess the effectiveness of internal controls over the
company's financial reporting.
Part 363 of the FDIC's regulations establishes annual audit and
reporting requirements for all insured depository institutions with
$500 million or more in total assets. Part 363 requires all insured
depository institutions with $500 million or more to have an annual
audit of their financial statements conducted by an independent public
accountant (external auditor). Part 363 also requires that the
management and external auditors of institutions with $1 billion or
more in total assets attest to internal controls over financial
reporting. To be considered ``independent,'' Guideline 14 to part 363,
which was adopted by the FDIC in 1993, states that the external auditor
``should be in compliance with the [American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants'] Code of Professional Conduct and meet the
independence requirements and interpretations of the [Securities and
Exchange Commission] and its staff.'' Title II of SOX imposed
additional auditor independence requirements on external auditors of
public companies, which the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
has implemented through rulemaking. Thus, the external auditors of
nonpublic institutions that are subject to part 363 are expected to
comply with SOX's auditor independence requirements and the SEC's
implementing rules.
Comments: Some commenters focused on the increased burden and costs
imposed on public companies by S